10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2014

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             .

Commission file number: 0-12933

LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	94-2634797
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
4650 Cushing Parkway Fremont, California	94538
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (510) 572-0200

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of class	Name of exchange on which registered
Common Stock, Par Value $0.001 Per Share	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (NASDAQ Global Select Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.    Yes  x     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act.    Yes  ¨     No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	x	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value, held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, as of December 29, 2013, the last business day of the most recently completed second fiscal quarter with respect to the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K, was $6,184,276,734. Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock has been excluded from this computation in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination of such status for other purposes.

As of August 20, 2014, the Registrant had 162,075,237 outstanding shares of Common Stock.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Parts of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders expected to be held on or about November 6, 2014 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. (However, the Reports of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee are expressly not incorporated by reference herein.)

LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

2014 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
Part I.
Item 1.	Business		3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors		14
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		26
Item 2.	Properties		26
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		26
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures		26
Part II.
Item 5.	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		27
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data		30
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		32
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk		45
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		47
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		47
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		48
Item 9B.	Other Information		48
Part III.
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance		49
Item 11.	Executive Compensation		49
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		49
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		49
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services		49
Part IV.
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		50
Signatures			96
Exhibit Index			99

2

PART I

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

With the exception of historical facts, the statements contained in this discussion are forward-looking statements, which are subject to the safe harbor provisions created by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Certain, but not all, of the forward-looking statements in this report are specifically identified as forward-looking, by use of phrases and words such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “may,” “should,” “could” and other future-oriented terms. The identification of certain statements as “forward-looking” is not intended to mean that other statements not specifically identified are not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that relate to: trends and opportunities in the global economic environment and the semiconductor industry; the anticipated levels of, and rates of change in, future shipments, margins, market share, capital expenditures, international sales, revenue and operating expenses generally; management’s plans and objectives for our current and future operations and business focus; volatility in our quarterly results; customer requirements and our ability to satisfy those requirements; customer capital spending and their demand for our products, and the reliability of indicators of change in customer spending and demand; hedging transactions; our ability to defend our market share and to gain new market share; our ability to obtain and qualify alternative sources of supply; factors that affect our tax rates; anticipated growth in the industry and the total market for wafer-fabrication equipment and our growth relative to such growth; levels of research and development expenditures and joint development relationships with customers, suppliers or other industry members; outsourced activities; the role of component suppliers in our business; the resources invested to comply with all evolving standards and the impact of such efforts; the estimates we make, and the accruals we record, in order to implement our critical accounting policies (including but not limited to the adequacy of prior tax payments, future tax liabilities and the adequacy of our accruals relating to them); our access to capital markets; our intention to pay quarterly dividends and the amounts thereof, if any; our intention to repurchase our shares; our ability to manage and grow our cash position; and the sufficiency of our financial resources to support future business activities (including but not limited to operations, investments, debt service requirements and capital expenditures). Such statements are based on current expectations and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and changes in condition, significance, value, and effect, including without limitation those discussed below under the heading “Risk Factors” within Item 1A and elsewhere in this report and other documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), such as our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended September 29, 2013, December 29, 2013 and March 30, 2014, and our current reports on Form 8-K. Such risks, uncertainties and changes in condition, significance, value, and effect could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in this report and in ways not readily foreseeable. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof and are based on information currently and reasonably known to us. We do not undertake any obligation to release the results of any revisions to these forward-looking statements, which may be made to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence or effect of anticipated or unanticipated events.

Item 1. Business

Incorporated in 1980, Lam Research Corporation (“Lam Research,” “Lam,” “we,” or the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation, headquartered in Fremont, California. We maintain a network of facilities throughout Asia, Europe, and the United States of America in order to meet the needs of our dynamic customer base.

Additional information about Lam Research is available on our website at www.lamresearch.com.

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Forms 10-Q, Current Reports on Forms 8-K, and any amendments to those reports are available on our website as soon as reasonably practical after we file them with or furnish them to the SEC and are also available online at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

3

The Lam Research logo, Lam Research, and all product and service names used in this report are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Lam Research Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries. All other marks mentioned herein are the property of their respective holders.

Lam Research is a global supplier of innovative wafer fabrication equipment and services to the semiconductor industry. We design, manufacture, market, refurbish, and service semiconductor processing systems that are used in the fabrication of integrated circuits (“ICs”). Our market-leading products are designed to help our customers build smaller, faster, and more power-efficient devices that are used in a variety of electronic products, including cell phones, tablets, computers, storage devices, and networking equipment.

The Company’s customer base includes leading semiconductor memory, foundry, and integrated device manufacturers (“IDMs”) that make products such as DRAM, NAND memory, and logic devices. Semiconductor manufacturing, our customers’ business, involves the complete fabrication of multiple die, or ICs, on a wafer. This involves the repetition of a set of core processes and can require hundreds of individual steps. On a silicon wafer, a tiny, intricate pattern is precisely replicated across the wafer surface to create identical miniature devices, where features can be 1,000 times smaller than a grain of sand. Fabricating these devices requires highly sophisticated process technologies and precision control at the atomic scale. Along with meeting technical requirements, wafer processing equipment must deliver high productivity and be cost-effective.

At Lam Research, we leverage our expertise in semiconductor device processing to develop enabling technology and productivity solutions that typically benefit our customers through lower defect rates, enhanced yields, faster processing time, and/or reduced cost. We offer a broad portfolio of complementary products that are used in several areas of the semiconductor manufacturing process flow, including thin film deposition, plasma etch, and wafer cleaning. These processes, which are repeated numerous times during the wafer fabrication cycle, are utilized to manufacture every type of semiconductor device.

Our products are used primarily in front-end wafer processing, which involves the steps that create the active components of a device (transistor, capacitor) and their wiring (interconnect). Market demand for ever-smaller IC designs is driving the development of and migration to new fabrication strategies, such as three-dimensional (“3D”) architectures and multiple patterning. We also address processes for back-end wafer-level packaging (“WLP”), which is an alternative to traditional two dimensional packaging and can offer a smaller form factor, increased interconnect speed and bandwidth, and lower power consumption, among other benefits. In addition, our products are well-suited for related markets that rely on semiconductor processes and require production-proven manufacturing capability, such as micro-electromechanical systems (“MEMS”).

The Company’s high-productivity thin film deposition systems form a device’s sub-microscopic layers of conducting (metal) or insulating (dielectric) materials. Lam is the market leader in plasma etch, a highly critical process step that selectively removes materials from the wafer to create the features and patterns of a device. Our photoresist strip systems remove the photoresist mask before a wafer proceeds to the next processing step. Lam’s wet spin clean and plasma-based bevel clean products remove particles, residues and film from the wafer surface before or after adjacent processes.

Our Customer Support Business Group (“CSBG”) provides products and services to maximize installed equipment performance and operational efficiency. We offer a broad range of services to deliver value throughout the lifecycle of our equipment, including customer service, spares, upgrades, and refurbishment of our deposition, etch, photoresist strip, and clean products. Many of the technical advances that we introduce in our newest products are also available as upgrades, which provide customers with a cost-effective strategy for extending the performance and capabilities of their existing wafer fabrication lines. CSBG also offers refurbished and newly built previous-generation (legacy) equipment for those applications that do not require the most advanced wafer processing capability.

Silfex Inc. (“Silfex”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lam. Silfex is a leading provider of high-purity custom silicon components and assemblies that serve technology markets such as semiconductor equipment. Peter Wolters

4

was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lam until we sold substantially all of Peter Wolters on July 2, 2014. Peter Wolters designs and manufactures high-precision grinding, lapping, polishing, and deburring systems used in the automotive, aerospace, medical, semiconductor manufacturing and other industries.

Products

Thin Film Deposition

In leading-edge semiconductor designs, metal deposition processes face significant scaling and integration challenges. For advanced copper interconnect structures, challenges for electrochemical deposition (“ECD”) include providing complete, void-free fill of high aspect ratio (“HAR”) structures with low defectivity and high productivity. Electroplating of copper and other metals is also used for through-silicon via (“TSV”) and WLP applications, such as forming conductive bumps and redistribution layers (“RDLs”). These applications require excellent within-wafer uniformity at high plating rates, minimal defects, and cost competitiveness. For tungsten chemical vapor deposition (“CVD”)/atomic layer deposition (“ALD”) processes, key requirements are minimizing contact resistance to meet lower power consumption requirements and achieving void-free fill for narrow nanoscale structures. In addition, good barrier step coverage at reduced thicknesses relative to physical vapor deposition/CVD barrier films is also needed to improve contact fill and reduce resistivity.

In dielectric deposition, high-productivity, high-quality films are needed for a number of critical process steps. For example, next-generation FinFET transistor structures and back-end-of-line (“BEOL”) self-aligned double patterning require highly conformal film deposition and atomic-scale control of film dimensions to ensure device performance. The numerous alternating film layers used in new 3D NAND designs require exceptional stress and defectivity control and ultra-smooth film deposition. Plasma-enhanced CVD (“PECVD”) is often used for these applications, as well as for advanced WLP, where depositing high-quality films without exceeding thermal budgets is essential. In addition, ALD processes are often used to deposit very thin, highly conformal films for applications such as multiple patterning. For gapfill deposition, achieving defect-free fills while maintaining high throughput is essential. Preferred approaches are to use high-density plasma CVD (“HDP-CVD”) either as a complete gapfill solution or as a cap over other gapfill technologies to enhance process control and mitigate integration risks. Lastly, innovative post-deposition film treatments such as ultraviolet thermal processing (“UVTP”) are being used to improve low-k film integrity and increase strain in nitride layers for improved device performance.

Copper Metal Films — SABRE ^® Product Family

The SABRE ECD product family is the industry’s productivity-leading platform for copper damascene manufacturing. Electrofill ^® technology provides high-throughput, void-free fill with superior defect density performance for advanced technology nodes. SABRE chemistry packages provide leading-edge fill performance for the lowest defectivity, widest process window, and highest rates of bottom-up growth to fill the most challenging HAR features. System capabilities include deposition of copper directly on various liner materials, important for next-generation metallization schemes. The number of yielding ICs per wafer has also been improved by increasing the usable die area through industry-leading process edge exclusion engineering. Applications include copper deposition for both advanced logic and memory interconnect. We also offer the SABRE 3D system to address TSV and WLP applications, such as copper pillar, RDL, underbump metallization, bumping, and microbumps used in post-TSV processing.

Tungsten Metal Films — ALTUS ^® Product Family

Lam’s market-leading ALTUS systems deposit highly conformal atomic layer films for advanced tungsten metallization applications. The patented Multi-Station Sequential Deposition (“MSSD”) architecture enables a nucleation layer to be formed using Pulsed Nucleation Layer (“PNL”) technology and bulk CVD fill to be performed in situ. PNL, Lam’s ALD technology, is used in the deposition of tungsten nitride films to achieve

5

high step coverage with reduced thickness relative to conventional barrier films. PNL is also used to reduce thickness and alter CVD bulk fill grain growth, lowering the overall resistivity of thin tungsten films. The advanced ExtremeFill CVD tungsten technology provides extendibility to fill the most challenging structures at advanced technology nodes. Applications include tungsten plug and via fill, 3D NAND wordlines, low-stress composite interconnects, and tungsten nitride barrier for via and contact metallization.

PECVD Dielectric Films — VECTOR ^® Product Family

Lam’s VECTOR family of PECVD/ALD systems delivers superior thin film quality, wafer-to-wafer uniformity, productivity, and low cost of ownership. The MSSD architecture enables industry-leading performance with both sequential processing and parallel processing to provide broad process flexibility for a range of applications. VECTOR products offer specialized systems for logic and memory applications. VECTOR Express offers a small footprint with four processing stations. VECTOR Excel is a modular tool for advanced technology nodes where pre-and-post film deposition treatments are needed. VECTOR Extreme accommodates up to 12 processing stations for high-throughput memory processes. Applications include deposition of ashable hardmasks, multiple patterning films, oxides, nitrides, carbides, anti-reflective layers, multi-layer stack films, diffusion barriers, and spacer films.

Gapfill Dielectric Films — SPEED ^® Product Family

Lam’s SPEED HDP-CVD products provide void-free gapfill of high-quality dielectric films with superior throughput and reliability. The unique source design provides excellent particle performance, while the ability to customize the deposition and in situ etching profile ensures best-of-breed across-wafer thickness and gapfill uniformity. Together, the chamber and plasma source designs allow large batch sizes between cleans and faster cleans to deliver superior throughput. Broad process flexibility is available on the same platform, without requiring major hardware changes. Applications include STI, pre-metal dielectrics, inter-layer dielectrics, inter-metal dielectrics, and passivation layers.

Film Treatment — SOLA ^® Product Family

The SOLA UVTP product family is used for treatment of BEOL low-k dielectric films and front-end-of-line (“FEOL”) silicon nitride strained films. The systems incorporate a proprietary treatment process that modifies the physical characteristics of a previously deposited film through exposure to ultraviolet light, gases and vapors, and heat. The Multi-Station Sequential Processing (“MSSP”) architecture allows independent control of temperature, wavelength, and intensity at each station of the wafer path. This enables delivery of best-in-class film properties, within-wafer and wafer-to-wafer uniformity, and productivity.

Plasma Etch

As the semiconductor industry continues to improve device performance and shrink critical feature sizes, plasma etch faces multiple challenges. These include processing smaller features, new materials, new transistor structures, increasingly complex film stacks, and ever higher aspect ratio structures. For conductor etch, requirements include delivering atomic-scale control for etching FinFET/3D gate transistors, multi–film stacks for high-k/metal gate structures, and multiple patterning structures. Dielectric etch processes must be able to maintain etch profiles on increasingly HAR structures such as in 3D NAND devices, etch new multi-layer photoresist materials and amorphous carbon hardmasks, and avoid damaging fragile low-k materials. In emerging 3D integrated circuits (“3D ICs”), TSVs are now used to provide interconnect capability for die-to-die and wafer-to-wafer stacking. Critical factors for TSV are etching a variety of materials in the same chamber ( in situ ), as well as being able to use both conventional and special techniques for deep silicon etching. For all etch processes, it is important to provide excellent profile control and across-wafer uniformity while maintaining high productivity and cost efficiency.

6

Conductor Etch — 2300 ^® Kiyo ^® Product Family, 2300 ^® Versys ^® Metal Product Family

The 2300 Kiyo product family delivers high-performance, high-productivity, low-risk solutions for conductor etch applications. Superior uniformity, uniformity control, and repeatability are enabled by a symmetrical chamber design, leading electrostatic chuck technology, and independent tuning features. The Kiyo products deliver high productivity with low defectivity on multi-film stacks, enabled by in situ etch capability, continuous plasma, and advanced Waferless Autoclean technology. In addition, Kiyo systems can be configured to perform atomic layer etch (“ALE”), which delivers atomic-scale variability control to enable next-generation wafer processing. Applications include FinFET and tri-gate, shallow trench isolation (“STI”), high-k/metal gate and multiple patterning. The 2300 Versys metal product family provides a flexible platform for BEOL metal etch processes. Symmetrical chamber design and independent tuning features provide critical dimension, profile uniformity, and uniformity control for metal hardmask applications. The products’ proprietary chamber cleaning technology ensures high availability, high yield, and exceptional process repeatability for aluminum etching. Applications include metal hardmask, multiple patterning, high-density aluminum line, and aluminum pad.

Dielectric Etch — 2300 ^® Flex^™ Product Family

The 2300 Flex product family offers differentiated technologies and application-focused capabilities for critical dielectric etch applications. Exceptional uniformity, repeatability, and tunability are enabled by a unique multi-frequency, small-volume, confined plasma design. The systems deliver high productivity with low defectivity, enabled by in situ multi-step etch and continuous plasma capability. Low-risk, cost-effective upgrades provide evolutionary product transitions that extend product life and maximize return on investment. Applications include low-k and ultra low-k dual damascene, self-aligned contacts, capacitor cell, mask open, 3D NAND HAR hole, trench, and contact.

TSV Etch — 2300 ^® Syndion ^® Product Family

Based on Lam’s production-proven conductor etch products, the 2300 Syndion TSV etch family provides low-risk, flexible solutions to address multiple TSV etch applications. The Syndion products provide a low cost of ownership due to high etch rates, excellent repeatability, and in situ etching of multiple materials in the TSV stack (silicon, dielectrics, conducting films). The systems support both conventional single-step etch and rapidly alternating process (“RAP”). High process flexibility, superior profile control, and excellent uniformity enable successful TSV implementation for a variety of CMOS 3D IC and image sensor applications.

Photoresist Strip

With the semiconductor industry’s migration to ultra-shallow junctions, multiple patterning, ultra low-k dielectrics, and 3D architectures, photoresist strip processes need to manage more complex device structures. At the transistor level, small changes can affect junction resistivity, junction depth, and dopant activation, thereby affecting device performance. For interconnect structures, unwanted changes in the properties of low-k dielectrics can also impact performance. These concerns are driving the development of new photoresist strip processes for advanced technology nodes. Challenges include removing residues, minimizing oxidation and silicon loss, and providing damage-free results, while at the same time delivering high throughput and low cost of ownership.

Photoresist Strip — G400 ^® ,GxT ^® ,G3D ^®

Lam’s photoresist strip systems are based on our production-proven MSSP platform. The MSSP architecture provides multiple process stations, where both temperature and chemistry may be independently controlled, allowing bulk strip, high-dose implant strip (“HDIS”), and dry clean processes to be performed all on the same platform. The high-productivity G400 is targeted for bulk strip and HDIS applications, primarily in large DRAM and NAND memory fabs. Enhanced source technology combined with faster wafer heating provides high throughput for bulk strip and implant strip applications. The GxT system is designed for critical logic device manufacturing process steps that demand low silicon loss and ultra-low defectivity.

7

Single-Wafer Clean

Wafer cleaning is a critical function that must be repeated many times during the semiconductor manufacturing process, from device fabrication through packaging. As device geometries shrink and new materials are introduced, the number of cleaning steps continues to grow. Furthermore, each step has different selectivity and defectivity requirements that add to manufacturing complexity. For next-generation devices, fragile structures need to be cleaned without causing damage. In addition, cleaning steps that target the bevel region can help eliminate the potential source of yield-limiting defects at the wafer’s edge, as well as, increase the number of good die at the wafer’s edge to improve yield.

Wet Clean — DV-Prime ^® ,Da Vinci ^® ,SP Series

Lam’s single-wafer spin technology pioneered the industry transition from batch to single-wafer wet processing. These production-proven spin wet clean systems provide the productivity and flexibility needed for both high-volume manufacturing and leading-edge development across multiple technology nodes and for all device types. The products deliver excellent process uniformity across the wafer, wafer-to-wafer, and lot-to-lot. Proprietary technologies enhance damage-free particle removal and enable wafer drying without pattern collapse or watermarks. Offering the latest in dilute chemistry and solvent systems, the products meet defectivity and material integrity requirements. Applications include particle, polymer, and residue removal; photoresist removal; and wafer backside/bevel cleaning. Our wet clean systems are also used for multiple wet etch and clean applications for WLP, including silicon substrate thinning, wafer stress relief, underbump metallization etch, and photoresist removal.

Plasma Bevel Clean — 2300 ^® Coronus ^® Product Family

The 2300 Coronus plasma-based bevel clean products enhance die yield by removing particles, residues and unwanted films from the wafer’s edge that can impact the device area. The system combines the ability of plasma to selectively remove a wide variety of materials with a proprietary confinement technology that protects the die area. High system uptime and throughput, excellent process repeatability, and efficient in situ removal of multi-material film stacks and residues ensure high productivity for increased wafer output. Applications include post-etch, pre- and post-deposition, pre-lithography, and metal film removal to prevent arcing during plasma etch or deposition steps. It is also the industry’s only bevel clean product that removes amorphous-carbon films and carbon-rich residues.

Legacy Products

For applications that do not require the most advanced wafer processing capability, semiconductor manufacturers can benefit from the proven performance of previous-generation products to increase their production capacity at a reduced economic investment. Purchasing through an original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) like Lam Research minimizes the risks of unexpected costs and unpredictable time to production that are typically associated with used systems purchases. To meet semiconductor manufacturers’ needs for high-performance, maximum-predictability, and low-risk equipment, Lam provides refurbished and newly built legacy products. Our products also provide production-worthy, cost-effective solutions for the MEMS and light emitting diode (“LED”) markets.

8

Products Table

Segment	Process/Application	Technology	Products
Thin Film Deposition	Metal Films Dielectric Films Film Treatment	ECD (Copper & Other) CVD, ALD (Tungsten) PECVD, ALD Gapfill HDP-CVD UVTP	SABRE® family ALTUS® family VECTOR® family SPEED® family SOLA® family
Plasma Etch	Conductor Etch Dielectric Etch TSV Etch	Reactive Ion Etch Reactive Ion Etch Deep Reactive Ion Etch	2300® Kiyo® family, 2300® Versys® metal family 2300® Flex™ family 2300® Syndion® family
Strip & Clean	Photoresist Strip Wafer Cleaning Bevel Cleaning	Dry Strip Wet Clean Dry Plasma Clean	G400®, GxT®, G3D® DV-Prime®, Da Vinci®, SP Series 2300® Coronus® family

Fiscal Periods Presented

All references to fiscal years apply to our fiscal years, which ended June 29, 2014, June 30, 2013, and June 24, 2012. In all sections of this document, the fiscal 2012 information presented reflects 20 days of Novellus related activity, as Novellus was purchased on June 4, 2012. There is no Novellus related activity reflected in periods prior to fiscal year 2012.

Research and Development

The market for semiconductor capital equipment is characterized by rapid technological change and product innovation. Our ability to achieve and maintain our competitive advantage depends in part on our continued and timely development of new products and enhancements to existing products. Accordingly, we devote a significant portion of our personnel and financial resources to research and development (“R&D”) programs and seek to maintain close and responsive relationships with our customers and suppliers.

Our R&D expenses during fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012 were $716.5 million, $683.7 million, and $444.6 million, respectively. The majority of R&D spending over the past three years has been targeted at deposition, etch, single-wafer clean, and other semiconductor manufacturing products. We believe current challenges for customers at various points in the semiconductor manufacturing process present opportunities for us.

We expect to continue to make substantial investments in R&D to meet our customers’ product needs, support our growth strategy, and enhance our competitive position.

Marketing, Sales, and Service

Our marketing, sales, and service efforts are focused on building long-term relationships with our customers and targeting product and service solutions designed to meet their needs. These efforts are supported by a team of product marketing and sales professionals as well as equipment and process engineers who work closely with

9

individual customers to develop solutions for their wafer processing needs. We maintain ongoing service relationships with our customers and have an extensive network of service engineers in place throughout the United States, Europe, Taiwan, Korea, Japan, and Asia Pacific. We believe that comprehensive support programs and close working relationships with customers are essential to maintaining high customer satisfaction and our competitiveness in the marketplace.

We provide standard warranties for our systems. The warranty provides that systems shall be free from defects in material and workmanship and conform to agreed-upon specifications. The warranty is limited to repair of the defect or replacement with new or like-new equivalent goods and is valid when the buyer provides prompt notification within the warranty period of the claimed defect or non-conformity and also makes the items available for inspection and repair. We also offer extended warranty packages to our customers to purchase as desired.

International Sales

A significant portion of our sales and operations occur outside the United States and, therefore, may be subject to certain risks, including but not limited to tariffs and other barriers, difficulties in staffing and managing non-U.S. operations, adverse tax consequences, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, changes in currency controls, compliance with U.S. and international laws and regulations, including U.S. export restrictions, and economic and political conditions. Any of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, and results of operations and cash flows. For geographical reporting, revenue is attributed to the geographic location in which the customers’ facilities are located. Revenue by region was as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Revenue:
Korea	$	1,127,406	$	603,821	$	893,549
Taiwan		1,049,214		1,026,548		467,922
Japan		634,131		368,095		308,189
China		623,408		319,282		143,769
United States		622,022		734,324		458,531
Europe		303,730		292,432		244,038
Southeast Asia		247,398		254,414		149,194
Total revenue	$	4,607,309	$	3,598,916	$	2,665,192

Long-Lived Assets

Refer to Note 17 of our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 15 of this report, for information concerning the geographic locations of long-lived assets.

Customers

Our customers include all of the world’s leading semiconductor manufacturers. Customers continue to establish joint ventures, alliances and licensing arrangements which have the potential to positively or negatively impact our competitive position and market opportunities. In fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, three customers, Samsung Electronics Company, Ltd., SK Hynix Inc., and Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd., each individually represented greater than 10% of total revenues.

A material reduction in orders from our customers could adversely affect our results of operations and projected financial condition. Our business depends upon the expenditures of semiconductor manufacturers.

10

Semiconductor manufacturers’ businesses, in turn, depend on many factors, including their economic capability, the current and anticipated market demand for integrated circuits and the availability of equipment capacity to support that demand.

Backlog

In general, we schedule production of our systems based upon our customers’ delivery requirements and forecasts. In order for a system to be included in our backlog, the following conditions must be met: 1) we have received a written customer request that has been accepted, 2) we have an agreement on prices and product specifications, and 3) there is a scheduled shipment within the next 12 months. In order for spares and services to be included in our backlog, the following conditions must be met: 1) we have received a written customer request that has been accepted and (2) delivery of products or provision of services is anticipated within the next 12 months. Where specific spare parts and customer service purchase contracts do not contain discrete delivery dates, we use volume estimates at the contract price and over the contract period, not to exceed 12 months, in calculating backlog amounts. Our policy is to revise our backlog for order cancellations and to make adjustments to reflect, among other things, changes in spares volume estimates and customer delivery date changes. At June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013, our backlog was approximately $866 million and $764 million, respectively. Generally, orders for our products and services are subject to cancellation by our customers with limited penalties. Because some orders are received and shipped in the same quarter and because customers may change delivery dates and cancel orders, our backlog at any particular date is not necessarily indicative of business volumes or actual revenue levels for succeeding periods.

Manufacturing

Our manufacturing operations consist mainly of assembling and testing components, sub-assemblies, and modules that are then integrated into finished systems prior to shipment to or at the location of our customers. Most of the assembly and testing of our products is conducted in cleanroom environments.

We have agreements with third parties to outsource certain aspects of our manufacturing, production warehousing, and logistics functions. We believe that these outsourcing contracts provide us more flexibility to scale our operations up or down in a timely and cost effective manner, enabling us to respond quickly to any changes in our business. We believe that we have selected reputable providers and have secured their performance on terms documented in written contracts. However, it is possible that one or more of these providers could fail to perform as we expect, and such failure could have an adverse impact on our business and have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition. Overall, we believe we have effective mechanisms to manage risks associated with our outsourcing relationships. Refer to Note 14 of our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 15 of this report, for further information concerning our outsourcing commitments.

Certain components and sub-assemblies that we include in our products may only be obtained from a single supplier. We believe that, in many cases, we could obtain and qualify alternative sources to supply these products. Nevertheless, any prolonged inability to obtain these components could have an adverse effect on our operating results and could unfavorably impact our customer relationships.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to a variety of governmental regulations related to the management of hazardous materials that we use in our business operations. We are currently not aware of any pending notices of violation, fines, lawsuits, or investigations arising from environmental matters that would have a material effect on our business. We believe that we are generally in compliance with these regulations and that we have obtained (or will obtain or are otherwise addressing) all necessary environmental permits to conduct our business. Nevertheless, the failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in fines being imposed on us, require us to

11

suspend production or cease operations or cause our customers to not accept our products. These regulations could require us to alter our current operations, to acquire significant additional equipment, or to incur substantial other expenses to comply with environmental regulations. Our failure to control the use, sale, transport or disposal of hazardous substances could subject us to future liabilities.

Employees

As of August 19, 2014, we had approximately 6,500 regular employees globally. Although we have employment-related agreements with a number of key employees, these agreements do not guarantee continued service. Each of our employees is required to comply with our policies relating to maintaining the confidentiality of our non-public information.

In the semiconductor and semiconductor equipment industries, competition for highly skilled employees is intense. Our future success depends, to a significant extent, upon our continued ability to attract and retain qualified employees particularly in the R&D and customer support functions.

Competition

The semiconductor capital equipment industry is characterized by rapid change and is highly competitive throughout the world. To compete effectively, we invest significant financial resources to continue to strengthen and enhance our product and services portfolio and to maintain customer service and support locations globally. Semiconductor manufacturers evaluate capital equipment suppliers in many areas, including, but not limited to, process performance, productivity, defect control, customer support, and overall cost of ownership, which can be affected by many factors such as equipment design, reliability, software advancements, and similar factors. Our ability to succeed in the marketplace depends upon our ability to maintain existing products and introduce product enhancements and new products that meet customer requirements on a timely basis. In addition, semiconductor manufacturers must make a substantial investment to qualify and integrate new capital equipment into semiconductor production lines. As a result, once a semiconductor manufacturer has selected a particular supplier’s equipment and qualified it for production, the manufacturer generally maintains that selection for that specific production application and technology node as long as the supplier’s products demonstrate performance to specification in the installed base. Accordingly, we may experience difficulty in selling to a given customer if that customer has qualified a competitor’s equipment. We must also continue to meet the expectations of our installed base of customers through the delivery of high-quality and cost-efficient spare parts in the presence of third-party spare parts provider competition.

We face significant competition with all of our products and services. Our primary competitors in the etch market are Tokyo Electron, Ltd. and Applied Materials, Inc. Our primary competitors in the single-wafer wet clean market are Dainippon Screen Manufacturing Co. Ltd., Semes, and Tokyo Electron, Ltd. In the tungsten CVD, PECVD, HDP-CVD, ECD and PVD markets, our primary competitor is Applied Materials, Inc. In the PECVD market, we also compete against ASM International and Wonik IPS.

Certain of our existing and potential competitors have substantially greater financial resources and larger engineering, manufacturing, marketing, and customer service and support organizations than we do. In addition, we face competition from a number of emerging companies in the industry. We expect our competitors to continue to improve the design and performance of their current products and processes and to introduce new products and processes with enhanced price/performance characteristics. If our competitors make acquisitions or enter into strategic relationships with leading semiconductor manufacturers, or other entities, covering products similar to those we sell, our ability to sell our products to those customers could be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that we will continue to compete successfully in the future.

12

Patents and Licenses

Our policy is to seek patents on inventions relating to new or enhanced products and processes developed as part of our ongoing research, engineering, manufacturing, and support activities. We currently hold a number of United States and foreign patents covering various aspects of our products and processes. We believe that the duration of our patents generally exceeds the useful life of the technologies and processes disclosed and claimed in them. Our patents, which cover material aspects of our past and present core products, have current durations ranging from approximately one to twenty years. We believe that, although the patents we own and may obtain in the future will be of value, they alone will not determine our success. Our success depends principally upon our engineering, marketing, support, and delivery skills. However, in the absence of patent protection, we may be vulnerable to competitors who attempt to imitate our products, manufacturing techniques, and processes. In addition, other companies and inventors may receive patents that contain claims applicable or similar to our products and processes. The sale of products covered by patents of others could require licenses that may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. For further discussion of legal matters, see Item 3, “Legal Proceedings,” of this report.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

As of August 26, 2014, the executive officers of Lam Research were as follows:

Name	Age	Title
Martin B. Anstice	47	President and Chief Executive Officer
Timothy M. Archer	47	Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Douglas R. Bettinger	47	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
Richard A. Gottscho	62	Executive Vice President, Global Products Group
Sarah A. O’Dowd	64	Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer

Martin B. Anstice is President and Chief Executive Officer of Lam Research. Mr. Anstice joined the Company in April 2001 as Senior Director, Operations Controller. He was promoted to Chief Financial Officer in June 2004, appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in September 2008, and promoted to President in December 2010. In January 2012, Mr. Anstice was appointed Chief Executive Officer and in February 2012, appointed to the Lam Research Corporation board of directors. He began his career at Raychem Corporation where, during his 13-year tenure, he held numerous finance roles of increasing responsibility in Europe and North America. After Tyco International, Ltd. acquired Raychem in 1999, Mr. Anstice assumed responsibility for supporting mergers and acquisitions at Tyco Electronics Corporation. Mr. Anstice is an associate member of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants in the United Kingdom.

Timothy M. Archer joined Lam Research in June 2012 as the Company’s Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer. Prior to Lam Research, Mr. Archer spent 18 years at Novellus Systems in various technology development and business leadership roles, including most recently as Chief Operating Officer from January 2011 to June 2012, Executive Vice President Worldwide Sales, Marketing, and Customer Satisfaction from September 2009 to January 2011, and Executive Vice President of the PECVD and Electrofill Business Units from November 2008 to September 2009. Mr. Archer’s tenure at Novellus Systems also included assignments as Senior Director of Technology for Novellus Systems Japan from 1999 to 2001 and Senior Director of Technology for the Electrofill Business Unit from April 2001 to April 2002. Mr. Archer started his career in 1989 at Tektronix where he was responsible for process development for high-speed bipolar integrated circuits. Mr. Archer completed the Program for Management Development at Harvard Graduate School of Business and holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Applied Physics from the California Institute of Technology.

Douglas R. Bettinger is Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Lam Research. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Bettinger served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Avago Technologies from August 2008 to February 2013. From 2007 to 2008, he served as Vice President of Finance and Corporate Controller at Xilinx, Inc., and from 2004 to 2007, he was Chief Financial Officer at 24/7 Customer, a privately held company. Mr. Bettinger worked at Intel Corporation from 1993 to 2004, where he held several senior-level

13

finance and manufacturing operations positions, including Corporate Planning and Reporting Controller and Malaysia Site Operations Controller. He earned a master’s degree in business administration in finance from the University of Michigan and has a bachelor of science degree in economics from the University of Wisconsin in Madison.

Richard A. Gottscho is the Company’s Executive Vice President, Global Products Group, a position he has held since August 2010. Prior to that time, he had been Group Vice President and General Manager, Etch Businesses since March 2007. Dr. Gottscho joined the Company in January 1996 and has served at various Director and Vice President levels in support of etch products, CVD products, and corporate research. Prior to joining Lam Research, Dr. Gottscho was a member of Bell Laboratories for 15 years where he started his career working in plasma processing. During his tenure at Bell, he headed research departments in electronics materials, electronics packaging, and flat panel displays. Dr. Gottscho is the author of numerous papers, patents, and lectures in plasma processing and process control. He is a recipient of the American Vacuum Society’s Peter Mark Memorial Award and Plasma Science and Technology Division Prize, the Gaseous Electronics Conference Foundation Lecturer, the Dry Process Symposium Nishizawa Award, and the Tegal Thinker Award. He is a fellow of the American Physical and American Vacuum Societies and has served on numerous editorial boards of refereed technical publications, program committees for major conferences in plasma science and engineering, and was vice-chair of a National Research Council study on plasma science in the 1980s. Dr. Gottscho earned Ph.D. and B.S. degrees in physical chemistry from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and the Pennsylvania State University, respectively.

Sarah A. O’Dowd is the Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer of the Company. Ms. O’Dowd joined Lam Research in September 2008 as Group Vice President and Chief Legal Officer, responsible for general legal matters, intellectual property and ethics & compliance. In addition to her Legal function, in April 2009 she was appointed Vice President of Human Resources and served in this dual capacity from April 2009 through May 2012. Prior to joining Lam Research, Ms. O’Dowd was Vice President and General Counsel for FibroGen, Inc. from February 2007 until September 2008. Until February 2007, Ms. O’Dowd was a shareholder in the law firm of Heller Ehrman LLP for more than twenty years, practicing in the areas of corporate securities, governance and mergers and acquisitions for a variety of clients, principally publicly traded high technology companies. She served in a variety of leadership and management roles at Heller Ehrman, including Managing Partner of the Silicon Valley and San Diego offices, member of the firm’s Policy Committee and, as head of the firm’s business practice groups, a member of the firm’s Executive Committee. Ms. O’Dowd earned her J.D. and M.A. in communications from Stanford Law School and Stanford University, respectively, and her bachelor of arts degree in mathematics from Immaculata College.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

In addition to the other information in this 2014 Form 10-K, the following risk factors should be carefully considered in evaluating the Company and its business because such factors may significantly impact our business, operating results, and financial condition. As a result of these risk factors, as well as other risks discussed in our other SEC filings, our actual results could differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. No priority or significance is intended, nor should be attached, to the order in which the risk factors appear.

The Semiconductor Equipment Industry is Subject to Fluctuations and, as a Result, We Face Risks Related to Our Strategic Resource Allocation Decisions

The business cycle in the semiconductor equipment industry has historically been characterized by frequent periods of rapid change in demand that challenge our management to adjust spending and other resources allocated to operating activities. During periods of rapid growth or decline in demand for our products and services, we face significant challenges in maintaining adequate financial and business controls, management processes, information systems, procedures for training and managing our work force, and in appropriately sizing our supply chain infrastructure, work force, and other components of our business on a timely basis. If we do not adequately meet these challenges during periods of demand decline, our gross margins and earnings may be negatively impacted.

14

We continuously reassess our strategic resource allocation choices in response to the changing business environment. If we do not adequately adapt to the changing business environment, we may lack the infrastructure and resources to scale up our business to meet customer expectations and compete successfully during a period of growth, or we may expand our capacity too rapidly and/or beyond what is appropriate for the actual demand environment.

Especially during transitional periods, resource allocation decisions can have a significant impact on our future performance, particularly if we have not accurately anticipated industry changes. Our success will depend, to a significant extent, on the ability of our executive officers and other members of our senior management to identify and respond to these challenges effectively.

Future Declines in the Semiconductor Industry, and the Overall World Economic Conditions on Which it is Significantly Dependent, Could Have a Material Adverse Impact on Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

Our business depends on the capital equipment expenditures of semiconductor manufacturers, which in turn depend on the current and anticipated market demand for integrated circuits. The semiconductor industry is cyclical in nature and experiences periodic downturns. Global economic and business conditions, which are often unpredictable, have historically impacted customer demand for our products and normal commercial relationships with our customers, suppliers, and creditors. Additionally, in times of economic uncertainty our customers’ budgets for our products, or their ability to access credit to purchase them, could be adversely affected. This would limit their ability to purchase our products and services. As a result, economic downturns can cause material adverse changes to our results of operations and financial condition including, but not limited to:

• a decline in demand for our products or services;

• an increase in reserves on accounts receivable due to our customers’ inability to pay us;

• an increase in reserves on inventory balances due to excess or obsolete inventory as a result of our inability to sell such inventory;

• valuation allowances on deferred tax assets;

• restructuring charges;

• asset impairments including the potential impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets;

• a decline in the value of our investments;

• exposure to claims from our suppliers for payment on inventory that is ordered in anticipation of customer purchases that do not come to fruition;

• a decline in the value of certain facilities we lease to less than our residual value guarantee with the lessor; and

• challenges maintaining reliable and uninterrupted sources of supply.

Fluctuating levels of investment by semiconductor manufacturers may materially affect our aggregate shipments, revenues, operating results and earnings. Where appropriate, we will attempt to respond to these fluctuations with cost management programs aimed at aligning our expenditures with anticipated revenue streams, which sometimes result in restructuring charges. Even during periods of reduced revenues, we must continue to invest in R&D and maintain extensive ongoing worldwide customer service and support capabilities to remain competitive, which may temporarily harm our profitability and other financial results.

Our Quarterly Revenues and Operating Results Are Variable

Our revenues and operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, not all of which are in our control. We manage our expense levels based in part on our expectations of

15

future revenues. Because our operating expenses are based in part on anticipated future revenues, and a certain amount of those expenses are relatively fixed, a change in the timing of recognition of revenue and/or the level of gross profit from a small number of transactions can unfavorably affect operating results in a particular quarter. Factors that may cause our financial results to fluctuate unpredictably include, but are not limited to:

• economic conditions in the electronics and semiconductor industries in general and specifically the semiconductor equipment industry;

• the size and timing of orders from customers;

• procurement shortages;

• the failure of our suppliers or outsource providers to perform their obligations in a manner consistent with our expectations;

• manufacturing difficulties;

• customer cancellations or delays in shipments, installations, and/or customer acceptances;

• the extent that customers continue to purchase and use our products and services in their business;

• our customers’ reuse of existing and installed products, to the extent that such reuse decreases their need to purchase new products or services;

• changes in average selling prices, customer mix, and product mix;

• our ability in a timely manner to develop, introduce and market new, enhanced, and competitive products;

• our competitors’ introduction of new products;

• legal or technical challenges to our products and technology;

• transportation, communication, demand, information technology or supply disruptions based on factors outside our control such as strikes, acts of God, wars, terrorist activities, and natural disasters;

• legal, tax, accounting, or regulatory changes (including but not limited to change in import/export regulations) or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing requirements;

• changes in our estimated effective tax rate;

• foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

• the dilutive impact of our convertible notes and related warrants on our earnings per share.

We May Incur Impairments to Goodwill or Long-Lived Assets

We review our long-lived assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets, for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. Negative industry or economic trends, including reduced market prices of our Common Stock, reduced estimates of future cash flows, disruptions to our business, slower growth rates, or lack of growth in our relevant business segments, could lead to impairment charges against our long-lived assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets. If, in any period, our stock price decreases to the point where our fair value, as determined by our market capitalization, is less than the book value of our assets, this could also indicate a potential impairment, and we may be required to record an impairment charge in that period, which could adversely affect our result of operations.

Our valuation methodology for assessing impairment requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on historical experience and to rely heavily on projections of future operating performance. We operate in a highly competitive environment and projections of future operating result and cash flows may vary significantly from actual results. Additionally, if our analysis indicates potential impairment to goodwill one or more of our business segments, we may be required to record additional charges to earnings in our financial statements, which could negatively affect our results of operations. As a result of historical performance and

16

growth potential, our single-wafer clean systems reporting unit may be at greater risk for goodwill impairment than our other reporting units if our actual results for this reporting unit differ from our projections.

Our Leverage and Debt Service Obligations and Potential Note Conversion or Related Hedging Activities May Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition, Results of Operations and Earnings Per Share

As a result of the sale of our 2016 and 2018 convertible notes and the assumption of the 2041 convertible notes in connection with our acquisition of Novellus Systems, Inc. (collectively the “Notes”), we have a greater amount of debt than we have maintained in the past. Our maintenance of higher levels of indebtedness could have adverse consequences including:

• impacting our ability to satisfy our obligations;

• increasing the portion of our cash flows that may have to be dedicated to interest and principal payments and may not be available for operations, working capital, capital expenditures, expansion, acquisitions or general corporate or other purposes; and

• impairing our ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

Our ability to meet our expenses and debt obligations will depend on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic, regulatory and other factors. Furthermore, our operations may not generate sufficient cash flows to enable us to meet our expenses and service our debt. As a result, we may need to enter into new financing arrangements to obtain the necessary funds. If we determine it is necessary to seek additional funding for any reason, we may not be able to obtain such funding or, if funding is available, obtain it on acceptable terms. If we fail to make a payment on our debt, we could be in default on such debt, and this default could cause us to be in default on our other outstanding indebtedness.

Conversion of our Notes may cause dilution to our shareholders and to our earnings per share. Upon conversion of any Notes, we will deliver cash in the amount of the principal amount of the Notes and, with respect to any excess conversion value greater than the principal amount of the Notes, shares of our Common Stock, which would result in dilution to our shareholders. This dilution may be mitigated to some extent by the hedging transactions we entered into in connection with the sale of the 2016 and 2018 Notes or through share repurchases. Prior to the maturity of the Notes, if the price of our Common Stock exceeds the conversion price, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles require that we report an increase in diluted share count, which would result in lower reported earnings per share. The price of our Common Stock could also be affected by sales of our Common Stock by investors who view the Notes as a more attractive means of equity participation in our company and also by hedging activity that may develop involving our Common Stock by holders of the Notes.

Our Credit Agreements Contain Covenant Restrictions That May Limit Our Ability To Operate Our Business.

We may be unable to respond to changes in business and economic conditions, engage in transactions that might otherwise be beneficial to us, or obtain additional financing, because our debt agreements contain, and any of our other future similar agreements may contain, covenant restrictions that limit our ability to, among other things:

• incur additional debt, assume obligations in connection with letters of credit, or issue guarantees;

• create liens;

• enter into transactions with our affiliates;

• sell certain assets; and

• merge or consolidate with any person.

Our ability to comply with these covenants is dependent on our future performance, which will be subject to many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including prevailing economic conditions. In addition, our failure to comply with these covenants could result in a default under the Notes or our other debt, which could

17

permit the holders to accelerate such debt. If any of our debt is accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds available to repay such debt, which could materially and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operation.

We Have a Limited Number of Key Customers

Sales to a limited number of large customers constitute a significant portion of our overall revenue, shipments, cash flows, collections and profitability. As a result, the actions of even one customer may subject us to variability in those areas that are difficult to predict. In addition, large customers may be able to negotiate requirements that result in decreased pricing; increased costs and/or lower margins for us; compliance to specific environmental, social and corporate governance standards; and limitations on our ability to share jointly developed technology with others. Similarly, significant portions of our credit risk may, at any given time, be concentrated among a limited number of customers, so that the failure of even one of these key customers to pay its obligations to us could significantly impact our financial results.

We Depend on New Products and Processes for Our Success. Consequently, We are Subject to Risks Associated with Rapid Technological Change

Rapid technological changes in semiconductor manufacturing processes subject us to increased pressure to develop technological advances that enable those processes. We believe that our future success depends in part upon our ability to develop and offer new products with improved capabilities and to continue to enhance our existing products. If new products have reliability, quality, or design problems, our performance may be impacted by reduced orders, higher manufacturing costs, delays in acceptance of and payment for new products, and additional service and warranty expenses. We may be unable to develop and manufacture new products successfully, or new products that we introduce may fail in the marketplace. The expected industry transition to a 450mm platform represents an emerging challenge for our business, and our failure to address that transition in a timely manner with productive and cost-effective products could adversely affect our business in a material way. Our failure to commercialize new products in a timely manner could result in loss of market share, unanticipated costs, and inventory obsolescence, which would adversely affect our financial results.

In order to develop new products and processes, we expect to continue to make significant investments in R&D and to pursue joint development relationships with customers, suppliers or other members of the industry. We must manage product transitions and joint development relationships successfully, as the introduction of new products could adversely affect our sales of existing products and certain jointly developed technologies may be subject to restrictions on our ability to share that technology with other customers, which could limit our market for products incorporating those technologies. Future technologies, processes or product developments may render our current product offerings obsolete, leaving us with non-competitive products, or obsolete inventory, or both. Moreover, customers may adopt new technologies or processes to address the complex challenges associated with next generation devices. This shift may result in a reduction in the size of our addressable markets or could increase the relative size of markets in which we either do not compete or have relatively low market share.

We are Subject to Risks Relating to Product Concentration and Lack of Product Revenue Diversification

We derive a substantial percentage of our revenues from a limited number of products. System sales constitute a significant portion of our total revenue. Our systems are priced up to approximately $9 million per system, and our revenues in any given quarter are dependent upon customer acceptance of a limited number of systems. As a result, the inability to recognize revenue on even a few systems can cause a significantly adverse impact on our revenues for a given quarter, and, in the longer term, the continued market acceptance of these products is critical to our future success. Our business, operating results, financial condition, and cash flows could therefore be adversely affected by:

• a decline in demand for even a limited number of our products;

18

• a failure to achieve continued market acceptance of our key products;

• export restrictions or other regulatory or legislative actions that could limit our ability to sell those products to key customer or market segments;

• an improved version of products being offered by a competitor in the market in which we participate;

• increased pressure from competitors that offer broader product lines;

• technological changes that we are unable to address with our products; or

• a failure to release new or enhanced versions of our products on a timely basis.

In addition, the fact that we offer limited product lines creates the risk that our customers may view us as less important to their business than our competitors that offer additional products. This may impact our ability to maintain or expand our business with certain customers. Such product concentration may also subject us to additional risks associated with technology changes. Our business is affected by our customers’ use of our products in certain steps in their wafer fabrication processes. Should technologies change so that the manufacture of semiconductors requires fewer steps using our products, this could have a larger impact on our business than it would on the business of our less concentrated competitors.

Strategic Alliances and Customer Consolidation May Have Negative Effects on Our Business

Increasingly, semiconductor manufacturing companies are entering into strategic alliances or consolidating with one another to expedite the development of processes and other manufacturing technologies and/or achieve economies of scale. The outcomes of such an alliance can be the definition of a particular tool set for a certain function and/or the standardization of a series of process steps that use a specific set of manufacturing equipment; while the outcomes of consolidation can lead to an overall reduction in the market for semiconductor manufacturing equipment as customers’ operations achieve economies of scale and/or increased purchasing power based on their higher volumes. In certain instances this could work to our disadvantage if a competitor’s tools or equipment become the standard equipment for such functions or processes. Some semiconductor manufacturing companies are also consolidating. Additional outcomes of such consolidation may include our customers: (i) re-evaluating their future supplier relationships to consider other competitors’ products and/or (ii) gaining additional influence over the pricing of products and the control of intellectual property.

Similarly, our customers may partner with, or follow the lead of, educational or research institutions that establish processes for accomplishing various tasks or manufacturing steps. If those institutions utilize a competitor’s equipment when they establish those processes, it is likely that customers will tend to use the same equipment in setting up their own manufacturing lines. Even if they select our equipment, the institutions and the customers that follow their lead could impose conditions on acceptance of that equipment, such as adherence to standards and requirements or limitations on how we license our proprietary rights that increase our costs or require us to take on greater risk. These actions could adversely impact our market share and financial results.

We Depend On a Limited Number of Key Suppliers and Outsource Providers, and We Run the Risk That They Might Not Perform as We Expect

Outsource providers and component suppliers have played and will continue to play a key role in our manufacturing operations and in many of our transactional and administrative functions, such as information technology, facilities management, and certain elements of our finance organization. These providers and suppliers might suffer financial setbacks, be acquired by third parties, become subject to exclusivity arrangements that preclude further business with us or suffer force majeure events that could interrupt or impair their continued ability to perform as we expect.

Although we attempt to select reputable providers and suppliers, and we attempt to secure their performance on terms documented in written contracts, it is possible that one or more of these providers or suppliers could fail

19

to perform as we expect, and such failure could have an adverse impact on our business. In some cases, the requirements of our business mandate that we obtain certain components and sub-assemblies included in our products from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers. Where practical, we endeavor to establish alternative sources to mitigate the risk that the failure of any single provider or supplier will adversely affect our business, but this is not feasible in all circumstances. There is therefore a risk that a prolonged inability to obtain certain components or secure key services could impair our ability to manage operations, ship products and generate revenues, which could adversely affect our operating results and damage our customer relationships.

We Face Risks Related to the Disruption of Our Primary Manufacturing Facilities

Our manufacturing facilities are concentrated in just a few locations. These locations are subject to disruption for a variety of reasons such as natural disasters, terrorist attacks, disruptions of our information technology resources and utility interruptions. Such disruptions may cause delays in shipping our products which could result in the loss of business or customer trust, adversely affecting our business and operating results.

Once a Semiconductor Manufacturer Commits to Purchase a Competitor’s Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment, the Manufacturer Typically Continues to Purchase that Competitor’s Equipment, Making it More Difficult for Us to Sell Our Equipment to that Customer

Semiconductor manufacturers must make a substantial investment to qualify and integrate wafer processing equipment into a semiconductor production line. We believe that once a semiconductor manufacturer selects a particular supplier’s processing equipment, the manufacturer generally relies upon that equipment for that specific production line application for an extended period of time. Accordingly, we expect it to be more difficult to sell our products to a given customer if that customer initially selects a competitor’s equipment for the same product line application.

We Face a Challenging and Complex Competitive Environment

We face significant competition from multiple competitors and with the pending merger of two of our largest competitors we may face increasing competitive pressures. Other companies continue to develop systems and products that are competitive to ours and may introduce new products, which may affect our ability to sell our existing products. We face a greater risk if our competitors enter into strategic relationships with leading semiconductor manufacturers covering products similar to those we sell or may develop, as this could adversely affect our ability to sell products to those manufacturers.

We believe that to remain competitive we must devote significant financial resources to offer a broad range of products, to maintain customer service and support centers worldwide, and to invest in product and process R&D. Certain of our competitors, including those that are created and financially backed by foreign governments, have substantially greater financial resources and more extensive engineering, manufacturing, marketing, and customer service and support resources than we do and therefore have the potential to offer customers a more comprehensive array of products and to therefore increasingly dominate the semiconductor equipment industry. These competitors may deeply discount or give away products similar to those that we sell, challenging or even exceeding our ability to make similar accommodations and threatening our ability to sell those products. We also face competition from our own customers, who in some instances have established affiliated entities that manufacture equipment similar to ours. For these reasons, we may fail to continue to compete successfully worldwide.

In addition, our competitors may be able to develop products comparable or superior to those we offer or may adapt more quickly to new technologies or evolving customer requirements. In particular, while we continue to develop product enhancements that we believe will address future customer requirements, we may fail in a timely manner to complete the development or introduction of these additional product enhancements successfully, or these product enhancements may not achieve market acceptance or be competitive. Accordingly, competition may intensify, and we may be unable to continue to compete successfully in our markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, operating results, financial condition, and/or cash flows.

20

Our Future Success Depends Heavily on International Sales and the Management of Global Operations

Non-U.S. sales accounted for approximately 86% of total revenue in fiscal 2014, 80% of total revenue in fiscal year 2013, and 83% of total revenue in fiscal year 2012. We expect that international sales will continue to account for a substantial majority of our total revenue in future years.

We are subject to various challenges related to international sales and the management of global operations including, but not limited to:

• trade balance issues;

• global economic and political conditions;

• changes in currency controls;

• differences in the enforcement of intellectual property and contract rights in varying jurisdictions;

• our ability to respond to customer and foreign government demands for locally sourced systems, spare parts and services and develop the necessary relationships with local suppliers;

• compliance with U.S. and international laws and regulations affecting foreign operations, including U.S. and international export restrictions and foreign labor laws;

• fluctuations in interest and foreign currency exchange rates;

• our ability to repatriate cash in a tax-efficient manner;

• the need for technical support resources in different locations; and

• our ability to secure and retain qualified people in all necessary locations for the successful operation of our business.

Certain international sales depend on our ability to obtain export licenses from the U.S. government. Our failure or inability to obtain such licenses would substantially limit our markets and severely restrict our revenues. Many of the challenges noted above are applicable in China, which is a fast developing market for the semiconductor equipment industry and therefore an area of potential significant growth for our business. As the business volume between China and the rest of the world grows, there is inherent risk, based on the complex relationships among China, Taiwan, Japan, South Korea, and the United States, that political and diplomatic influences might lead to trade disruptions. This would adversely affect our business with China, Taiwan, Japan, and/or South Korea and perhaps the entire Asia Pacific region. A significant trade disruption in these areas could have a materially adverse impact on our future revenue and profits.

We are potentially exposed to adverse as well as beneficial movements in foreign currency exchange rates. The majority of our sales and expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations primarily related to revenues denominated in Japanese yen and expenses denominated in euro. Currently, we enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of the foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on certain foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities; primarily third party accounts receivables, accounts payables and intercompany receivables and payables. In addition, we hedge certain anticipated foreign currency cash flows, primarily anticipated revenues denominated in Japanese yen and euro-denominated expenses. We believe these are our primary exposures to currency rate fluctuation. We expect to continue to enter into hedging transactions, for the purposes outlined, for the foreseeable future. However, these hedging transactions may not achieve their desired effect because differences between the actual timing of the underlying exposures and our forecasts of those exposures may leave us either over-or under-hedged on any given transaction. Moreover, by hedging these foreign currency denominated revenues, expenses, monetary assets and liabilities with foreign currency forward contracts, we may miss favorable currency trends that would have been advantageous to us but for the hedges. Additionally, we are exposed to short-term foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on non-U.S. dollar-denominated monetary

21

assets and liabilities (other than those currency exposures previously discussed) and currently we do not enter into foreign currency hedge contracts against these exposures. Therefore, we are subject to both favorable and unfavorable foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations to the extent that we transact business (including intercompany transactions) for these currencies.

The magnitude of our overseas business also affects where our cash is generated. Certain uses of cash, such as share repurchases or the repayment of our convertible notes, can usually only be made with cash balances and cash generated on-shore. Since the majority of our cash is generated outside of the United States, this may limit certain business decisions and adversely affect business outcomes.

Our Ability to Attract, Retain and Motivate Key Employees Is Critical to Our Success

Our ability to compete successfully depends in large part on our ability to attract, retain and motivate key employees. This is an ongoing challenge due to intense competition for top talent, as well as fluctuations in industry economic conditions that may require cycles of hiring activity and workforce reductions. Our success in hiring depends on a variety of factors, including the attractiveness of our compensation and benefit programs and our ability to offer a challenging and rewarding work environment. We periodically evaluate our overall compensation programs and make adjustments, as appropriate, to maintain or enhance their competitiveness. If we are not able to successfully attract, retain and motivate key employees, we may be unable to capitalize on market opportunities and our operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

We Rely Upon Certain Critical Information Systems for the Operation of Our Business

We maintain and rely upon certain critical information systems for the effective operation of our business. These information systems include telecommunications, the internet, our corporate intranet, various computer hardware and software applications, network communications, and e-mail. These information systems may be owned and maintained by us, our outsourced providers or third parties such as vendors and contractors. Many of these outsourced service providers, including certain hosted software applications that we use for confidential data storage, employ “cloud computing” technology for such storage (which refers to an information technology hosting and delivery system in which data is not stored within the user’s physical infrastructure but instead are delivered to and consumed by the user as an Internet-based service). All of these information systems are subject to attacks, failures, and access denials from a number of potential sources including viruses, destructive or inadequate code, power failures, and physical damage to computers, hard drives, communication lines, and networking equipment. Confidential and/or sensitive information stored on these information systems could be intentionally or unintentionally compromised, lost and/or stolen. While we have implemented security procedures, such as virus protection software and emergency recovery processes, to mitigate the outlined risks with respect to information systems that are under our control, they cannot be guaranteed to be failsafe and our inability to use or access these information systems at critical points in time, or unauthorized releases of confidential information, could unfavorably impact the timely and efficient operation of our business.

Our Financial Results May be Adversely Impacted by Higher than Expected Tax Rates or Exposure to Additional Tax Liabilities

As a global company, our effective tax rate is highly dependent upon the geographic composition of worldwide earnings and tax regulations governing each region. We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions, and significant judgment is required to determine worldwide tax liabilities. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the split of earnings between countries with differing statutory tax rates, in the valuation of deferred tax assets, in tax laws, by material audit assessments, or changes in or expirations of agreements with tax authorities. These factors could affect our profitability. In particular, the carrying value of deferred tax assets, which are predominantly in the United States, is dependent on our ability to generate future taxable income in the United States. In addition, the amount of income taxes we pay is subject to ongoing audits in various jurisdictions, and a material assessment by a governing tax authority could affect our profitability.

22

A Failure to Comply with Environmental Regulations May Adversely Affect Our Operating Results

We are subject to a variety of governmental regulations related to the handling, discharge, and disposal of toxic, volatile or otherwise hazardous chemicals. We believe that we are generally in compliance with these regulations and that we have obtained (or will obtain or are otherwise addressing the need for) all environmental permits necessary to conduct our business. These permits generally relate to the handling and disposal of hazardous wastes. Nevertheless, the failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in fines being imposed on us, require us to suspend production, or cease operations or cause our customers to not accept our products. These regulations could require us to alter our current operations, to acquire significant additional equipment or to incur substantial other expenses to comply with environmental regulations. Any failure to comply with regulations governing the use, handling, sale, transport or disposal of hazardous substances could subject us to future liabilities.

If We Choose to Acquire or Dispose of Businesses, Product Lines and Technologies, We May Encounter Unforeseen Costs and Difficulties That Could Impair Our Financial Performance

An important element of our management strategy is to review acquisition prospects that would complement our existing products, augment our market coverage and distribution ability, or enhance our technological capabilities. As a result, we may make acquisitions of complementary companies, products or technologies, or we may reduce or dispose of certain product lines or technologies that no longer fit our long-term strategies. Managing an acquired business, disposing of product technologies or reducing personnel entail numerous operational and financial risks, including difficulties in assimilating acquired operations and new personnel or separating existing business or product groups, diversion of management’s attention away from other business concerns, amortization of acquired intangible assets, adverse customer reaction to our decision to cease support for a product, and potential loss of key employees or customers of acquired or disposed operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve and manage successfully any such integration of potential acquisitions, disposition of product lines or technologies, or reduction in personnel or that our management, personnel, or systems will be adequate to support continued operations. Any such inabilities or inadequacies could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, and cash flows.

In addition, any acquisition could result in changes such as potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities, the amortization of related intangible assets, and goodwill impairment charges, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations and/or the price of our Common Stock.

The Market for Our Common Stock is Volatile, Which May Affect Our Ability to Raise Capital, Make Acquisitions, or Subject Our Business to Additional Costs

The market price for our Common Stock is volatile and has fluctuated significantly over the past years. The trading price of our Common Stock could continue to be highly volatile and fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors, many of which are not within our control or influence. These factors include but are not limited to the following:

• general market, semiconductor, or semiconductor equipment industry conditions;

• economic or political events and trends occurring globally or in any of our key sales regions;

• variations in our quarterly operating results and financial condition, including our liquidity;

• variations in our revenues, earnings or other business and financial metrics from forecasts by us or securities analysts, or from those experienced by other companies in our industry;

• announcements of restructurings, reductions in force, departure of key employees, and/or consolidations of operations;

• government regulations;

23

• developments in, or claims relating to, patent or other proprietary rights;

• technological innovations and the introduction of new products by us or our competitors;

• commercial success or failure of our new and existing products;

• disruptions of relationships with key customers or suppliers; or

• dilutive impacts of our Notes and related warrants.

In addition, the stock market experiences significant price and volume fluctuations. Historically, we have witnessed significant volatility in the price of our Common Stock due in part to the price of and markets for semiconductors. These and other factors have and may again adversely affect the price of our Common Stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In the past, following volatile periods in the price of their stock, many companies became the object of securities class action litigation. If we are sued in a securities class action, we could incur substantial costs, and it could divert management’s attention and resources and have an unfavorable impact on our financial performance and the price for our Common Stock.

Intellectual Property, Indemnity and Other Claims Against Us Can be Costly and We Could Lose Significant Rights That are Necessary to Our Continued Business and Profitability

Third parties may assert infringement, unfair competition, product liability, breach of contract, or other claims against us. From time to time, other parties send us notices alleging that our products infringe their patent or other intellectual property rights. In addition, law enforcement authorities may seek criminal charges relating to intellectual property or other issues. We also face risks of claims arising from commercial and other relationships. In addition, our Bylaws and other indemnity obligations provide that we will indemnify officers and directors against losses that they may incur in legal proceedings resulting from their service to us. From time to time, in the normal course of business, we indemnify third parties with whom we enter into contractual relationships, including customers and suppliers, with respect to certain matters. We have agreed, under certain conditions, to hold these third parties harmless against specified losses, such as those arising from a breach of representations or covenants, other third party claims that our products when used for their intended purposes infringe the intellectual property rights of such other third parties, or other claims made against certain parties. In such cases, it is our policy either to defend the claims or to negotiate licenses or other settlements on commercially reasonable terms. However, we may be unable in the future to negotiate necessary licenses or reach agreement on other settlements on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and any litigation resulting from these claims by other parties may materially adversely affect our business and financial results, and we may be subject to substantial damage awards and penalties. Moreover, although we have insurance to protect us from certain claims and cover certain losses to our property, such insurance may not cover us for the full amount of any losses, or at all, and may be subject to substantial exclusions and deductibles.

We May Fail to Protect Our Critical Proprietary Technology Rights, Which Could Affect Our Business

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology and our ability to protect key components of that technology through patents, copyrights and trade secret protection. Protecting our key proprietary technology helps us to achieve our goals of developing technological expertise and new products and systems that give us a competitive advantage; increasing market penetration and growth of our installed base; and providing comprehensive support and service to our customers. As part of our strategy to protect our technology we currently hold a number of U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications, and we keep certain information, processes and techniques as trade secrets. However, other parties may challenge or attempt to invalidate or circumvent any patents the United States or foreign governments issue to us, these governments may fail to issue patents for pending applications, or we may lose trade secret protection over valuable information due to the intentional or unintentional actions or omissions of third parties, of ours or even our own employees. Additionally, intellectual property litigation can be expensive and time-consuming and even when patents are issued or trade secret processes are followed, the legal systems in certain of the countries in which we

24

do business do not enforce patents and other intellectual property rights as rigorously as the United States. The rights granted or anticipated under any of our patents, pending patent applications or trade secrets may be narrower than we expect or, in fact, provide no competitive advantages. Moreover, because we determine the jurisdictions in which to file patents at the time of filing, we may not have adequate protection in the future based on such previous decisions. Any of these circumstances could have a material adverse impact on our business.

We Are Exposed to Various Risks from Our Regulatory Environment

We are subject to various risks related to (i) new, different, inconsistent or even conflicting laws, rules and regulations that may be enacted by legislative bodies and/or regulatory agencies in the countries that we operate; (ii) disagreements or disputes between national or regional regulatory agencies related to international trade; and (iii) the interpretation and application of laws, rules and regulations. As a public company with global operations, we are subject to the laws of multiple jurisdictions and the rules and regulations of various governing bodies, including those related to financial and other disclosures, corporate governance, privacy, anti-corruption, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to governmental officials, and antitrust regulations, among others. One of these laws imposes new disclosure requirements regarding the use of certain minerals, which may have originated from the Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining countries in our products. This new requirement could affect the pricing, sourcing and availability of minerals used in the manufacture of components we use in our products. In addition, there will be additional costs associated with complying with the disclosure requirements, such as costs related to determining the source of any of the covered minerals used in our products. Our supply chain is complex, and we may be unable to verify the origins for all metals used in our products. Financial reform legislation and the regulations enacted under such legislation have also added costs to our business by, among other things, requiring advisory votes on executive compensation and on severance packages upon a change in control.

To maintain high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, we intend to invest all reasonably necessary resources to comply with all evolving standards. Changes in or ambiguous interpretations of laws, regulations and standards may create uncertainty regarding compliance matters. Efforts to comply with new and changing regulations have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue generating activities to compliance activities. If we are found by a court or regulatory agency not to be in compliance with the laws and regulations, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

There Can Be No Assurance That We Will Continue To Declare Cash Dividends Or Repurchase Our Shares At All Or In Any Particular Amounts.

Our Board of Directors announced its plans to declare a quarterly dividend on April 29, 2014, with the first dividend payment paid on July 2, 2014. In addition, on April 29, 2014, we announced that our Board of Directors has authorized the Company to repurchase up to $850 million of common stock, which includes the remaining value available under the prior authorization of $250 million. Our intent to continue to pay quarterly dividends and to repurchase our shares is subject to capital availability and, in the case of dividends, periodic determinations by our Board of Directors that cash dividends are in the best interest of our stockholders and are in compliance with all laws and agreements applicable to the declaration and payment of cash dividends by us. Future dividends and share repurchases may also be affected by, among other factors: our views on potential future capital requirements for investments in acquisitions and the funding of our research and development; legal risks; stock repurchase programs; changes in federal and state income tax laws or corporate laws; and changes to our business model. Our dividend payments and share repurchases may change from time to time, and we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to declare dividends or repurchase shares at all or in any particular amounts. A reduction or suspension in our dividend payments or share repurchase activity could have a negative effect on our stock price.

25

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our executive offices and principal operating and R&D facilities are located in Fremont, Livermore, and San Jose, California, Tualatin, Oregon, and Villach, Austria. The Fremont and Livermore facilities are held under operating leases expiring in 2020, the San Jose and Tualatin facilities are owned by the Company, and the Villach facilities are held under capital leases expiring in 2016. Our Fremont, Livermore, and Villach leases generally include options to renew or purchase the facilities. In addition, we lease or own properties for our service, technical support and sales personnel throughout the United States, Europe, Taiwan, Korea, Japan, and Asia Pacific and lease or own manufacturing facilities located in Illinois, Ohio, Germany, and Korea. Our facilities lease obligations are subject to periodic increases. We believe that our existing facilities are well-maintained and in good operating condition.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The Company is either a defendant or plaintiff in various actions that have arisen from time to time in the normal course of business, including intellectual property claims. The Company accrues for a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether a loss is reasonably estimable. These accruals are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to reflect the effects of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular matter. To the extent there is a reasonable possibility that the losses could exceed the amounts already accrued, the Company believes that the amount of any such additional loss would be immaterial to the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

26

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Stock Information

Our Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol LRCX. As of August 20, 2014 we had 490 stockholders of record. In fiscal year 2014, we announced the initiation of a quarterly dividend and declared a dividend of $0.18 per share to our stockholders payable in the first quarter of fiscal year 2015. In fiscal year 2013 we did not declare or pay cash dividends to our stockholders. The table below sets forth the high and low prices of our Common Stock as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, for the period indicated:

	2014
	High		Low
First Quarter	$	52.31	$	44.11
Second Quarter	$	55.48	$	49.54
Third Quarter	$	57.16	$	48.45
Fourth Quarter	$	67.85	$	50.54
	2013
	High		Low
First Quarter	$	37.99	$	31.93
Second Quarter	$	38.14	$	31.17
Third Quarter	$	43.92	$	35.32
Fourth Quarter	$	49.13	$	39.94

Repurchase of Company Shares

On April 22, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $250 million of Common Stock. In addition, on April 29, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $850 million of common stock, which includes the remaining value available under the Company’s prior authorization of $250 million. These repurchases can be conducted on the open market or as private purchases and may include the use of derivative contracts with large financial institutions, in all cases subject to compliance with applicable law. Repurchases will be funded using the Company’s on-shore cash and on-shore cash generation. This repurchase program has no termination date and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

As part of our share repurchase program, we may from time-to-time enter into structured share repurchase arrangements with financial institutions using general corporate funds. Such arrangements entered into or settled during the year ended June 29, 2014 included the following:

Collared Accelerated Share Repurchases

During the year ended June 29, 2014, the Company entered into and settled a collared accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) transaction under a master repurchase arrangement. Under the ASR, the Company made an up-front cash payment of $75 million, in exchange for an initial delivery of 1.2 million shares of its Common Stock and a subsequent delivery of 0.3 million shares following the initial hedge period.

The number of shares to ultimately be repurchased by us is based generally on the volume-weighted average price (“VWAP”) of the Common Stock during the term of the ASR minus a pre-determined discount set at inception of the ASR, subject to collar provisions that provide a minimum and maximum number of shares that we could repurchase under the agreements. The minimum and maximum thresholds for the transaction were established based on the average of the VWAP prices for the Common Stock during an initial hedge period. At

27

the conclusion of the ASR, we could have received additional shares based on the VWAP of the Common Stock during the term of the agreement minus the pre-determined fixed discount; however the total number of shares received under the ASR would not exceed the maximum of 1.7 million shares.

The counterparty designated October 28, 2013 as the termination date, at which time we settled the ASR. No additional shares were received at final settlement, which represented a weighted-average share price of approximately $50.40 for the transaction period.

The Company accounted for the ASR as two separate transactions: (a) as shares of Common Stock acquired in a treasury stock transaction recorded on the acquisition date and (b) as a forward contract indexed to its own Common Stock and classified in stockholders’ equity. As such, the Company accounted for the shares that we received under the ASR as a repurchase of our Common Stock for the purpose of calculating earnings per common share. We had determined that the forward contract indexed to the Common Stock met all of the applicable criteria for equity classification in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, and, therefore, the ASR was not accounted for as a derivative instrument. As of June 29, 2014, the aggregate repurchase price of $75 million was reflected as Treasury stock, at cost, in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Share repurchases, including those under the repurchase program, were as follows:

Period	Total Number of Shares Repurchased (1)		Average Price Paid Per Share*		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs		Amount Available Under Repurchase Program
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Amount available at June 30, 2013							$	250,000
Quarter ending September 29, 2013		2,093	$	48.39		1,935	$	153,538
Quarter ending December 29, 2013		967	$	52.11		762	$	113,738
Quarter ended March 30, 2014		1,036	$	53.07		930	$	64,324
March 31, 2014 - April 27, 2014		298	$	54.51		285	$	48,786
Authorization of $850 million - April 29, 2014		—	$	—		—	$	850,000
April 28, 2014 - May 25, 2014		404	$	57.47		288	$	834,287
May 26, 2014 - June 29, 2014		62	$	66.12		51	$	830,895
Total		4,860	$	52.10		4,251	$	830,895

* Average price paid per share excludes accelerated share repurchases for which cost was incurred during the September 2013 quarter, but that did not settle unilt the December 2013 quarter. See Collared Accelerated Share Repurchases section above for details regarding average price associated with these transactions.

(1) In addition to shares repurchased under Board authorized repurchase programs, included in this column are 608,695 shares acquired at a total cost of $32.0 million which the Company withheld through net share settlements to cover tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock unit awards granted under the Company’s equity compensation plans. The shares retained by the Company through these net share settlements are not a part of the Board-authorized repurchase program but instead are authorized under the Company’s equity compensation plans.

28

Cumulative 5-year Return

The graph below compares Lam Research Corporation’s cumulative 5-year total shareholder return on Common Stock with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index and the Research Data Group, Incorporated (“RDG”) Semiconductor Composite index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our Common Stock and in each of the indices (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from June 30, 2009 to June 30, 2014.

	6/09		6/10		6/11		6/12		6/13		6/14
Lam Research Corporation		100.00		146.38		170.31		145.15		170.54		260.64
NASDAQ Composite		100.00		117.06		154.79		167.05		197.48		259.41
S&P 500		100.00		114.43		149.55		157.70		190.18		236.98
RDG Semiconductor Composite		100.00		112.38		147.90		144.72		161.77		220.24

29

Item 6. Selected Financial Data (derived from audited financial statements)

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014 (1)		June 30, 2013 (1)		June 24, 2012 (1)		June 26, 2011		June 27, 2010
	(in thousands, except per share data)
OPERATIONS:
Revenue	$	4,607,309	$	3,598,916	$	2,665,192	$	3,237,693	$	2,133,776
Gross margin		2,007,481		1,403,059		1,084,069		1,497,232		969,935
Restructuring charges, net (2)		—		1,813		1,725		11,579		21,314
409A expense (3)		—		—		—		—		(38,590	)
Operating income		677,669		118,071		237,733		804,285		425,410
Net income		632,289		113,879		168,723		723,748		346,669
Net income per share:
Basic	$	3.84	$	0.67	$	1.36	$	5.86	$	2.73
Diluted	$	3.62	$	0.66	$	1.35	$	5.79	$	2.71
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.18	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
BALANCE SHEET:
Working capital	$	3,201,661	$	2,389,354	$	2,988,181	$	2,592,506	$	1,198,004
Total assets		7,993,306		7,250,315		8,004,652		4,053,867		2,487,392
Long-term obligations, less current portion		1,198,221		1,170,048		1,255,600		903,263		160,600

(1) Fiscal years 2014 and 2013 amounts include operating results of Novellus. Fiscal year 2012 amounts include 20 days of operating results of Novellus from the acquisition date of June 4, 2012. The Novellus acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance.

(2) Restructuring charges, net exclude restructuring charges (releases) included in cost of goods sold and reflected in gross margin of ($1.0) million, and $3.4 million for fiscal years 2012 and 2010, respectively.

(3) 409A expense excludes a credit included in cost of goods sold and reflected in gross margin of $5.8 million in fiscal year 2010 related to a reversal of accrued liabilities due to final settlement of matters associated with our Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“409A”) expenses from the 2007 voluntary independent stock option review. Following a voluntary independent review of its historical stock option granting process, the Company considered whether Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“IRC”), and similar provisions of state law, applied to certain stock option grants as to which, under the applicable accounting guidance, intrinsic value was deemed to exist at the time of the options’ measurement dates. If, under applicable tax principles, an employee stock option is not considered as granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the grant date, then the optionee may be subject to federal and state penalty taxes under Section 409A (collectively, “Section 409A liabilities”). On March 30, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized the Company (i) to assume potential Section 409A Liabilities, inclusive of applicable penalties and interest, of current and past employees arising

30

from the exercise in 2006 and 2007 of Company stock options that vested after 2004, and (ii) if necessary, to compensate such employees for additional tax liability associated with that assumption.

	Three Months Ended (1)
	June 29, 2014		March 30, 2014		December 29, 2013		September 29, 2013
	(in thousands, except per share data)
QUARTERLY FISCAL YEAR 2014:
Revenue	$	1,248,797	$	1,227,392	$	1,116,061	$	1,015,059
Gross margin		557,036		530,798		487,789		431,858
Operating income		215,850		191,937		164,474		105,408
Net income		233,395		164,396		148,992		85,506
Net income per share
Basic	$	1.44	$	1.01	$	0.92	$	0.52
Diluted	$	1.35	$	0.96	$	0.87	$	0.50
Number of shares used in per share calculations:
Basic		162,215		162,238		162,305		162,896
Diluted		173,345		171,636		171,757		171,363
	Three Months Ended (1)
	June 30, 2013		March 31, 2013		December 23, 2012		September 23, 2012
	(in thousands, except per share data)
QUARTERLY FISCAL YEAR 2013
Revenue	$	986,214	$	844,928	$	860,886	$	906,888
Gross margin		413,927		339,832		315,414		333,886
Restructuring charges, net - operating expenses		792		—		1,021		—
Operating income		86,498		10,819		4,042		16,712
Net income		85,707		18,996		6,408		2,768
Net income per share
Basic	$	0.53	$	0.12	$	0.04	$	0.02
Diluted	$	0.50	$	0.11	$	0.04	$	0.02
Number of shares used in per share calculations:
Basic		162,520		163,034		170,699		179,928
Diluted		169,722		168,504		173,027		181,926

(1) Our reporting period is a 52/53-week fiscal year. The fiscal years ended June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013 included 52 and 53 weeks, respectively. All quarters presented above included 13 weeks, except the quarter ended March 31, 2013, which included 14 weeks.

31

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and changes in condition, significance, value and effect. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including but not limited to those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this 2014 Form 10-K and other documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission. (See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in Part I of this 2014 Form 10-K).

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) provides a description of our results of operations and should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this 2014 Form 10-K. MD&A consists of the following sections:

Executive Summary provides a summary of the key highlights of our results of operations and our management’s assessment of material trends and uncertainties relevant to our business.

Results of Operations provides an analysis of operating results.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates discusses accounting policies that reflect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources provides an analysis of cash flows, contractual obligations and financial position.

Executive Summary

Lam Research has been an innovative supplier of wafer fabrication equipment and services to the semiconductor industry for more than 30 years. Our customers include semiconductor manufacturers that make memory, microprocessors, and other logic integrated circuits for a wide range of electronics; including cell phones, computers, storage devices and networking equipment.

Our market-leading products are designed to help our customers build the smaller, faster and more power-efficient devices that are necessary to power the capabilities required by end users. The process of integrated circuits fabrication consists of a complex series of process and preparation steps and Lam’s product offerings in deposition, etch and clean address a number of the most critical steps in the fabrication process. We leverage our expertise in semiconductor processing to develop technology and productivity solutions that typically benefit our customers through lower defect rates, enhanced yields, faster processing time, and reduced cost as well as by facilitating their ability to meet more stringent performance and design standards.

The semiconductor capital equipment industry has been highly competitive and subject to business cycles that historically have been characterized by rapid changes in demand. More recently with consolidation in the customer base, the cyclical behavior appears to have diminished somewhat. With a reduced number of customers, variability in their business plans may lead to changes in demand for Lam’s equipment and services over certain periods. The variability in our customers’ investments during any particular period is dependent on several factors including but not limited to electronics demand, economic conditions (both general and in the semiconductor and electronics industries), industry supply and demand, prices for semiconductors, and our customers’ ability to develop and manufacture increasingly complex and costly semiconductor devices.

Demand for our products increased steadily throughout fiscal year 2014 as semiconductor device manufacturers made capacity and technology investments. Technology inflections have been in industry inflection points that include FinFET transistors, 3-D NAND and multiple patterning. These technology inflections have led to an increase in the deposition, etch and clean market size. This increase, as well as market share gains in these inflections, have contributed to the increased revenue in fiscal 2014. We believe that, over the longer term, demand for our products should increase as the proportion of customers’ capital expenditures rise in these technology inflection areas, and we continue to gain market share.

32

The following summarizes certain key annual financial information for the periods indicated below:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30. 2013			June 24, 2012			FY14 vs. FY13					FY13 vs. FY12
	(in thousands, except per share data and percentages)
Revenue	$	4,607,309		$	3,598,916		$	2,665,192		$	1,008,393		28.0	%	$	933,724		35.0	%
Gross margin	$	2,007,481		$	1,403,059		$	1,084,069		$	604,422		43.1	%	$	318,990		29.4	%
Gross margin as a percent of total revenue		43.6	%		39.0	%		40.7	%		4.6	%				-1.7	%
Total operating expenses	$	1,329,812		$	1,284,988		$	846,336		$	44,824		3.5	%	$	438,652		51.8	%
Net income	$	632,289		$	113,879		$	168,723		$	518,410		455.2	%	$	(54,844	)	-32.5	%
Diluted net income per share	$	3.62		$	0.66		$	1.35		$	2.96		448.5	%	$	(0.69	)	-51.1	%

On June 4, 2012, we completed our acquisition of Novellus Systems, Inc (“Novellus”). Results for fiscal years 2014 and 2013 include Novellus operations. Results for fiscal year 2012 include Novellus operations from the acquisition date through June 24, 2012. Lam’s primary reasons for this acquisition were to complement existing product offerings and to provide opportunities for revenue growth and cost synergies.

Fiscal year 2014 revenues increased 28% compared to fiscal year 2013, reflecting the increase in technology inflections’ spending, as well as, incremental market share gains. The increase in gross margin as a percentage of revenue for the fiscal year 2014 compared to fiscal year 2013 was due primarily to a decrease in Novellus acquisition-related inventory fair value adjustments, improved business volumes and product mix. Operating expenses in fiscal year 2014 increased as compared to fiscal year 2013 primarily related to continued investments in the next-generation research and development and customer facing activities.

Our cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and restricted cash and investments balances totaled approximately $3.2 billion as of June 29, 2014 compared to $2.7 billion as of June 30, 2013. This increase was primarily the result of $717 million of cash flows from operating activities, offset by $245 million in share repurchases. This compares to $720 million in cash provided by operating activities during fiscal year 2013.

Results of Operations

Shipments and Backlog

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
Shipments (in millions)	$	4,551		$	3,714		$	2,672
Korea		24	%		16	%		36	%
Taiwan		21	%		29	%		18	%
Japan		13	%		11	%		10	%
China		15	%		9	%		6	%
United States		15	%		20	%		17	%
Europe		7	%		8	%		8	%
Southeast Asia		5	%		7	%		5	%

Shipments for fiscal year 2014 were approximately $4.6 billion and increased by 23% compared to fiscal year 2013. Shipments for fiscal year 2013 were approximately $3.7 billion and increased by 39% compared to fiscal year 2012. The increase in shipments during fiscal year 2014 as compared to fiscal year 2013 related to continued strengthening of customer demand through fiscal year 2014. The increase in shipments during fiscal year 2013 as compared to fiscal year 2012 related to having a full year of combined operations with Novellus and the strengthening of customer demand in the second half of fiscal year 2013.

33

The percentage of total semiconductor processing system shipments to each of the market segments we serve were as follows for fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012.

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
Memory		60	%		36	%		45	%
Foundry		30	%		49	%		46	%
Logic/integrated device manufacturing		10	%		15	%		9	%

During fiscal year 2014, memory customer demand was higher due to node transitions in memory manufacturing, stable pricing for memory, and tight industry supply.

Unshipped orders in backlog as of June 29, 2014 were approximately $866 million and increased from approximately $764 million as of June 30, 2013. Our unshipped orders backlog includes orders for systems, spares, and services. Please refer to “Backlog” in Part I Item 1, “Business” of this report for a description of our policies for adding to and adjusting backlog.

Revenue

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
Revenue (in millions)	$	4,607		$	3,599		$	2,665
Korea		24	%		17	%		33	%
Taiwan		23	%		29	%		18	%
Japan		14	%		10	%		12	%
China		14	%		9	%		5	%
United States		13	%		20	%		17	%
Europe		7	%		8	%		9	%
Southeast Asia		5	%		7	%		6	%

The revenue increase in fiscal year 2014 as compared to fiscal year 2013 reflected increased customer and industry demand. The revenue increase in fiscal year 2013 as compared to fiscal year 2012 reflected a full fiscal year of operations post-acquisition of Novellus. Our revenue levels are generally correlated to the amount of shipments and our installation and acceptance timelines. The overall Asia region continues to account for a majority of our revenues as a substantial amount of the worldwide capacity additions for semiconductor manufacturing continues to occur in this region. Our deferred revenue balance was $361.6 million as of June 29, 2014 compared to $389.2 million as of June 30, 2013. Our deferred revenue balance does not include shipments to Japanese customers, to whom title does not transfer until customer acceptance. Shipments to Japanese customers are classified as inventory at cost until the time of customer acceptance. The anticipated future revenue value from shipments to Japanese customers was approximately $34 million as of June 29, 2014 compared to $70 million as of June 30, 2013.

Gross Margin

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012			FY14 vs. FY13					FY13 vs. FY12
	(in thousands, except percentages)
Gross margin	$	2,007,481		$	1,403,059		$	1,084,069		$	604,422		43.1	%	$	318,990		29.4	%
Percent of total revenue		43.6	%		39.0	%		40.7	%		4.6	%				-1.7	%

34

The increase in gross margin as a percentage of revenue for fiscal year 2014 compared to fiscal year 2013 was due to higher business volumes as well as a more favorable product mix. Additionally, the Novellus acquisition related inventory fair value impact and cost associated with rationalization of certain product configurations decreased by $78 million and $15 million, respectively, in fiscal year 2014 as compared to fiscal year 2013.

The decrease in gross margin as a percentage of revenue for fiscal year 2013 compared to fiscal year 2012 was due primarily to higher Novellus acquisition-related inventory fair value adjustments of approximately $77 million, amortization of acquired intangible assets of approximately $78 million, and $16 million of costs associated with rationalization of certain product configurations. Offsetting these higher Novellus acquisition and product configuration-related expenses was a favorable change in gross margin as a result of increased business volume.

Research and Development

	Year Ended
	June 29,			June 30,			June 24,
	2014			2013			2012			FY14 vs. FY13					FY13 vs. FY12
	(in thousands, except percentages)
Research & development (“R&D”)	$	716,471		$	683,688		$	444,559		$	32,783		4.8	%	$	239,129		53.8	%
Percent of total revenue		15.6	%		19.0	%		16.7	%		-3.4	%				2.3	%

We continued to make significant R&D investments focused on leading-edge deposition, plasma etch, single-wafer clean and other semiconductor manufacturing requirements. The increase in R&D expense during fiscal year 2014 compared to fiscal year 2013 was primarily due to a $41 million increase in salaries and benefits related to higher headcount and higher incentive and equity compensation offset by a reduction of $7 million in supplies.

The increase in R&D spending during fiscal year 2013 compared to fiscal year 2012 reflects a full year of combined operations with Novellus. Increased R&D expense included $111 million in salary and benefits mainly due to higher headcount, $46 million in supplies, $26 million in depreciation and amortization due to new product development, $15 million in outside services, and an additional $12 million in rent, utilities and repairs.

Selling, General and Administrative

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012			FY14 vs. FY13					FY13 vs. FY12
	(in thousands, except percentages)
Selling, general & administrative (“SG&A”)	$	613,341		$	601,300		$	401,777		$	12,041		2.0	%	$	199,523		49.7	%
Percent of total revenue		13.3	%		16.7	%		15.1	%		-3.4	%				1.6	%

The increase in SG&A expense during fiscal year 2014 compared to fiscal year 2013 was due primarily to a net increase of $11 million in salaries, benefits and incentive compensation, $20 million increase in marketing expenses and outside services, $7 million in costs associated with rationalization of certain product configurations, $8 million of impairment of a long lived asset, and a $5 million cost related to the renewal of our Fremont and Livermore buildings’ operating leases. This increase was offset by a $34 million reduction in integration costs and a $10 million reduction in amortization of intangible assets related to the Novellus integration.

The increase in SG&A expense during fiscal year 2013 compared to fiscal year 2012 was due primarily to the impact of combined operations with Novellus. Increased expense includes $108 million in salary and benefits

35

due to a higher headcount, $73 million of intangible asset amortization, $29 million in integration cost, and $14 million in rent/repair/utilities, all offset by a $47 million decrease in Novellus acquisition-related cost.

Gain on Sale of Real Estate

During the fiscal year 2014, we sold our interest in nonessential property in Palo Alto, California, resulting in $135 million in net proceeds and a realized gain of $83 million from the transaction.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net, consisted of the following:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Interest income	$	12,540		$	14,737		$	12,141
Interest expense		(61,692	)		(60,408	)		(38,962	)
Gains (losses) on deferred compensation plan related assets, net		9,559			9,764			(914	)
Foreign exchange gains (losses), net		1,529			(6,808	)		(397	)
Other, net		668			(8,698	)		(5,183	)
	$	(37,396	)	$	(51,413	)	$	(33,315	)

The increase in interest expense during fiscal year 2013 as compared with fiscal year 2012 was primarily due to the 2041 convertible notes assumed in June 2012 in connection with the Novellus acquisition.

Foreign exchange gains in fiscal year 2014 and losses in fiscal years 2013 and 2012 were related to un-hedged portions of the balance sheet exposures.

Other income realized during fiscal year 2014 was primarily due to a gain on the disposition of a private equity investment. Other expenses during fiscal year 2013 included a $4 million other-than-temporary impairment of a public equity investment recognized during the March 2013 quarter. Other expenses during fiscal year 2012 included a $2 million other-than temporary impairment of a private equity investment recognized during the September 2011 quarter.

Income Tax Expense (benefit)

	Year Ended
	June 29,			June 30,			June 24,
	2014			2013			2012
	(in thousands)
Provision for income taxes	$	91,074		$	(47,221	)	$	35,695
Effective tax rate		12.6	%		-70.8	%		17.5	%

The increase in the effective tax rate in fiscal year 2014 as compared to fiscal year 2013 was primarily due to the change in the level of income and geographic mix of income between higher and lower tax jurisdictions, U.S. income and applicable foreign withholding taxes on undistributed foreign earnings of certain of our foreign subsidiaries for 2014, reduced tax benefit in fiscal year 2014 due to the expiration of the federal research and development tax credit as of December 31, 2013, and tax benefits in fiscal year 2013 related to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits due to the lapse of the statute of limitations and successful resolution of certain tax matters. The decrease in the effective tax rate in fiscal year 2013 as compared to fiscal year 2012 was

36

primarily due to the level of income, tax benefits related to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits due to the lapse of the statute of limitations and successful resolution of certain tax matters, the change in geographical mix of income between higher and lower tax jurisdictions, and tax benefit due to the retroactive reinstatement of the federal research and development tax credit in January 2013.

International revenues account for a significant portion of our total revenues, such that a material portion of our pre-tax income is earned and taxed outside the United States at rates that are generally lower than in the United States. Please refer to Note 15 to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as the tax effect of carryforwards. Our gross deferred tax assets, composed primarily of reserves and accruals that are not currently deductible and tax credit carryforwards, were $343 million and $318 million at the end of fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively. These gross deferred tax assets were offset by deferred tax liabilities of $294 million and $259 million at the end of fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively, and a valuation allowance of $74 million and $77 million at the end of fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively. The change in the gross deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities between fiscal year 2014 and 2013 is primarily due to accrual for future tax liability due to the expected repatriation of foreign earnings of certain of our foreign subsidiaries for 2014 and amortization of convertible debt, offset by increase in deferred tax assets related to accounting allowances and reserves.

Our fiscal years 2014 and 2013 valuation allowance of $74 million and $77 million primarily relate to California and certain foreign deferred tax assets.

At our fiscal year end of June 29, 2014 we continue to record a valuation allowance to offset the entire California deferred tax asset balance due to the impact of the single sales factor apportionment election resulting in lower taxable income in California. We also continue to record valuation allowance on certain foreign entities’ net operating losses.

We evaluate the realizability of the deferred tax assets quarterly and will continue to assess the need for changes in valuation allowances, if any.

Uncertain Tax Positions

We reevaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make certain judgments, estimates and assumptions that could affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We based our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other assumptions we believed to be applicable and evaluate them on an ongoing basis to ensure they remain reasonable under current conditions. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

The significant accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements are described in Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Some of these significant accounting policies are considered to be critical accounting policies. A critical accounting policy is defined as one that has both a material impact on

37

our financial condition and results of operations and requires us to make difficult, complex and/or subjective judgments, often regarding estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain.

We believe that the following critical accounting policies reflect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Recognition: We recognize all revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred and title has passed or services have been rendered, the selling price is fixed or determinable, collection of the receivable is reasonably assured, and we have received customer acceptance or are otherwise released from our customer acceptance obligations. If terms of the sale provide for a lapsing customer acceptance period, we recognize revenue upon the expiration of the lapsing acceptance period or customer acceptance, whichever occurs first. If the practices of a customer do not provide for a written acceptance or the terms of sale do not include a lapsing acceptance provision, we recognize revenue when it can be reliably demonstrated that the delivered system meets all of the agreed-to customer specifications. In situations with multiple deliverables, we recognize revenue upon the delivery of the separate elements to the customer and when we receive customer acceptance or are otherwise released from our customer acceptance obligations. We allocate revenue from multiple-element arrangements among the separate elements based on their relative selling prices, provided the elements have value on a stand-alone basis. Our sales arrangements do not include a general right of return. The maximum revenue we recognize on a delivered element is limited to the amount that is not contingent upon the delivery of additional items. We generally recognize revenue related to sales of spare parts and system upgrade kits upon shipment. We generally recognize revenue related to services upon completion of the services requested by a customer order. We recognize revenue for extended maintenance service contracts with a fixed payment amount on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. When goods or services have been delivered to the customer but all conditions for revenue recognition have not been met, we record deferred revenue and/or deferred costs of sales in deferred profit on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Inventory Valuation: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using standard costs that approximate actual costs on a first-in, first-out basis. We maintain a perpetual inventory system and continuously record the quantity on-hand and standard cost for each product, including purchased components, subassemblies, and finished goods. We maintain the integrity of perpetual inventory records through periodic physical counts of quantities on hand. Finished goods are reported as inventories until the point of title transfer to the customer. Unless specified in the terms of sale, title generally transfers when we complete physical transfer of the products to the freight carrier. Transfer of title for shipments to Japanese customers generally occurs at the time of customer acceptance.

Management evaluates the need to record adjustments for impairment of inventory at least quarterly. Our policy is to assess the valuation of all inventories including manufacturing raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods, and spare parts in each reporting period. Obsolete inventory or inventory in excess of management’s estimated usage requirement is written down to its estimated market value if less than cost. Estimates of market value include, but are not limited to, management’s forecasts related to our future manufacturing schedules, customer demand, technological and/or market obsolescence, general semiconductor market conditions, and possible alternative uses. If future customer demand or market conditions are less favorable than our projections, additional inventory write-downs may be required and would be reflected in cost of goods sold in the period in which we make the revision.

Warranty: Typically, the sale of semiconductor capital equipment includes providing parts and service warranties to customers as part of the overall price of the system. We provide standard warranties for our systems. We record a provision for estimated warranty expenses to cost of sales for each system when we recognize revenue. We do not maintain general or unspecified reserves; all warranty reserves are related to specific systems. The amount recorded is based on an analysis of historical activity that uses factors such as type of system, customer, geographic region, and any known factors such as tool reliability trends. All actual or estimated parts and labor costs incurred in subsequent periods are charged to those established reserves on a system-by-system basis.

38

While we periodically monitor the performance and cost of warranty activities, if actual costs incurred are different than our estimates, we may recognize adjustments to provisions in the period in which those differences arise or are identified. In addition to the provision of standard warranties, we offer customer-paid extended warranty services. Revenues for extended maintenance and warranty services with a fixed payment amount are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. Related costs are recorded as incurred.

Equity-based Compensation — Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and Employee Stock Plans: GAAP requires us to recognize the fair value of equity-based compensation in net income. We determine the fair value of our restricted stock units (“RSUs”), excluding market-based performance RSUs, based on the fair market value of Company stock at the date of grant. We estimate the fair value of our market-based performance RSUs using a Monte Carlo simulation model at the date of the grant. We estimate the fair value of our stock options and ESPP awards using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. This model requires us to input highly subjective assumptions, including expected stock price volatility and the estimated life of each award. We amortize the fair value of equity-based awards over the vesting periods of the awards, and we have elected to use the straight-line method of amortization.

We make quarterly assessments of the adequacy of our tax credit pool related to equity-based compensation to determine if there are any deficiencies that we are required to recognize in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. We will only recognize a benefit from stock-based compensation in paid-in-capital if we realize an incremental tax benefit after all other tax attributes currently available to us have been utilized. In addition, we have elected to account for the indirect benefits of stock-based compensation on the research tax credit through the income statement (continuing operations) rather than through paid-in-capital. We have also elected to net deferred tax assets and the associated valuation allowance related to net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards for the accumulated stock award tax benefits for income tax footnote disclosure purposes. We will track these stock award attributes separately and will only recognize these attributes through paid-in-capital.

Income Taxes: Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as the tax effect of carryforwards. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Realization of our net deferred tax assets is dependent on future taxable income. We believe it is more-likely-than-not that such assets will be realized; however, ultimate realization could be negatively impacted by market conditions and other variables not known or anticipated at the time. In the event that we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets, an adjustment would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Likewise, if we later determine that it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets would be realized, then the previously provided valuation allowance would be reversed.

We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. Our policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. Please refer to Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

In addition, the calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period such determination is made.

39

Goodwill and Intangible Assets: The valuation of intangible assets acquired in a business combination requires the use of management estimates including but not limited to estimating future expected cash flows from assets acquired and determining discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. Estimates associated with the accounting for acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available.

Goodwill represents the amount by which the purchase price in each business combination exceeds the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Each component of the Company for which discrete financial information is available and for which segment management regularly reviews the results of operations is considered a reporting unit. All goodwill acquired in a business combination is assigned to one or more reporting units as of the acquisition date. Goodwill is assigned to the Company’s reporting units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. The goodwill assigned to a reporting unit is the difference between the acquisition consideration assigned to the reporting unit on a relative fair value basis and the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities that can be specifically attributed to the reporting unit. We test goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for impairment at least annually. We amortize intangible assets with estimable useful lives over their respective estimated useful lives, and we review for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the intangible asset may not be recoverable and the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

We review goodwill at least annually for impairment. If certain events or indicators of impairment occur between annual impairment tests, we would perform an impairment test at that date. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, we: (1) allocate goodwill to our reporting units to which the acquired goodwill relates; (2) estimate the fair value of our reporting units; and (3) determine the carrying value (book value) of those reporting units, as some of the assets and liabilities related to those reporting units are not held by those reporting units but by a corporate function. Prior to this allocation of the assets to the reporting units, we assess long-lived assets for impairment. Furthermore, if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value, we must estimate the fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities of that reporting unit, in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an acquired business. This can require independent valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets such as in-process R&D and developed technology. Only after this process is completed can the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, be determined. In our goodwill impairment analysis we first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative analysis. We do not calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more-likely-than-not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. Our most recent annual goodwill impairment analysis, which was performed as of the first day of our fourth quarter, March 31, 2014, did not result in a goodwill impairment charge, nor did we record any goodwill impairment in fiscal 2013 or 2012. As a result of historical performance and growth potential, our single-wafer Clean systems reporting unit may be at greater risk for goodwill impairment than our other reporting units if our actual results for this reporting unit differ from our projections.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. We determine the fair value of our reporting units by using a weighted combination of both a market and an income approach, as this combination is deemed to be the most indicative of fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants.

Under the market approach, we use information regarding the reporting unit as well as publicly available industry information to determine various financial multiples to value our reporting units. Under the income approach, we determine fair value based on estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn.

In estimating the fair value of a reporting unit for the purposes of our annual or periodic analyses, we make estimates and judgments about the future cash flows of our reporting units, including estimated growth rates and

40

assumptions about the economic environment. Although our cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses, there is significant judgment involved in determining the cash flows attributable to a reporting unit. In addition, we make certain judgments about allocating shared assets to the estimated balance sheets of our reporting units. We also consider our market capitalization and that of our competitors on the date we perform the analysis. Changes in judgment on these assumptions and estimates could result in a goodwill impairment charge.

As a result, several factors could result in impairment of a material amount of our goodwill balance in future periods, including, but not limited to: (1) weakening of the global economy, weakness in the semiconductor equipment industry, or our failure to reach our internal forecasts, which could impact our ability to achieve our forecasted levels of cash flows and reduce the estimated discounted cash flow value of our reporting units; and (2) a decline in our stock price and resulting market capitalization, if we determine that the decline is sustained and indicates a reduction in the fair value of our reporting units below their carrying value. In addition, the value we assign to intangible assets, other than goodwill, is based on our estimates and judgments regarding expectations such as the success and life cycle of products and technology acquired. If actual product acceptance differs significantly from our estimates, we may be required to record an impairment charge to write down the asset to its realizable value.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB released Accounting Standards Update 2013-11 “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” The new standard requires that an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward or other tax credit carryforward when settlement in this manner is available under the tax law. We are required to adopt this standard starting in fiscal year 2015 and are currently in the process of determining the impact, if any, on our financial position.

In April 2014, the FASB released Accounting Standards Update 2014-8 “Presentation of Financial Statements and Property, Plant and Equipment: Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosure of Disposals of Components of an Entity.” The new standard re-defines discontinued operations and requires only those disposals of components of an entity, including classifications as held for sale, that represent a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results to be reported as discontinued operations. In addition, the new standard expands the disclosure requirements of discontinued operations. We are required to adopt this standard starting in fiscal year 2015 and are currently in the process of determining the impact, if any, on our financial position.

In May 2014, the FASB released Accounting Standards Update 2014-9 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of the standard is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. The new standard defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing GAAP including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. We are required to adopt this standard starting in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 using either of two methods: (i) retrospective to each prior reporting period presented with the option to elect certain practical expedients as defined within the standard; or (ii) retrospective with the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures as defined per the standard. We are currently evaluating the impact of our pending adoption of this standard on our financial position.

41

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Total gross cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, and restricted cash and investments balances were $3.2 billion at the end of fiscal year 2014 compared to $2.7 billion at the end of fiscal year 2013. This increase was primarily the result of $717 million of cash flow from operating activities. Approximately $2.2 billion and $2.0 billion of our total cash and investments as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013, respectively, were held outside the U.S. in our foreign subsidiaries, the majority of which would be subject to tax at U.S. rates if it were to be repatriated. Refer to Note 15 of our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 15 of this report, for information concerning the potential tax impact of repatriating earnings for certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that are permanently reinvested outside the U.S.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities of $717 million during fiscal year 2014 consisted of (in millions):

Net income	$	632
Non-cash charges:
Depreciation and amortization		292
Equity-based compensation		104
Deferred income taxes		8
Amortization of convertible note discount		33
Impairment		12
Gain on sale of real estate		(83	)
Changes in operating asset and liability accounts		(293	)
Other		12
	$	717

Significant changes in operating asset and liability accounts, net of foreign exchange impact, included the following uses of cash: increases in accounts receivable of $201.5 million, inventories of $190.1 million, and prepaid expenses and other assets of $9.5 million, partially offset by the following sources of cash: increases in accounts payable of $18.7 million, deferred profit of $10.9 million and accrued liabilities of $78.6 million.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net cash used for investing activities during fiscal year 2014 was $265.2 million, which was primarily due to net purchases of available-for-sale securities of $284.0 million, and capital expenditures of $145.5 million, partially offset by cash proceeds on the sale of assets of $156.7 million.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash used for financing activities during fiscal year 2014 was $162.7 million, which was primarily due to $244.9 million in treasury stock repurchases, partially offset by net proceeds from issuance of Common Stock related to employee equity-based plans of $77.7 million.

Liquidity

Given the cyclical nature of the semiconductor equipment industry, we believe that maintaining sufficient liquidity reserves is important to support sustaining levels of investment in R&D and capital infrastructure. Based upon our current business outlook, we expect that our levels of cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments at June 29, 2014 will be sufficient to support our presently anticipated levels of operations, investments, debt service requirements, and capital expenditures, through at least the next 12 months.

42

In the longer term, liquidity will depend to a great extent on our future revenues and our ability to appropriately manage our costs based on demand for our products and services. While we have substantial cash balances in the United States and offshore, we may require additional funding and need to raise the required funds through borrowings or public or private sales of debt or equity securities. We believe that, if necessary, we will be able to access the capital markets on terms and in amounts adequate to meet our objectives. However, given the possibility of changes in market conditions or other occurrences, there can be no certainty that such funding will be available in needed quantities or on terms favorable to us.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

We have certain obligations to make future payments under various contracts, some of which are recorded on our balance sheet and some of which are not. Obligations that are recorded on our balance sheet in accordance with GAAP include our long-term debt which is outlined in the following table. Our off-balance sheet arrangements are presented as operating leases and purchase obligations in the table. Our contractual obligations and commitments as of June 29, 2014, relating to these agreements and our guarantees are included in the following table. The amounts in the table below exclude $258 million of liabilities related to uncertain tax benefits as we are unable to reasonably estimate the ultimate amount or time of settlement. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years		Sublease Income
	(in thousands)
Operating Leases	$	45,242	$	15,109	$	19,748	$	5,578	$	5,482	$	(675	)
Capital Leases		12,321		1,857		1,829		8,635		—		—
Purchase Obligations		205,696		185,450		12,148		5,170		2,928		—
Long-term Debt and Interest Expense*		2,119,729		26,248		499,965		491,665		1,101,851		—
Total	$	2,382,988	$	228,664	$	533,690	$	511,048	$	1,110,261	$	(675	)

* As noted above, the conversion period for the 2041 Notes opened as of June 30, 2013 and remains open as of June 29, 2014. As such, the net carrying value of the 2041 Notes is included within current liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The $700 million principal balance of the 2041 Notes has been included in the more than 5 years payment period in the table above, which reflects the contractual maturity assuming no conversion. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 15 of this report, for additional information concerning the 2041 Notes and associated conversion feature.

Operating Leases

We lease most of our administrative, R&D and manufacturing facilities, regional sales/service offices and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Certain of our facility leases for buildings located at our Fremont, California headquarters, Livermore facilities, and certain other facility leases provide us with an option to extend the leases for additional periods or to purchase the facilities. Certain of our facility leases provide for periodic rent increases based on the general rate of inflation. In addition to amounts included in the table above, we have guaranteed residual values for certain of our Fremont and Livermore facility leases of up to $191 million. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Capital Leases

Capital leases reflect building and office equipment lease obligations. The amounts in the table above include the interest portion of payment obligations.

Purchase Obligations

Purchase obligations consist of significant contractual obligations either on an annual basis or over multi-year periods related to our outsourcing activities or other material commitments, including vendor-consigned

43

inventories. The contractual cash obligations and commitments table presented above contains our minimum obligations at June 29, 2014 under these arrangements and others. For obligations with cancellation provisions, the amounts included in the preceding table were limited to the non-cancelable portion of the agreement terms or the minimum cancellation fee. Actual expenditures will vary based on the volume of transactions and length of contractual service provided.

Long-Term Debt

On May 11, 2011, we issued and sold $450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 0.5% convertible notes due 2016 (the “2016 Notes”) and $450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.25% convertible notes due 2018 (the “2018 Notes,” and collectively with the “2016 Notes”, the “Notes”). The 2016 Notes were issued at par and pay interest at a rate of 0.5% per annum and the 2018 Notes were issued at par and pay interest at a rate of 1.25% per annum. The Notes may be converted into our Common Stock, under certain circumstances, based on a conversion rate of 15.9128 shares of our Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, which is equal to a conversion price of approximately $62.84 per share of our Common Stock. The conversion price will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for accrued interest. Concurrently with the issuance of the Notes, we purchased convertible note hedges for $181.1 million and sold warrants for $133.8 million. The separate convertible note hedges and warrant transactions are structured to reduce the potential future economic dilution associated with the conversion of the Notes.

In June 2012, with the acquisition of Novellus, we assumed $700 million in aggregate principal amount of 2.625% Convertible Senior Notes due May 2041 (the “2041 Notes”). The 2041 Notes were issued at par and pay interest at a rate of 2.625% per annum. The 2041 Notes may be converted, under certain circumstances, into our Common Stock based on a conversion rate of 28.5572 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes, which represents a conversion price of approximately $35.02 per share of Common Stock.

During fiscal year 2014, 2013, and 2012 we made $1.7 million, $2.2 million, and $5.3 million, respectively, in principal payments on long-term debt and capital leases, respectively.

Revolving Credit Arrangements

On March 12, 2014, we entered into a $300 million revolving unsecured credit facility with a syndicate of lenders that matures on March 12, 2019. The facility includes an option for us to, subject to certain requirements, request an increase in the facility of up to an additional $200 million, for a potential total commitment of $500 million. Proceeds from the credit facility can be used for general corporate purposes. Interest on amounts borrowed under the credit facility is, at our option, based on (i) a base rate, defined as the greatest of (a) prime rate, (b) Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, or (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus a spread of 0.0% to 0.5% or (ii) LIBOR plus a spread of 0.9% to 1.5%, in each case the applicable spread is determined based on the rating of our non-credit enhanced, senior unsecured long-term debt. Principal, and any accrued and unpaid interest, is due and payable upon maturity. Additionally, we will pay the lenders a quarterly commitment fee that varies based on our rating described above. The credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants including maintaining a consolidated debt to total capitalization ratio of no more than 0.5 to 1.0 and maintaining unrestricted or unencumbered cash and investments, of no less than $1.0 billion. As of June 29, 2014, we had no borrowings outstanding under the credit facility and were in compliance with all financial covenants.

Other Guarantees

We have issued certain indemnifications to our lessors for taxes and general liability under some of our agreements. We have entered into certain insurance contracts that may limit our exposure to such indemnifications. As of June 29, 2014, we had not recorded any liability on our Consolidated Financial Statements in connection with these indemnifications, as we do not believe, based on information available, that it is probable that we will pay any amounts under these guarantees.

44

Generally, we indemnify, under pre-determined conditions and limitations, our customers for infringement of third-party intellectual property rights by our products or services. We seek to limit our liability for such indemnity to an amount not to exceed the sales price of the products or services subject to its indemnification obligations. We do not believe, based on information available, that it is probable that we will pay any material amounts under these guarantees.

We provide guarantees and standby letters of credit to certain parties as required for certain transactions initiated during the ordinary course of business. As of June 29, 2014, the maximum potential amount of future payments that we could be required to make under these arrangements and letters of credit was $20.6 million. We do not believe, based on historical experience and information currently available, that it is probable that any amounts will be required to be paid.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Investments

We maintain an investment portfolio of various holdings, types, and maturities. As of June 29, 2014, our mutual funds are classified as trading securities. Investments classified as trading securities are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices. Any material differences between the cost and fair value of trading securities is recognized as “Other income (expense)” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. All of our other short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale and consequently are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Interest Rate Risk

Fixed Income Securities

Our investments in various interest earning securities carry a degree of market risk for changes in interest rates. At any time, a sharp rise in interest rates could have a material adverse impact on the fair value of our fixed income investment portfolio. Conversely, declines in interest rates could have a material adverse impact on interest income for our investment portfolio. We target to maintain a conservative investment policy, which focuses on the safety and preservation of our capital by limiting default risk, market risk, reinvestment risk, and concentration risk. The following table presents the hypothetical fair values of fixed income securities that would result from selected potential decreases and increases in interest rates. Market changes reflect immediate hypothetical parallel shifts in the yield curve of plus or minus 50 basis points (“BPS”), 100 BPS, and 150 BPS. The hypothetical fair values as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Valuation of Securities Given an Interest Rate Decrease of X Basis Points						Fair Value as of June 29, 2014		Valuation of Securities Given an Interest Rate Increase of X Basis Points
	(150 BPS)		(100 BPS)		(50 BPS)		0.00%		50 BPS		100 BPS		150 BPS
	(in thousands)
Municipal Notes and Bonds	$	336,959	$	336,951	$	336,716	$	335,433	$	333,555	$	331,677	$	329,799
US Treasury & Agencies		214,385		214,373		214,018		212,587		210,783		208,980		207,177
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		27,894		27,894		27,850		27,692		27,503		27,315		27,126
Foreign Government Bond		35,928		35,925		35,764		35,467		35,159		34,852		34,546
Corporate Notes and Bonds		1,019,017		1,018,062		1,014,386		1,008,788		1,003,035		997,284		991,533
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		27,603		27,421		27,189		26,944		26,703		26,460		26,216
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		113,661		113,210		112,585		111,933		111,281		110,629		109,977
Total	$	1,775,447	$	1,773,836	$	1,768,508	$	1,758,844	$	1,748,019	$	1,737,197	$	1,726,374

45

We mitigate default risk by investing in high credit quality securities and by positioning our portfolio to respond appropriately to a significant reduction in a credit rating of any investment issuer or guarantor. The portfolio includes only marketable securities with active secondary or resale markets to achieve portfolio liquidity and maintain a prudent amount of diversification.

Long-Term Debt

As of June 29, 2014, we had $1.6 billion in principal amount of fixed-rate long-term debt outstanding, with a fair value of $2.6 billion. The fair value of our Notes is subject to interest rate risk, market risk and other factors due to the convertible feature. Generally, the fair value of Notes will increase as interest rates fall and/or our Common Stock price increases, and decrease as interest rates rise and/or our Common Stock price decreases. The interest and market value changes affect the fair value of our Notes but do not impact our financial position, cash flows, or results of operations due to the fixed nature of the debt obligations. We do not carry the Notes at fair value, but present the fair value of the principal amount of our Notes for disclosure purposes.

Equity Price Risk

Publicly Traded Securities

The values of our investments in publicly traded securities, including mutual funds related to our obligations under our deferred compensation plans, are subject to market price risk. The following table presents the hypothetical fair values of our publicly traded securities that would result from potential decreases and increases in the price of each security in the portfolio. Potential fluctuations in the price of each security in the portfolio of plus or minus 10%, 15%, or 25% were selected based on potential near-term changes in those security prices. The hypothetical fair values as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Valuation of Securities Given an X% Decrease in Stock Price						Fair Value as of June 29, 2014		Valuation of Securities Given an X% Increase in Stock Price
	(25%)		(15%)		(10%)		0.00%		10%		15%		25%
	(in thousands)
Mutual Funds	$	16,319	$	18,494	$	19,582	$	21,758	$	23,934	$	25,022	$	27,198

Foreign Currency Exchange (“FX”) Risk

We conduct business on a global basis in several major international currencies. As such, we are potentially exposed to adverse as well as beneficial movements in foreign currency exchange rates. The majority of our revenues and expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations primarily related to revenues denominated in Japanese yen and euro-denominated expenses.

We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on certain foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities, primarily third party accounts receivables, accounts payables and intercompany receivables and payables. In addition, we hedge certain anticipated foreign currency cash flows, primarily on Japanese yen-denominated revenues and euro-denominated expenses.

To protect against the reduction in value of anticipated revenues denominated in Japanese yen-and euro-denominated expenses, we enter into foreign currency forward contracts that generally expire within 12 months, and no later than 24 months. These foreign currency forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges and are carried on our balance sheet at fair value, with the effective portion of the contracts’ gains or losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently recognized in earnings in the same period the hedged revenue and/or expense is recognized. We also enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge the gains and losses generated by the remeasurement of certain non-U.S.-dollar denominated monetary assets and

46

liabilities, primarily third party accounts receivables, accounts payables and intercompany receivables and payables. The change in fair value of these balance sheet hedge contracts is recorded into earnings as a component of other income (expense), net and offsets the change in fair value of the foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities also recorded in other income (expense), net, assuming the hedge contract fully covers the intercompany and trade receivable balances. The notional amount and unrealized gain of our outstanding forward contracts that are designated as cash flow hedges, as of June 29, 2014 are shown in the table below. This table also shows the change in fair value of these cash flow hedges assuming a hypothetical foreign currency exchange rate movement of plus-or-minus 10 percent and plus-or-minus 15 percent.

		Notional Amount		Unrealized FX Gain / (Loss) June 29, 2014			Valuation of Fx Contracts Given an  X% Increase (+)/Decrease(-) in Each Fx Rate
							+ / - (10%)		+ / - (15%)
		(in $ Millions)
Cash Flow Hedge
Sell	Japanese Yen	$	98.5	$	0.5		$	9.8	$	14.7
Buy	Euro		93.9		(0.6	)		9.3		14.0
				($	0.1	)	$	19.1	$	28.7

The notional amount and unrealized loss of our outstanding foreign currency forward contracts that are designated as balance sheet hedges, as of June 29, 2014 are shown in the table below. This table also shows the change in fair value of these balance sheet hedges, assuming a hypothetical foreign currency exchange rate movement of plus-or-minus 10 percent and plus-or-minus 15 percent. These changes in fair values would be offset in other income (expense), net, by corresponding change in fair values of the foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities, assuming the hedge contract fully covers the intercompany and trade receivable balances.

		Notional Amount		Unrealized FX Gain / (Loss) June 29, 2014			Valuation of Fx Contracts Given an  X% Increase (+)/Decrease(-) in Each Fx Rate
							+ / - (10%)		+ / - (15%)
		(in $ Millions)
Balance Sheet Hedge
Sell	Japanese Yen	$	30.3	$	0.0		$	3.0	$	4.6
Buy	Korean Won		19.5		0.0			2.0		2.9
Buy	Swiss Francs		7.0		0.0			0.7		1.1
Buy	Taiwan Dollar		32.9		(0.5	)		3.3		5.0
Buy	Euro		0.5		0.0			0.1		0.1
				($	0.5	)	$	9.1	$	13.7

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The Consolidated Financial Statements required by this Item are set forth on the pages indicated in Item 15(a). The unaudited quarterly results of our operations for our two most recent fiscal years are incorporated in this Item by reference under Item 6, “Selected Financial Data” above.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

47

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Design of Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over final reporting that are designed to comply with Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act. In designing and evaluating the controls and procedures associated with each, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and that the effectiveness of controls cannot be absolute because the cost to design and implement a control to identify errors or mitigate the risk of errors occurring should not outweigh the potential loss caused by the errors that would likely be detected by the control. Moreover, we believe that a control system cannot be guaranteed to be 100% effective all of the time. Accordingly, a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of June 29, 2014, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer each concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level.

We intend to review and evaluate the design and effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures on an ongoing basis and to correct any material deficiencies that we may discover. Our goal is to ensure that our senior management has timely access to material information that could affect our business.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate “internal control over financial reporting”, as that term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Management has used the framework set forth in the 1992 report entitled “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on that evaluation, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 29, 2014 at providing reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as stated in their report, which is included in Part IV, Item 15 of this 2014 Form 10-K.

Effectiveness of Controls

While we believe the present design of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting is effective at the reasonable assurance level, future events affecting our business may cause us to modify our disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

48

PART III

We have omitted from this 2014 Form 10-K certain information required by Part III because we, as the Registrant, will file a definitive proxy statement with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year, pursuant to Regulation 14A, as promulgated by the SEC, for our Annual Meeting of Stockholders expected to be held on or about November 6, 2014 (the “Proxy Statement”), and certain information included in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this report by reference. (However, the Reports of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee in the Proxy Statement are expressly not incorporated by reference into this report.)

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

For information regarding our executive officers, see Part I, Item 1 of this 2014 Form 10-K under the caption “Executive Officers of the Company,” which information is incorporated into Part III by reference.

The information concerning our directors required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Nominees for Directors.”

The information concerning our audit committee and audit committee financial experts required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Corporate Governance - Board Committees — Audit Committee.”

The information concerning compliance by our officers, directors and 10% shareholders with Section 16 of the Exchange Act required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”

The Company has adopted a Corporate Code of Ethics that applies to all employees, officers, and directors of the Company. Our Code of Ethics is publicly available on the investor relations page of our website at http://investor.lamresearch.com. To the extent required by law, any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Ethics will promptly be disclosed to the public. To the extent permitted by applicable legal requirements, we intend to make any required public disclosure by posting the relevant material on our website in accordance with SEC rules.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Executive Compensation and Other Information.”

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement under the headings “Proposal No. 1 — Election of Directors,” “Executive Compensation and Other Information — Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Executive Compensation and Other Information — Compensation Committee Report,” “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans.”

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance”.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement under the heading “Relationship with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

49

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K

1. Index to Financial Statements

	Page
Consolidated Balance Sheets — June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013		51
Consolidated Statements of Operations — Years Ended June 29, 2014, June  30, 2013, and June 24, 2012		52
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income — Years Ended June 29, 2014, June  30, 2013, and June 24, 2012		53
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended June 29, 2014, June  30, 2013, and June 24, 2012		54
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — Years Ended June 29, 2014,  June 30, 2013, and June 24, 2012		55
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		56
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		94
2. Index to Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts		98
Schedules, other than those listed above, have been omitted since they are not applicable/not required, or the information is included elsewhere herein.
3. See (b) of this Item 15, which is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) The list of Exhibits follows page 99 of this 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by this reference.

50

LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share data)

	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,452,677		$	1,162,473
Short-term investments		1,612,967			1,334,745
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,962 as of June 29, 2014 and $5,448 as of June 30, 2013		800,616			602,624
Inventories		740,503			559,317
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		176,899			134,670
Total current assets		4,783,662			3,793,829
Property and equipment, net		543,496			603,910
Restricted cash and investments		146,492			166,536
Goodwill		1,466,225			1,452,196
Intangible assets, net		894,078			1,074,345
Other assets		159,353			159,499
Total assets	$	7,993,306		$	7,250,315
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Trade accounts payable	$	223,515		$	200,254
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		604,296			464,528
Deferred profit		235,923			225,038
Current portion of long-term debt, convertible notes, and capital leases		518,267			514,655
Total current liabilities		1,582,001			1,404,475
Long-term debt, convertible notes, and capital leases		817,202			789,256
Income taxes payable		258,357			246,479
Other long-term liabilities		122,662			134,313
Total liabilities		2,780,222			2,574,523
Commitments and contingencies
Senior convertible notes		183,349			186,920
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, at par value of $0.001 per share; authorized - 5,000 shares, none outstanding		—			—
Common stock, at par value of $0.001 per share; authorized - 400,000 shares; issued and outstanding - 162,350 shares at June 29, 2014 and 162,873 shares at June 30, 2013		162			163
Additional paid-in capital		5,239,567			5,084,544
Treasury stock, at cost, 92,867 shares at June 29, 2014 and 89,205 shares at June 30, 2013		(3,757,076	)		(3,539,830	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(28,655	)		(28,693	)
Retained earnings		3,575,737			2,972,688
Total stockholders’ equity		5,029,735			4,488,872
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	7,993,306		$	7,250,315

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

51

LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
Revenue	$	4,607,309		$	3,598,916		$	2,665,192
Cost of goods sold		2,599,828			2,195,857			1,581,123
Gross margin		2,007,481			1,403,059			1,084,069
Research and development		716,471			683,688			444,559
Selling, general and administrative		613,341			601,300			401,777
Total operating expenses		1,329,812			1,284,988			846,336
Operating income		677,669			118,071			237,733
Gain on sale of real estate		83,090			—			—
Other expense, net		(37,396	)		(51,413	)		(33,315	)
Income before income taxes		723,363			66,658			204,418
Income tax expense (benefit)		91,074			(47,221	)		35,695
Net income	$	632,289		$	113,879		$	168,723
Net income per share:
Basic net income per share	$	3.84		$	0.67		$	1.36
Diluted net income per share	$	3.62		$	0.66		$	1.35
Number of shares used in per share calculations:
Basic		164,741			168,932			124,176
Diluted		174,503			173,430			125,233

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

52

LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
Net income	$	632,289		$	113,879		$	168,723
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustment		4,192			5,303			(37,332	)
Cash flow hedges:
Net unrealized gains (losses) during the period		8,004			10,607			(9,342	)
Net losses (gains) reclassified into earnings		(10,892	)		(7,573	)		8,549
		(2,888	)		3,034			(793	)
Available-for-sale investments:
Net unrealized gains (losses) during the period		1,407			(3,844	)		(204	)
Net losses (gains) reclassified into earnings		165			4,137			(849	)
		1,572			293			(1,053	)
Defined benefit plans, net change in unrealized component		(2,838	)		(3,505	)		(4,401	)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		38			5,125			(43,579	)
Comprehensive income	$	632,327		$	119,004		$	125,144

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

53

LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	632,289		$	113,879		$	168,723
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		292,254			304,116			100,825
Deferred income taxes		7,537			(70,155	)		42,446
Impairment of long-lived assets		11,632			—			—
Impairment of investment		—			3,711			1,724
Equity-based compensation expense		103,700			99,330			81,559
Income tax benefit on equity-based compensation plans		5,973			(483	)		1,510
Excess tax benefit on equity-based compensation plans		(6,065	)		539			(2,686	)
Amortization of convertible note discount		33,063			31,558			27,028
Gain on sale of real estate		(83,090	)		—			—
Other, net		12,669			37,201			11,743
Changes in operating asset and liability accounts:
Accounts receivable, net of allowance		(201,549	)		162,634			66,064
Inventories		(190,058	)		76,351			73,987
Prepaid expenses and other assets		(9,504	)		2,880			43,171
Trade accounts payable		18,704			(58,081	)		12,145
Deferred profit		10,886			60,205			(9,236	)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		78,608			(43,752	)		(119,975	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		717,049			719,933			499,028
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures and intangible assets		(145,503	)		(160,795	)		(107,272	)
Cash acquired in (paid for) business acquisition		(30,227	)		(9,916	)		418,681
Purchases of available-for-sale securities		(1,312,244	)		(1,097,956	)		(883,429	)
Sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities		1,028,278			1,039,551			841,440
Purchase of equity method and other investments		—			—			(10,740	)
Receipt of loan payments (loans made)		10,000			(10,000	)		8,375
Proceeds from sale of assets		156,397			660			2,677
Transfer of restricted cash and investments		28,085			(181	)		(6	)
Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities		(265,214	)		(238,637	)		269,726
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Principal payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations		(1,658	)		(2,234	)		(5,265	)
Excess tax benefit on equity-based compensation plans		6,065			(539	)		2,686
Treasury stock purchases		(244,859	)		(955,661	)		(772,663	)
Net cash received in settlement of stock repurchase contracts		—			—			55,194
Reissuances of treasury stock related to employee stock purchase plan		42,926			31,265			25,525
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		34,791			39,379			1,776
Net cash used for financing activities		(162,735	)		(887,790	)		(692,747	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		1,104			4,215			(3,387	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		290,204			(402,279	)		72,620
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		1,162,473			1,564,752			1,492,132
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	1,452,677		$	1,162,473		$	1,564,752
Schedule of noncash transactions
Accrued payables for stock repurchases	$	3,392		$	—		$	20,853
Supplemental disclosures:
Cash payments for interest	$	26,489		$	26,635		$	8,246
Cash payments for income taxes, net	$	18,157		$	7,695		$	29,113

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

54

LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)

	Common Stock Shares			Common Stock			Additional Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income(Loss)			Retained Earnings			Total
Balance at June June 26, 2011		123,579		$	124		$	1,531,465		$	(1,761,591	)	$	9,761		$	2,690,086		$	2,469,845
Sale of common stock		1,513			1			1,767			—			—			—			1,768
Purchase of treasury stock		(21,946	)		(22	)		158,673			(896,971	)		—			—			(738,320	)
Income tax benefit on equity-based compensation plans		—			—			1,510			—			—			—			1,510
Reissuance of treasury stock		821			1			3,899			21,626			—			—			25,526
Equity-based compensation expense		—			—			81,559			—			—			—			81,559
Shares issued as acquisition consideration		82,689			83			3,026,905			—			—			—			3,026,988
Acquisition of convertible debt		—			—			137,783			—			—			—			137,783
Exercise of convertible note		—			—			(22	)		—			—			—			(22	)
Net income		—			—			—			—			—			168,723			168,723
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			(43,579	)		—			(43,579	)
Balance at June 24, 2012		186,656			187			4,943,539			(2,636,936	)		(33,818	)		2,858,809			5,131,781
Sale of common stock		3,301			3			39,377			—			—			—			39,380
Purchase of treasury stock		(28,157	)		(28	)		—			(934,780	)		—			—			(934,808	)
Income tax benefit on equity-based compensation plans		—			—			(483	)		—			—			—			(483	)
Reissuance of treasury stock		1,073			1			(622	)		31,886			—			—			31,265
Equity-based compensation expense		—			—			99,310			—			—			—			99,310
Shares issued as acquisition consideration		—			—			3,423			—			—			—			3,423
Net income		—			—			—			—			—			113,879			113,879
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			5,125			—			5,125
Balance at June 30, 2013		162,873			163			5,084,544			(3,539,830	)		(28,693	)		2,972,688			4,488,872
Sale of common stock		3,140			3			34,788			—			—			—			34,791
Purchase of treasury stock		(4,860	)		(5	)		—			(253,180	)		—			—			(253,185	)
Income tax benefit on equity-based compensation plans		—			—			5,973			—			—			—			5,973
Reissuance of treasury stock		1,197			1			6,991			35,934			—			—			42,926
Equity-based compensation expense		—			—			103,700			—			—			—			103,700
Reclassification from temporary to permanent equity		—			—			3,571			—			—			—			3,571
Net income		—			—			—			—			—			632,289			632,289
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—			—			38			—			38
Cash dividends declared ($.18 per common share)		—			—			—			—			—			(29,240	)		(29,240	)
Balance at June 29, 2014		162,350		$	162		$	5,239,567		$	(3,757,076	)	$	(28,655	)	$	3,575,737		$	5,029,735

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

55

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

JUNE 29, 2014

Note 1: Company and Industry Information

The Company designs, manufactures, markets, refurbishes and services semiconductor processing equipment used in the fabrication of integrated circuits. Semiconductor wafers are subjected to a complex series of process and preparation steps that result in the simultaneous creation of many individual integrated circuits. The Company leverages its expertise in the areas of deposition, etch, and single-wafer clean to develop processing solutions that are designed to benefit its customers through lower defect rates, enhanced yields, faster processing time, and reduced cost.

The Company sells its products and services primarily to companies involved in the production of semiconductors in North America, Europe, Taiwan, Korea, Japan, and other countries in Asia Pacific.

The semiconductor industry is cyclical in nature and has historically experienced periodic downturns and upturns. Today’s leading indicators of changes in customer investment patterns, such as electronics demand, memory pricing, and foundry utilization rates, may not be any more reliable than in prior years. Demand for the Company’s equipment can vary significantly from period to period as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, economic conditions, supply, demand, and prices for semiconductors, customer capacity requirements, and the Company’s ability to develop and market competitive products. For these and other reasons, the Company’s results of operations for fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012 may not necessarily be indicative of future operating results.

Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), requires management to make judgments, estimates, and assumptions that could affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other assumptions we believed to be applicable, and evaluated them on an on-going basis to ensure they remain reasonable under current conditions. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred and title has passed or services have been rendered, the selling price is fixed or determinable, collection of the receivable is reasonably assured, and the Company has received customer acceptance, or is otherwise released from our customer acceptance obligations. If terms of the sale provide for a lapsing customer acceptance period, the Company recognizes revenue upon the expiration of the lapsing acceptance period or customer acceptance, whichever occurs first. If the practices of a customer do not provide for a written acceptance or the terms of sale do not include a lapsing acceptance provision, the Company recognizes revenue when it can be reliably demonstrated that the delivered system meets all of the agreed-to customer specifications. In situations with multiple deliverables, revenue is recognized upon the delivery of the separate elements to the customer and when the Company receives customer acceptance or is otherwise released from its customer acceptance obligations. Revenue from multiple-element arrangements is allocated among the separate elements based on their relative selling prices, provided the elements have value on a stand-alone basis. Our sales arrangements do not include a general right of return. The maximum revenue recognized on a delivered element is limited to the amount that is not contingent upon the delivery of additional items. Revenue related to sales of spare parts and system upgrade kits is generally recognized upon shipment. Revenue related to services is generally recognized upon completion of the services requested by a customer order. Revenue for extended maintenance service contracts with a fixed payment amount is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. When goods or services have been delivered to the customer but all conditions for revenue recognition have not been met, the Company defers revenue recognition until customer acceptance and records the deferred revenue and/or deferred costs of sales in deferred profit on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

56

Inventory Valuation: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using standard costs which approximate actual costs on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company maintains a perpetual inventory system and continuously records the quantity on-hand and standard cost for each product, including purchased components, subassemblies, and finished goods. The Company maintains the integrity of perpetual inventory records through periodic physical counts of quantities on hand. Finished goods are reported as inventories until the point of title transfer to the customer. Transfer of title for shipments to Japanese customers generally occurs at time of customer acceptance.

Standard costs are reassessed as needed but annually at a minimum, and reflect acquisition costs. Acquisition costs are generally based on the most recent vendor contract prices for purchased parts, normalized assembly and test labor utilization levels, methods of manufacturing, and normalized overhead. Manufacturing labor and overhead costs are attributed to individual product standard costs at a level planned to absorb spending at average utilization volumes.

Management evaluates the need to record adjustments for impairment of inventory at least quarterly. The Company’s policy is to assess the valuation of all inventories including manufacturing raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods, and spare parts in each reporting period. Obsolete inventory or inventory in excess of management’s estimated usage requirement is written down to its estimated market value if less than cost. Estimates of market value include, but are not limited to, management’s forecasts related to the Company’s future manufacturing schedules, customer demand, technological and/or market obsolescence, general semiconductor market conditions, possible alternative uses, and ultimate realization of excess inventory. If future customer demand or market conditions are less favorable than the Company’s projections, additional inventory write-downs may be required and would be reflected in cost of sales in the period the revision is made.

Warranty: Typically, the sale of semiconductor capital equipment includes providing parts and service warranty to customers as part of the overall price of the system. The Company provides standard warranties for its systems. The Company records a provision for estimated warranty expenses to cost of sales for each system upon revenue recognition. The amount recorded is based on an analysis of historical activity which uses factors such as type of system, customer, geographic region, and any known factors such as tool reliability trends. All actual or estimated parts and labor costs incurred in subsequent periods are charged to those established reserves on a system-by-system basis.

While the Company periodically monitors the performance and cost of warranty activities, if actual costs incurred are different than its estimates, the Company may recognize adjustments to provisions in the period in which those differences arise or are identified. In addition to the provision of standard warranties, the Company offers customer-paid extended warranty services. Revenues for extended maintenance and warranty services with a fixed payment amount are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. Related costs are recorded as incurred.

Equity-based Compensation — Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and Employee Stock Plans: The Company recognizes the fair value of equity-based awards as employee compensation expense. The fair value of the Company’s RSUs, excluding market-based performance RSUs, was calculated based on the fair market value of Company stock at the date of grant. The fair value of the Company’s market-based performance RSUs was calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation model at the date of the grant. The fair value of the Company’s stock options and ESPP awards was estimated using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. This model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including expected stock price volatility and the estimated life of each award. The fair value of equity-based awards is amortized over the vesting period of the award and the Company has elected to use the straight-line method of amortization.

Income Taxes: Deferred income taxes reflect the net effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as the tax effect of carryforwards. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized. Realization of the Company’s net deferred tax

57

assets is dependent on future taxable income. The Company believes it is more-likely-than-not that such assets will be realized; however, ultimate realization could be negatively impacted by market conditions and other variables not known or anticipated at the time. In the event that the Company determines that it would not be able to realize all or part of its net deferred tax assets, an adjustment would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Likewise, if the Company later determined that it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets would be realized, then the previously provided valuation allowance would be reversed.

The Company recognizes the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. Our policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax credits, benefits, and deductions, and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes, as well as the interest and penalties relating to these uncertain tax positions. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to our tax provision in a subsequent period.

In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained on tax audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires the Company to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. The Company reevaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period such determination is made.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets: The valuation of intangible assets acquired in a business combination requires the use of management estimates including but not limited to estimating future expected cash flows from assets acquired and determining discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. Estimates associated with the accounting for acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available.

Goodwill represents the amount by which the purchase price of a business combination exceeds the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Each component of the Company for which discrete financial information is available and for which segment management regularly reviews the results of operations is considered a reporting unit. All goodwill acquired in a business combination is assigned to one or more reporting units as of the acquisition date. Goodwill is assigned to the Company’s reporting units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. The goodwill assigned to a reporting unit is the difference between the acquisition consideration assigned to the reporting unit on a relative fair value basis and the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities that can be specifically attributed to the reporting unit. The Company tests goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for impairment at least annually. The value intangible assets with estimable useful lives is amortized over their respective estimated useful lives, and the Company reviews for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the intangible asset may not be recoverable and the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

The Company reviews goodwill at least annually for impairment. Should certain events or indicators of impairment occur between annual impairment tests, the Company would perform an impairment test at that date.

58

In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, the Company: (1) allocates goodwill to our reporting units to which the acquired goodwill relates; (2) estimates the fair value of its reporting units; and (3) determines the carrying value (book value) of those reporting units. Prior to this allocation of the assets to the reporting units, the Company is required to assess long-lived assets for impairment. Furthermore, if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value, the Company must estimate the fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities of that reporting unit, in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an acquired business. This can require independent valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets such as in-process research and development and developed technology. Only after this process is completed can the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, be determined. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative analysis. The Company does not calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more-likely-than-not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The Company did not record impairments of goodwill during the years ended June 29, 2014, June 30, 2013, or June 24, 2012.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units by using a weighted combination of both a market and an income approach, as this combination is deemed to be the most indicative of our fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants.

Under the market approach, the Company utilizes information regarding the reporting unit as well as publicly available industry information to determine various financial multiples to value our reporting units. Under the income approach, the Company determines fair value based on estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn.

In estimating the fair value of a reporting unit for the purposes of the Company’s annual or periodic analyses, the Company makes estimates and judgments about the future cash flows of its reporting units, including estimated growth rates and assumptions about the economic environment. Although the Company’s cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with the plans and estimates it is using to manage the underlying businesses, there is significant judgment involved in determining the cash flows attributable to a reporting unit. In addition, the Company makes certain judgments about allocating shared assets to the estimated balance sheets of our reporting units. The Company also considers its market capitalization and that of its competitors on the date it performs the analysis. Changes in judgment on these assumptions and estimates could result in a goodwill impairment charge.

As a result, several factors could result in impairment of a material amount of the Company’s goodwill balance in future periods, including, but not limited to: (1) weakening of the global economy, weakness in the semiconductor equipment industry, or failure of the Company to reach its internal forecasts, which could impact the Company’s ability to achieve its forecasted levels of cash flows and reduce the estimated discounted cash flow value of its reporting units; and (2) a decline in the Company’s stock price and resulting market capitalization, if the Company determines that the decline is sustained and indicates a reduction in the fair value of the Company’s reporting units below their carrying value. Further, the value assigned to intangible assets, other than goodwill, is based on estimates and judgments regarding expectations such as the success and life cycle of products and technology acquired. If actual product acceptance differs significantly from the estimates, the Company may be required to record an impairment charge to write down the asset to its realizable value.

Fiscal Year: The Company follows a 52/53-week fiscal reporting calendar, and its fiscal year ends on the last Sunday of June each year. The Company’s most recent fiscal years ended on June 29, 2014 and June 24, 2012 and included 52 weeks. The fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 included 53 weeks. The Company’s next fiscal year, ending on June 28, 2015 will include 52 weeks.

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

59

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments: Investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered cash equivalents. The Company also invests in certain mutual funds, which include equity and fixed income securities, related to its obligations under its deferred compensation plan, and such investments are classified as trading securities on the consolidated balance sheets. All of the Company’s other short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale at the respective balance sheet dates. The Company accounts for its investment portfolio at fair value. Investments classified as trading securities are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices. Differences between the cost and fair value of trading securities are recognized as “Other income (expense)” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The investments classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices, and difference between the cost and fair value of available-for-sale securities is presented as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities are charged against “Other income (expense)” when a decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary. The Company considers several factors to determine whether a loss is other-than-temporary. These factors include but are not limited to: (i) the extent to which the fair value is less than cost basis, (ii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (iii) the length of time a security is in an unrealized loss position and (iv) the Company’s ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The Company’s ongoing consideration of these factors could result in additional impairment charges in the future, which could adversely affect its results of operation. An other-than-temporary impairment is triggered when there is an intent to sell the security, it is more-likely-than-not that the security will be required to be sold before recovery, or the security is not expected to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Other-than-temporary impairments attributed to credit losses are recognized in the income statement. The specific identification method is used to determine the realized gains and losses on investments.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: The Company evaluates its allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where specific invoices are deemed to be uncollectible, the Company provides a specific allowance for bad debt against the amount due to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount it reasonably believes will be collected. The Company also provides allowances based on its write-off history.

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment is stated at cost. Equipment is depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally five years. Software is amortized by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Buildings are depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally twenty-five years. Leasehold improvements are generally amortized by the straight-line method over the shorter of the life of the related asset or the term of the underlying lease. Amortization of capital leases is included with depreciation expense.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (Excluding Goodwill and Intangibles): The Company routinely considers whether indicators of impairment of long-lived assets are present. If such indicators are present, the Company determines whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets is less than their carrying value. If the sum is less, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective fair values. Fair value is determined by discounted future cash flows, appraisals or other methods. If the assets determined to be impaired are to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment charge to the extent the present value of anticipated net cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the asset’s carrying value. The fair value of the asset then becomes the asset’s new carrying value, which the Company depreciates over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value. The Company did not record impairments of long lived assets held for use during fiscal years 2014, 2013, or 2012.

Derivative Financial Instruments: In the normal course of business, the Company’s financial position is routinely subjected to market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The Company’s

60

policy is to mitigate the effect of these exchange rate fluctuations on certain foreign currency denominated business exposures. The Company has a policy that allows the use of derivative financial instruments to hedge foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on forecasted revenue and expenses and net monetary assets or liabilities denominated in various foreign currencies. The Company carries derivative financial instruments (derivatives) on the balance sheet at their fair values. The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. The Company does not believe that it is exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in its interest rate and foreign currency hedges, as counterparties are large, global and well-capitalized financial institutions. The Company’s exposures are in liquid currencies (Japanese yen, Swiss francs, euros, Taiwanese dollars, and Korean won), so there is minimal risk that appropriate derivatives to maintain the Company’s hedging program would not be available in the future.

To hedge foreign currency risks, the Company uses foreign currency exchange forward contracts, where possible and prudent. These forward contracts are valued using standard valuation formulas with assumptions about future foreign currency exchange rates derived from existing exchange rates, interest rates, and other market factors.

The Company considers its most current forecast in determining the level of foreign currency denominated revenue and expenses to hedge as cash flow hedges. The Company combines these forecasts with historical trends to establish the portion of its expected volume to be hedged. The revenue and expenses are hedged and designated as cash flow hedges to protect the Company from exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. If the underlying forecasted transaction does not occur, or it becomes probable that it will not occur, the related hedge gains and losses on the cash flow hedge are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to other income (expense), net on the consolidated statement of operations at that time.

Guarantees: The Company has certain operating leases that contain provisions whereby the properties subject to the operating leases may be remarketed at lease expiration. The Company has guaranteed to the lessor an amount approximating the lessor’s investment in the property. The Company has recorded a liability for certain guaranteed residual values related to these specific operating lease agreements. Also, the Company’s guarantees generally include certain indemnifications to its lessors under operating lease agreements for environmental matters, potential overdraft protection obligations to financial institutions related to one of the Company’s subsidiaries, indemnifications to the Company’s customers for certain infringement of third-party intellectual property rights by its products and services, and the Company’s warranty obligations under sales of its products.

Foreign Currency Translation: The Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment, where that local currency is the functional currency, primarily generate and expend cash in their local currency. Billings and receipts for their labor and services are primarily denominated in the local currency, and the workforce is paid in local currency. Accordingly, all balance sheet accounts of these local functional currency subsidiaries are translated at the fiscal period-end exchange rate, and income and expense accounts are translated using average rates in effect for the period, except for costs related to those balance sheet items that are translated using historical exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as cumulative translation adjustments and are a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Translation adjustments are recorded in other income (expense), net, where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency.

Note 3: Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB released Accounting Standards Update 2013-11 “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” The new standard requires that an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward or other tax credit carryforward when settlement in this manner is available under the tax law. The Company is required to adopt this standard starting in fiscal year 2015 and is currently in the process of determining the impact, if any, on its financial position.

61

In April 2014, the FASB released Accounting Standards Update 2014-8 “Presentation of Financial Statements and Property, Plant and Equipment: Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosure of Disposals of Components of an Entity.” The new standard re-defines discontinued operations and requires only those disposals of components of an entity, including classifications as held for sale, that represent a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results to be reported as discontinued operations. In addition, the new standard expands the disclosure requirements of discontinued operations. The Company is required to adopt this standard starting in fiscal year 2015 and is currently in the process of determining the impact, if any, on its financial position.

In May 2014, the FASB released Accounting Standards Update 2014-9 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of the standard is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. The new standard defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing GAAP including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. We are required to adopt this standard starting in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 using either of two methods: (i) retrospective to each prior reporting period presented with the option to elect certain practical expedients as defined within the standard; or (ii) retrospective with the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures as defined per the standard. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of its pending adoption of this standard on its financial position.

Note 4: Financial Instruments

Fair Value

The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact, and it considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

A fair value hierarchy has been established that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The level of an asset or liability in the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1: Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities with sufficient volume and frequency of transactions.

Level 2: Valuations based on observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or model-derived valuations techniques for which all significant inputs are observable in the market or can be corroborated by, observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3: Valuations based on unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of fair value of assets or liabilities and based on non-binding, broker-provided price quotes and may not have been corroborated by observable market data.

62

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

			Fair Value Measurement at June 29, 2014
	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
	(In thousands)
Assets
Short-Term Investments
Money Market Funds	$	1,168,261	$	1,168,261	$	—	$	—
Municipal Notes and Bonds		335,433		—		335,433		—
US Treasury and Agencies		212,587		212,587		—		—
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		27,692		—		27,692		—
Foreign Government Bonds		35,467		—		35,467		—
Corporate Notes and Bonds		1,008,788		132,549		876,239		—
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		26,944		—		26,944		—
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		111,933		—		111,933		—
Total Short-Term Investments	$	2,927,105	$	1,513,397	$	1,413,708	$	—
Mutual Funds		21,758		21,758		—		—
Derivatives Assets		1,592		—		1,592		—
Total	$	2,950,455	$	1,535,155	$	1,415,300	$	—
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	$	929	$	—	$	923	$	6

The amounts in the table above are reported in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 29, 2014 as follows:

	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(In thousands)
Reported As:
Cash Equivalents	$	1,173,551	$	1,168,261	$	5,290	$	—
Short-Term Investments		1,612,967		204,549		1,408,418		—
Restricted Cash and Investments		140,587		140,587		—		—
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets		1,592		—		1,592		—
Other Assets		21,758		21,758		—		—
Total	$	2,950,455	$	1,535,155	$	1,415,300	$	—
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities	$	923	$	—	$	923	$	—
Other Non-current Liabilities		6		—		—		6
Total Liabilities	$	929	$	—	$	923	$	6

63

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

			Fair Value Measurement at June 30, 2013
	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
	(In thousands)
Assets
Short-Term Investments
Money Market Funds	$	725,311	$	725,311	$	—	$	—
Municipal Notes and Bonds		268,746		—		268,746		—
US Treasury and Agencies		155,293		155,293		—		—
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		54,805		—		54,805		—
Foreign Government Bonds		24,972		—		24,972		—
Corporate Notes and Bonds		860,492		164,885		695,607		—
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		27,365		—		27,365		—
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		107,958		—		107,958		—
Total Short-Term Investments	$	2,224,942	$	1,045,489	$	1,179,453	$	—
Equities		7,096		7,096		—		—
Mutual Funds		18,216		18,216		—		—
Derivatives Assets		4,929		—		4,929		—
Total	$	2,255,183	$	1,070,801	$	1,184,382	$	—
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	$	1,815	$	—	$	1,620	$	195

The amounts in the table above are reported in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2013 as follows:

	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(In thousands)
Reported As:
Cash Equivalents	$	725,311	$	725,311	$	—	$	—
Short-Term Investments		1,334,746		155,293		1,179,453		—
Restricted Cash and Investments		164,885		164,885		—		—
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets		4,929		—		4,929		—
Other Assets		25,312		25,312		—		—
Total	$	2,255,183	$	1,070,801	$	1,184,382	$	—
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities	$	1,620	$	—	$	1,620	$	—
Other Non-current Liabilities		195		—		—		195
Total Liabilities	$	1,815	$	—	$	1,620	$	195

The Company’s primary financial instruments include its cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, restricted cash and investments, long-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, long-term debt and capital leases, and foreign currency related derivatives. The estimated fair value of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates their carrying value due to the short period of time to their maturities. The estimated fair values of capital lease obligations approximate their carrying value as the substantial majority of these obligations have interest rates that adjust to market rates on a periodic basis. Refer to Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the fair value of the Company’s convertible notes.

64

Investments

The following tables summarize the Company’s investments (in thousands):

	June 29, 2014									June 30, 2013
	Cost		Unrealized Gain		Unrealized (Loss)			Fair Value		Cost		Unrealized Gain		Unrealized (Loss)			Fair Value
Cash	$	285,031	$	—	$	—		$	285,031	$	438,813	$	—	$	—		$	438,813
Fixed Income Money Market Funds		1,168,261		—		—			1,168,261		725,311		—		—			725,311
Municipal Notes and Bonds		334,329		1,108		(4	)		335,433		268,390		805		(449	)		268,746
US Treasury and Agencies		212,436		178		(27	)		212,587		155,648		18		(373	)		155,293
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		27,666		41		(15	)		27,692		54,835		65		(95	)		54,805
Foreign Government Bonds		35,438		57		(28	)		35,467		24,950		47		(25	)		24,972
Corporate Notes and Bonds		1,007,089		2,034		(335	)		1,008,788		861,109		1,328		(1,945	)		860,492
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		27,067		59		(182	)		26,944		27,618		29		(282	)		27,365
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		112,642		100		(809	)		111,933		108,204		426		(672	)		107,958
Total Cash and Short -Term Investments	$	3,209,959	$	3,577	$	(1,400	)	$	3,212,136	$	2,664,878	$	2,718	$	(3,841	)	$	2,663,755
Publicly Traded Equity Securities	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	5,610	$	1,486	$	—		$	7,096
Private Equity Securities		—		—		—			—		5,000		—		—			5,000
Mutual Funds		18,784		2,974		—			21,758		16,611		1,619		(14	)		18,216
Total Financial Instruments	$	3,228,743	$	6,551	$	(1,400	)	$	3,233,894	$	2,692,099	$	5,823	$	(3,855	)	$	2,694,067
As Reported
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$	1,452,677	$	—	$	—		$	1,452,677	$	1,162,473	$	—	$	—		$	1,162,473
Short-Term Investments		1,610,790		3,577		(1,400	)		1,612,967		1,335,868		2,718		(3,841	)		1,334,745
Restricted Cash and Investments		146,492		—		—			146,492		166,536		—		—			166,536
Other Assets		18,784		2,974		—			21,758		27,222		3,105		(14	)		30,313
Total	$	3,228,743	$	6,551	$	(1,400	)	$	3,233,894	$	2,692,099	$	5,823	$	(3,855	)	$	2,694,067

The Company accounts for its investment portfolio at fair value. Realized gains (losses) for investment sales are specifically identified. Management assesses the fair value of investments in debt securities that are not actively traded through consideration of interest rates and their impact on the present value of the cash flows to be received from the investments. The Company also considers whether changes in the credit ratings of the issuer could impact the assessment of fair value. Net realized gains (losses) on investments included other-than-temporary impairment charges of $3.7 million, and $1.7 million in fiscal years 2013, and 2012, respectively. There were no other-than-temporary impairment charges in fiscal year 2014. Additionally, gross realized gains/(losses) from sales of investments were approximately $1.5 million and $(2.0) million in fiscal year 2014, $1.6 million and $(1.5) million in fiscal year 2013, and $1.4 million and $(1.0) million in fiscal year 2012, respectively.

65

The following is an analysis of the Company’s fixed income securities in unrealized loss positions (in thousands):

	June 29, 2014
	Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months					Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater					Total
	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss
Fixed Income Securities
Municipal Notes and Bonds	$	5,464	$	(4	)	$	—	$	—		$	5,464	$	(4	)
US Treasury and Agencies		57,932		(27	)		—		—			57,932		(27	)
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		10,235		(15	)		—		—			10,235		(15	)
Foregin Government Bonds		14,999		(28	)		—		—			14,999		(28	)
Corporate Notes and Bonds		180,834		(293	)		6,973		(42	)		187,807		(335	)
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		7,993		(87	)		7,656		(95	)		15,649		(182	)
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		71,848		(533	)		25,316		(276	)		97,164		(809	)
Total Fixed Income	$	349,305	$	(987	)	$	39,945	$	(413	)	$	389,250	$	(1,400	)

The amortized cost and fair value of cash equivalents, short-term investments, and restricted cash and investments with contractual maturities are as follows:

	Cost		Estimated Fair Value
	(in thousands)
Due in one year or less	$	1,464,736	$	1,465,185
Due after one year through five years		1,146,839		1,149,380
Due in more than five years		313,353		312,540
	$	2,924,928	$	2,927,105

Management has the ability, if necessary, to liquidate any of its cash equivalents and short-term investments in order to meet the Company’s liquidity needs in the next 12 months. Accordingly, those investments with contractual maturities greater than one year from the date of purchase nonetheless are classified as short-term on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging

The Company carries derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”) on its Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair values. The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts with financial institutions with the primary objective of reducing volatility of earnings and cash flows related to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The counterparties to these foreign currency forward contracts are large global financial institutions that the Company believes are creditworthy, and therefore, we do not consider the risk of counterparty nonperformance to be material.

Cash Flow Hedges

The Company’s financial position is routinely subjected to market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on non-US dollar transactions or cash flows, primarily from Japanese yen-denominated revenues and euro-denominated expenses. The Company’s policy is to mitigate the foreign exchange risk arising from the fluctuations in the value of these non-U.S. dollar denominated transactions or cash

66

flows through a foreign currency cash flow hedging program, using foreign currency forward contracts that generally expire within 12 months and no later than 24 months. These foreign currency forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges and are carried on the Company’s balance sheet at fair value with the effective portion of the contracts’ gains or losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently recognized in revenue/expense in the same period the hedged items are recognized.

At inception and at each quarter end, hedges are tested prospectively and retrospectively for effectiveness using regression analysis. Changes in the fair value of foreign currency forward contracts due to changes in time value are excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and are recognized in revenue in the current period. The change in time value related to these contracts was not material for all reported periods. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedge relationship must meet criteria relating both to the derivative instrument and the hedged item. These criteria include identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value or cash flows will be measured. There were no gains or losses during the twelve months ended June 29, 2014 or June 30, 2013 associated with ineffectiveness or forecasted transactions that failed to occur.

To receive hedge accounting treatment, all hedging relationships are formally documented at the inception of the hedge and the hedges must be tested to demonstrate an expectation of providing highly effective offsetting changes to future cash flows on hedged transactions. When derivative instruments are designated and qualify as effective cash flow hedges, the Company recognizes effective changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged exposure is realized. Consequently, with the exception of excluded time value and hedge ineffectiveness recognized, the Company’s results of operations are not subject to fluctuation as a result of changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments. If hedges are not highly effective or if the Company does not believe that the underlying hedged forecasted transactions will occur, the Company may not be able to account for its derivative instruments as cash flow hedges. If this were to occur, future changes in the fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments would be recognized in earnings. Additionally, related amounts previously recorded in “Other Comprehensive Income” would be reclassified to income immediately. At June 29, 2014, the Company had losses of $0.1 million in accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), which it expects to reclassify from Other Comprehensive Income into earnings over the next 12 months.

Balance Sheet Hedges

The Company also enters into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge fluctuations associated with foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities, primarily third party accounts receivables, accounts payables and intercompany receivables and payables. These foreign currency forward contracts are not designated for hedge accounting treatment. Therefore, the change in fair value of these derivatives is recorded as a component of other income (expense) and offsets the change in fair value of the foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, which are also recorded in other income (expense).

67

As of June 29, 2014, the Company had the following outstanding foreign currency forward contracts that were entered into under its cash flow and balance sheet hedge program:

	Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments:				Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:
	(in thousands)
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts
	Buy Contracts		Sell Contracts		Buy Contracts		Sell Contracts
Japanese Yen	$	—	$	98,501	$	—	$	30,342
Swiss Franc		—		—		7,023		—
Euro		93,872		—		543		—
Korean Won		—		—		19,537		—
Taiwan Dollar		—		—		99,601		66,746
	$	93,872	$	98,501	$	126,704	$	97,088

The fair value of derivatives instruments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013 were as follows:

	June 29, 2014								June 30, 2013
	Fair Value of Derivative Instruments								Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
	Asset Derivatives				Liability Derivatives				Asset Derivatives				Liability Derivatives
	Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value
	(in thousands)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts		Prepaid expense and other assets	$	483		Accrued liabilities	$	805		Prepaid expense and other assets	$	4,858		Accrued liabilities	$	1,577
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts		Prepaid expense and other assets		1,109		Accrued liabilities		118		Prepaid expense and other assets		71		Accrued liabilities		43
Total derivatives			$	1,592			$	923			$	4,929			$	1,620

Under the master agreements with the respective counterparties to our foreign exchange contracts, subject to applicable requirements, we are allowed to net settle transactions of the same currency with a single net amount payable by one party to the other. However, we have elected to present the derivative assets and derivative liabilities on a gross basis in our balance sheet. As of June 29, 2014, the potential effect of rights of set-off associated with the above foreign exchange contracts would be an offset to both assets and liabilities by $0.5 million, resulting in a net derivative asset of $1.1 million. As of June 30, 2013, the potential effect of rights of set-off associated with the above foreign exchange contracts would be an offset to both assets and liabilities by $1.6 million, resulting in a net derivative asset of $3.3 million. We are not required to pledge, nor are we entitled to receive, cash collateral related to these derivative transactions

68

The effect of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, before tax, on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations was as follows:

	Twelve Months Ended June 29, 2014							Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2013
	Effective Portion				Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing			Effective Portion					Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing
Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in or Reclassified into Income	Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI		Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income		Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income			Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI		Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income			Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
	(in thousands)							(in thousands)
Revenue	$	7,939	$	9,027	$	277		$	8,322	$	10,036		$	376
Cost of goods sold		812		2,393		(52	)		2,443		(1,229	)		(271	)
Selling, general, and administrative		318		1,087		(23	)		1,154		(416	)		(130	)
Other income (expense)		—		—		—			—		—			(8	)
	$	9,069	$	12,507	$	202		$	11,919	$	8,391		$	(33	)

The effect of derivative instruments not designated as cash flow hedges on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations was as follows:

		Twelve Months Ended
		June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:	Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income	Gain Recognized in Income		Loss Recognized in Income
		(in thousands)
Foreign Exchange Contracts	Other income (expense)	$	8,205	($	1,585	)

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short term investments, restricted cash and investments, trade accounts receivable, and derivative financial instruments used in hedging activities. Cash is placed on deposit in large global financial institutions. Such deposits may be in excess of insured limits. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company’s cash are creditworthy and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these balances.

The Company’s over-all portfolio of available-for-sale securities must maintain an average minimum rating of “AA-” or “Aa3” as rated by Standard and Poor’s or Moody’s Investor Services, respectively. To ensure diversification and minimize concentration, the Company’s policy limits the amount of credit exposure with any one financial institution or commercial issuer.

The Company is exposed to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties on the foreign currency forward contracts that are used to mitigate the effect of exchange rate fluctuations and on contracts related to structured share repurchase agreements. These counterparties are large global financial institutions and, to date, no such counterparty has failed to meet its financial obligations to the Company.

Credit risk evaluations, including trade references, bank references and Dun & Bradstreet ratings, are performed on all new customers and the Company monitors its customers’ financial statements and payment performance. In general, the Company does not require collateral on sales.

69

As of June 29, 2014, four customers accounted for approximately 15%, 13%, 12% and 12% of accounts receivable. As of June 30, 2013, two customers accounted for approximately 22% and 14% of accounts receivable.

Note 5: Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market. Shipments to Japanese customers, to whom title does not transfer until customer acceptance, are classified as inventory and carried at cost until title transfers. Inventories consist of the following:

	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Raw materials	$	449,623	$	312,484
Work-in-process		126,564		101,530
Finished goods		164,316		145,303
	$	740,503	$	559,317

Note 6: Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net, consist of the following:

	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Manufacturing, engineering and office equipment	$	612,688		$	521,047
Computer equipment and software		131,184			120,144
Land		52,784			65,360
Buildings		199,544			249,126
Leasehold improvements		80,569			76,225
Furniture and fixtures		20,026			21,110
		1,096,795			1,053,012
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(553,299	)		(449,102	)
	$	543,496		$	603,910

Depreciation expense, including amortization of capital leases, during fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, was $129.1 million, $126.5 million, and $74.0 million, respectively.

During the fiscal year 2014, the Company sold its interest in property and equipment with a net book value of $82.6 million. These assets consist primarily of buildings and land, resulting in the decrease to those asset categories above. The Company realized a $7.1 million impairment on the sale of an interest in building and associated land and an $83.1 million gain on sale of a separate interest in buildings and land in the Consolidated Statement of Operations in fiscal year 2014. No significant impairment or gain on sale were realized in fiscal years 2013 or 2012.

70

Note 7: Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Accrued compensation	$	311,054	$	254,795
Warranty reserves		68,324		52,252
Income and other taxes payable		93,934		39,420
Dividends payable		29,240		—
Other		101,744		118,061
	$	604,296	$	464,528

Note 8: Other Income (Expense), Net

The significant components of other income (expense), net, were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Interest income	$	12,540		$	14,737		$	12,141
Interest expense		(61,692	)		(60,408	)		(38,962	)
Gains (losses) on deferred compensation plan related assets, net		9,559			9,764			(914	)
Foreign exchange gains (losses), net		1,529			(6,808	)		(397	)
Other, net		668			(8,698	)		(5,183	)
	$	(37,396	)	$	(51,413	)	$	(33,315	)

Note 9: Net Income Per Share

Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the treasury stock method, for dilutive stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and convertible notes. The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted computations for net income per share.

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator:
Net income	$	632,289	$	113,879	$	168,723
Denominator:
Basic average shares outstanding		164,741		168,932		124,176
Effect of potential dilutive securities:
Employee stock plans		2,864		2,558		910
Convertible notes		6,898		1,940		147
Diluted average shares outstanding		174,503		173,430		125,233
Net income per share - basic	$	3.84	$	0.67	$	1.36
Net income per share - diluted	$	3.62	$	0.66	$	1.35

71

For purposes of computing diluted net income per share, weighted-average common shares do not include potentially dilutive securities that are anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method. The following potentially dilutive securities were excluded:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Number of options and RSUs excluded		78		534		382

Diluted shares outstanding include only the effect of the 2041 Notes. Diluted shares outstanding do not include any effect resulting from warrants, assumed conversion of the notes, or note hedges associated with the Company’s 2016 or 2018 Notes (as described in Note 13) as their impact would have been anti-dilutive.

Note 10: Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax at the end of the period, as well as the activity during the period, were as follows:

	Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment			Accumulated unrealized holding gain (loss) on cash flow hedges			Accumulated unrealized holding gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments			Accumulated unrealized components of defined benefit plans			Total
	(in thousands)
Balance as of June 30, 2013	$	(17,178	)	$	2,822		$	(15	)	$	(14,322	)	$	(28,693	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before relcassifications		4,976			8,004			1,407			(2,838	)		11,549
Losses (gains) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income		(784	)		(10,892	) (1)		165	(2)		—			(11,511	)
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)	$	4,192		$	(2,888	)	$	1,572		$	(2,838	)	$	38
Balance as of June 29, 2014	$	(12,986	)	$	(66	)	$	1,557		$	(17,160	)	$	(28,655	)

(1) Amount of after tax gains reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into net income located in revenue: $8,009; cost of goods sold: $2,057; and selling, general and administrative expenses: $826.

(2) Amount of loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into net income located in other expense, net

72

Tax related to the components of other comprehensive income during the period were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Tax benefit (expense) on change in unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges:
Tax expense on unrealized gains/losses arising during the period	$	(1,065	)	$	(1,312	)	$	—
Tax expense on gains/losses reclassified to earnings		1,615			818			—
		550			(494	)		—
Tax benefit (expense) on change in unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale investments:
Tax benefit (expense) on unrealized gains/losses arising during the period		(735	)		1,428			233
Tax (benefit) expense on gains/losses reclassified to earnings		493			(2,026	)		474
		(242	)		(598	)		707
Tax benefit on change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans		1,895			586			944
Tax benefit (expense) on other comprehensive income(loss)	$	2,203		$	(506	)	$	1,651

73

Note 11: Equity-Based Compensation Plans

The Company has adopted stock plans that provide for the grant to employees of equity-based awards, including stock options and RSUs, of Lam Research Common Stock. In addition, these plans permit the grant of nonstatutory equity-based awards to consultants and outside directors. An option is a right to purchase the Company’s stock at a set price. An RSU award is an agreement to issue shares of the Company’s stock at the time of vesting. Pursuant to the plans, the equity-based award exercise price is determined by the Board of Directors or its designee, the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price for any option be less than the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant. Equity-based awards granted under the plans vest over a period determined by the Board of Directors or the plan administrator, typically over a period of three years or less. The Company also has an ESPP that allows employees to purchase shares of its Common Stock through payroll deduction at a discounted price. A summary of stock plan transactions is as follows:

	Options Outstanding					Restricted Stock Units Outstanding
	Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Fair Market Value at Grant
June 26, 2011		309,933		$	21.50		2,331,340		$	39.90
Awards assumed in Novellus acquisition		3,932,143		$	25.17		1,291,808		$	35.99
Granted		—		$	—		2,336,283		$	41.23
Exercised		(74,615	)	$	23.70
Canceled		(265,384	)	$	21.71		(120,070	)	$	40.91
Vested restricted stock							(1,507,883	)	$	35.47
June 24, 2012		3,902,077		$	25.14		4,331,478		$	41.01
Granted		288,867		$	42.59		2,563,670		$	38.76
Exercised		(1,546,028	)	$	25.47
Canceled		(73,993	)	$	26.24		(299,079	)	$	39.70
Vested restricted stock							(1,754,273	)	$	42.52
June 30, 2013		2,570,923		$	26.87		4,841,796		$	39.32
Granted		166,455		$	51.76		2,811,602		$	53.21
Exercised		(1,403,019	)	$	24.75
Canceled		(2,473	)	$	30.21		(281,476	)	$	41.16
Vested restricted stock							(1,736,453	)	$	40.39
June 29, 2014		1,331,886		$	32.20		5,635,469		$	45.83

Outstanding and exercisable options presented by price range at June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Number of Options Outstanding		Weighted- Average Remaining Life (Years)		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Number of Options Exercisable		Weighted- Average Exercise Price
$9.44-$19.05		152,182		4.41	$	13.09		152,182	$	13.09
$21.04-$25.60		201,958		2.86	$	22.46		192,569	$	22.42
$26.87-29.68		476,518		4.21	$	29.26		377,573	$	29.28
$31.45-$35.68		45,906		6.77	$	32.63		19,446	$	33.09
$42.41-$51.76		455,322		6.00	$	45.94		—		—
$9.44-$51.76		1,331,886		4.73	$	32.20		741,770	$	24.28

74

The Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, and 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, (collectively the “Stock Plans”) provide for the grant of non-qualified equity-based awards to eligible employees, consultants and advisors, and non-employee directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. As of June 29, 2014 there were a total of 6,967,355 shares subject to options and RSUs issued and outstanding under the Company’s Stock Plans. As of June 29, 2014, there were a total of 9,189,362 shares available for future issuance under the Stock Plans.

The ESPP allows employees to designate a portion of their base compensation to be deducted and used to purchase the Company’s Common Stock at a purchase price per share of the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the first or last day of the applicable purchase period. Typically, each offering period lasts 12 months and comprises three interim purchase dates. The Plan Administrator (the Compensation Committee of the Board) is authorized to set a limit on the number of shares a plan participant can purchase on any single plan exercise date. During fiscal years 2014 and 2013, there was no increase to the number of shares of Lam Research Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 1999 ESPP. During fiscal year 2012 the number of shares of Lam Research Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 1999 ESPP increased by 1.8 million.

During fiscal year 2014, a total of 1,196,629 shares of the Company’s Common Stock were sold to employees under the 1999 ESPP. At June 29, 2014, 8,377,578 shares were available for purchase under the 1999 ESPP.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s stock-based awards, less expected forfeitures, is amortized over the awards’ vesting period on a straight-line basis. The Company recognized the following equity-based compensation expenses and benefits during the fiscal years noted:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in millions)
Equity-based compensation expense	$	103.7	$	99.3	$	81.6
Income tax benefit recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations related to equity-based compensation	$	16.9	$	17.6	$	12.2
Tax benefit realized from the exercise and vesting of options and RSUs	$	32.0	$	21.6	$	11.8

Stock Options

The fair value of the Company’s stock options granted during fiscal years 2014, 2013 and fiscal year 2012, in connection with the acquisition of Novellus, was estimated using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. This model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including expected stock price volatility and the estimated life of each award:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
Expected volatility		35.28	%		36.60	%		38.04	%
Risk-free interest rate		1.39	%		0.81	%		0.55	%
Expected term (years)		4.78			4.79			3.89
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%

75

The year-end intrinsic value relating to stock options for fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012 is presented below:

	Year Ended
	June 29,		June 30,		June 24,
	2014		2013		2012
	(millions)
Intrinsic value - options outstanding	$	46.3	$	44.9	$	49.9
Intrinsic value - options exercisable	$	31.7	$	36.9	$	30.1
Intrinsic value - options exercised	$	41.4	$	25.4	$	1.3

As of June 29, 2014, there was $4.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options granted and outstanding; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining vesting period of 1.5 years.

Restricted Stock Units

The fair value of the Company’s RSUs was calculated based upon the fair market value of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. As of June 29, 2014, there was $179.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs granted; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining vesting period of 2.0 years.

During the fiscal year 2014, the Company issued RSUs with both a market condition and a service condition (market-based performance RSUs, or “market-based PRSUs”). Based upon the terms of such awards, the number of shares that can be earned over the performance periods is based on our Common Stock price performance compared to the market price performance of the Philadelphia Semiconductor Sector Index (“SOX”), ranging from 0% to 150% of target. The stock price performance or market price performance is measured using the closing price for the 50-trading days prior to the dates the performance period begins and ends. The target number of shares represented by the market-based PRSUs is increased by 2% of target for each 1% that Common Stock price performance exceeds the market price performance of the SOX index. The result of the vesting formula is rounded down to the nearest whole number. Total stockholder return is a measure of stock price appreciation in this performance period. As of June 29, 2014 0.6 million market-based PRSUs were outstanding. These market-based PRSUs generally vest two or three years from the grant date and require continued employment. Stock compensation expense for the market-based PRSUs was $3.8 million for the year ended June 29, 2014. No market-based PRSUs were awarded in earlier periods. The total unrecognized compensation expense and weighted-average remaining life for these awards is included in the preceding disclosure.

ESPP

ESPP rights were valued using the Black-Scholes model. During fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012 ESPP was valued assuming the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
Expected life (years)		0.68			0.64			0.72
Expected stock price volatility		30.24	%		32.42	%		44.22	%
Risk-free interest rate		0.07	%		0.15	%		0.11	%
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%

As of June 29, 2014, there was $2.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the ESPP that is expected to be recognized over a remaining vesting period of 2 months.

76

Note 12: Retirement and Deferred Compensation Plans

Employee Savings and Retirement Plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement savings plan for its full-time employees in the United States. Each participant in the plan may elect to contribute from 1% to 75% of annual eligible earnings to the plan, subject to statutory limitations. The Company makes matching employee contributions in cash to the plan at the rate of 50% of the first 6% of earnings contributed. Employees participating in the 401(k) retirement savings plan are fully vested in the Company matching contributions, and investments are directed by participants. The Company made matching contributions of $10.2 million, $8.7 million, and $5.8 million, in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Arrangements

The Company has an unfunded, non-qualified deferred compensation plan whereby certain executives may defer a portion of their compensation. Participants earn a return on their deferred compensation based on their allocation of their account balance among measurement funds. The Company controls the investment of these funds and the participants remain general creditors of the Company. Participants are able to elect the payment of benefits on a specified date at least three years after the opening of a deferral subaccount or upon retirement. Distributions are made in the form of lump sum or annual installments over a period of up to 20 years as elected by the participant. If no alternate election has been made, a lump sum payment will be made upon termination of a participant’s employment with the Company. As of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013 the liability of the Company to the plan participants was $93.8 million and $79.7 million, respectively, which was recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013 the Company had investments in the aggregate amount of $116.7 million and $98.1 million, respectively, that correlate to the deferred compensation obligations, which were recorded in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Postretirement Healthcare Plan

The Company maintains a postretirement healthcare plan for certain executive and director retirees. Coverage continues through the duration of the lifetime of the retiree or the retiree’s spouse, whichever is longer. The benefit obligation was $29.0 million and $21.4 million as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013, respectively.

Note 13: Long Term Debt and Other Borrowings

The following table reflects the carrying value of the Company’s convertible notes and other long-term debt as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013:

	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
	(in millions)
0.50% Notes due 2016	$	450.0		$	450.0
Less: Unamortized interest discount		(30.4	)		(45.7	)
Net carrying amount of 0.50% Notes due 2016		419.6			404.3
1.25% Notes due 2018		450.0			450.0
Less: Unamortized interest discount		(62.7	)		(76.9	)
Net carrying amount of 1.25% Notes due 2018		387.3			373.1
2.625% Notes due 2041		699.9			699.9
Less: Unamortized interest discount		(183.3	)		(186.9	)
Net carrying amount of 2.625% Notes due 2041		516.6			513.0
Total debt		1,323.5			1,290.4
Less: current portion of debt		(516.6	)		(513.0	)
Long-term debt	$	806.9		$	777.4

77

Convertible Senior Notes

In May 2011, the Company issued and sold $450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 0.50% Convertible Senior Notes due May 2016 (the “2016 Notes”) at par. At the same time, the Company issued and sold $450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.25% Convertible Senior Notes due May 2018 (the “2018 Notes”) at par. The 2016 Notes and the 2018 Notes may be converted, under certain circumstances, based on a conversion rate of 15.9128 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes (which represents a conversion price of approximately $62.84 per share of Common Stock). The applicable conversion rate is adjusted in certain circumstances, including the declaration and payment of cash dividends. The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 2016 Notes and the 2018 Notes were $835.5 million. The Company pays cash interest at an annual rate of 0.5% and 1.25%, respectively, on the 2016 Notes and the 2018 Notes, payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year.

In June 2012, with the acquisition of Novellus Systems, Inc., the Company assumed $700.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 2.625% Convertible Senior Notes due May 2041 (the “2041 Notes,” and collectively with the 2016 Notes and the 2018 Notes, the “Notes”). The 2041 Notes may be converted, under certain circumstances, based on a conversion rate of 28.5572 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes (which represents a conversion price of approximately $35.02 per share of Common Stock). The applicable conversion rate is adjusted in certain circumstances, including the declaration and payment of cash dividends. The Company pays cash interest at an annual rate of 2.625%, payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2041 Notes also have a contingent interest payment provision that may require us to pay additional interest based on certain thresholds, beginning with the semi-annual interest payment commencing on May 15, 2021, and upon the occurrence of certain events, as outlined in the indenture governing the 2041 Notes. The maximum amount of the contingent interest will accrue at a rate of 2.1% per annum, excluding any potential impact from dividends deemed payable to holders of the 2041 Notes. The contingent interest payment provision has been identified as an embedded derivative, to be accounted for separately, and is recorded at fair value at the end of each reporting period in other non-current liabilities, with any gains and losses recorded in interest expense, within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company separately accounts for the liability and equity components of the Notes. The initial debt components of the 2016 Notes, the 2018 Notes, and the 2041 Notes were valued at $373.8 million, $345.1 million, and $509.5 million, respectively, based on the present value of the future cash flows using discount rates of 4.29%, 5.27%, and 4.28%, respectively, the Company’s borrowing rate at the date of the issuance or assumption for similar debt instruments without the conversion feature. The carrying values of the equity components of the 2016 Notes, the 2018 Notes, and the 2041 Notes were $76.2 million, $104.9 million, and $328.1 million, respectively as of June 29, 2014. The effective interest rates on the liability components of the 2016 Notes, the 2018 Notes, and the 2041 Notes for the year ended June 29, 2014 were 4.29%, 5.27%, and 4.28% respectively. The following table presents the amount of interest cost recognized relating to both the contractual interest coupon and amortization of the discount on the liability component of the Notes during the years ended June 29, 2014, June 30, 2013, and June 24, 2012.

	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in millions)
Contractual interest coupon	$	26.2	$	26.2	$	9.2
Amortization of interest discount		33.1		31.6		27.0
Amortization of issuance costs		2.4		2.4		2.4
Total interest cost recognized	$	61.7	$	60.2	$	38.6

The remaining bond discount of the 2016 Notes, the 2018 Notes, and the 2041 Notes of $30.4 million, $62.7 million, and $183.3 million, respectively, as of June 29, 2014 will be amortized over their respective remaining lives of approximately 1.9 years, 3.9 years, and 26.9 years. As of June 29, 2014, the if-converted value of the 2016, 2018 and 2041 Notes exceeded the aggregate principal amount by $29 million, $29 million and $638 million, respectively.

78

2016 Notes

The 2016 Notes may be converted at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding February 15, 2016, at the option of the holder, only under the following circumstances: 1) during the five business-day period after any ten consecutive trading-day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2016 Notes for each day of such measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock and the applicable conversion rate on each such trading day; 2) during any fiscal quarter commencing after the fiscal quarter ending September 25, 2011, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price in effect on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter; or 3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On and after February 15, 2016 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date of May 15, 2016, holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

Upon conversion, a holder will receive the conversion value of the 2016 Notes to be converted equal to the conversion rate multiplied by the volume weighted average price of the Company’s Common Stock during a specified period following the conversion date. The conversion value of each 2016 Note will be paid in: 1) cash equal to the principal amount of the note and 2) to the extent the conversion value exceeds the principal amount of the note, Common Stock (plus cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock). The conversion price will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for accrued interest. Upon a “fundamental change” at any time, as defined, the Company will in some cases increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its 2016 Notes in connection with such fundamental change. In addition, the holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their notes upon a “designated event” at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Concurrently with the issuance of the 2016 Notes, the Company purchased a convertible note hedge and sold warrants. The separate convertible note hedge and warrant transactions are collectively structured to reduce the potential future economic dilution associated with the conversion of the 2016 Notes and to increase the effective conversion price to $71.14 per share. Each of these components is discussed separately below:

Convertible Note Hedge. Counterparties agreed to sell to the Company up to approximately 7.1 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock, which is the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the 2016 Notes in full, at a price of $62.84 per share. The convertible note hedge transaction will be settled in net shares and will terminate upon the earlier of the maturity date of the 2016 Notes or the first day none of the 2016 Notes remains outstanding due to conversion or otherwise. Settlement of the convertible note hedge in net shares, based on the number of shares issued upon conversion of the 2016 Notes, on the expiration date would result in the Company receiving net shares equivalent to the number of shares issuable by the Company upon conversion of the 2016 Notes. Should there be an early unwind of the convertible note hedge transaction, the number of net shares potentially received by the Company will depend upon 1) the then existing overall market conditions, 2) the Company’s stock price, 3) the volatility of the Company’s stock, and 4) the amount of time remaining before expiration of the convertible note hedge. The convertible note hedge transaction cost of $76.2 million has been accounted for as an equity transaction. The Company initially recorded approximately $28.2 million in stockholders’ equity from the net deferred tax asset related to the convertible note hedge at inception of the transaction.

Sold Warrants. The Company received $57.6 million from the same counterparties from the sale of warrants to purchase up to approximately 7.1 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $71.14 per share. The warrants expire on a series of dates between August 15, 2016 and October 21, 2016. At expiration, the Company may, at its option, elect to settle the warrants on a net share basis. As of June 29, 2014, the warrants had not been exercised and remained outstanding. The value of the warrants was initially recorded in equity and continues to be classified as equity.

79

2018 Notes

The 2018 Notes may be converted at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding February 15, 2018, at the option of the holder only under the following circumstances: 1) during the five business-day period after any ten consecutive trading-day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2018 Notes for each day of such measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock and the applicable conversion rate on each such trading day; 2) during any fiscal quarter commencing after the fiscal quarter ending September 25, 2011, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price in effect on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter; or 3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On and after February 15, 2018 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date of May 15, 2018, holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

Upon conversion, a holder will receive the conversion value of the 2018 Notes to be converted equal to the conversion rate multiplied by the volume weighted average price of the Company’s Common Stock during a specified period following the conversion date. The conversion value of each 2018 Notes will be paid in: 1) cash equal to the principal amount of the note and 2) to the extent the conversion value exceeds the principal amount of the note, Common Stock (plus cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock). The conversion price will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for accrued interest. Upon a “fundamental change” at any time, as defined, the Company will in some cases increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its 2018 Notes in connection with such fundamental change. In addition, the holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their notes upon a “designated event” at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Concurrently with the issuance of the 2018 Notes, the Company purchased a convertible note hedge and sold warrants. The separate convertible note hedge and warrant transactions are collectively structured to reduce the potential future economic dilution associated with the conversion of the 2018 Notes and to increase the effective conversion price to $75.89 per share. Each of these components is discussed separately below:

Convertible Note Hedge. Counterparties agreed to sell to the Company up to approximately 7.1 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock, which is the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the 2018 Notes in full, at a price of $62.84 per share. The convertible note hedge transaction will be settled in net shares and will terminate upon the earlier of the maturity date of the 2018 Notes or the first day none of the 2018 Notes remains outstanding due to conversion or otherwise. Settlement of the convertible note hedge in net shares, based on the number of shares issued upon conversion of the 2018 Notes, on the expiration date would result in the Company receiving net shares equivalent to the number of shares issuable by the Company upon conversion of the 2018 Notes. Should there be an early unwind of the convertible note hedge transaction, the number of net shares potentially received by the Company will depend upon 1) the then existing overall market conditions, 2) the Company’s stock price, 3) the volatility of the Company’s stock, and 4) the amount of time remaining before expiration of the convertible note hedge. The convertible note hedge transaction cost of $104.9 million has been accounted for as an equity transaction. The Company initially recorded approximately $38.8 million in stockholders’ equity from the net deferred tax asset related to the convertible note hedge at inception of the transaction.

Sold Warrants. The Company received $76.3 million from the same counterparties from the sale of warrants to purchase up to approximately 7.1 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $75.89 per share. The warrants expire on a series of dates between August 15, 2018 and October 23, 2018. At expiration, the Company may, at its option, elect to settle the warrants on a net share basis. As of June 29, 2014, the warrants had not been exercised and remained outstanding. The value of the warrants was initially recorded in equity and continues to be classified as equity.

80

2041 Notes

The 2041 Notes may be converted at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding February 15, 2041, at the option of the holder only under the following circumstances: 1) during the five business-day period after any ten consecutive trading-day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2041 Notes for each day of such measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock and the applicable conversion rate on each such trading day; 2) during any fiscal quarter, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price in effect on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter; or 3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On and after February 15, 2041 until the close of business on the third scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date of May 15, 2041, holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

Upon conversion, a holder will receive the conversion value of the 2041 Notes to be converted equal to the conversion rate multiplied by the volume weighted average price of the Company’s Common Stock during a specified period following the conversion date. The conversion value of each 2041 Note will be paid in: 1) cash equal to the principal amount of the note and 2) to the extent the conversion value exceeds the principal amount of the note, Common Stock (plus cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock). The conversion price will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for accrued interest. Upon a “fundamental change” at any time, as defined, the Company will in some cases increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its 2041 Notes in connection with such fundamental change. In addition, the holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their notes upon a “designated event” at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

On or after May 21, 2021, we may redeem all or part of the 2041 Notes for the principal plus any accrued and unpaid interest if the closing price of our Common Stock has been at least 150% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days during any period of 30 consecutive trading days prior to the date on which we provide notice of redemption.

Conversion Period

During the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013, and each consecutive quarter through June 29, 2014, the Company’s Common Stock for 20 or more trading days of the 30 consecutive trading days preceding the quarter end was greater than or equal to 130% of the 2041 Note conversion price. As a result, the 2041 Notes became convertible at the option of the holder anytime during the fiscal quarter ending September 29, 2013 and continue to be convertible through September 28, 2014. However, there have been no conversions of the 2041 Notes as of August 25, 2014.

In connection with the acquisition of Novellus in June 2012, the 2041 Notes could have been converted into the Company’s Common Stock at any time from and after the later of (1) the date that was 30 scheduled trading days immediately prior to the anticipated closing date of the merger and (2) the date on which we delivered to the note holders notice of the merger, until 35 business days after the actual closing date of the merger, or July 24, 2012. During the period ending June 24, 2012, 65 of the 2041 Notes, with a total par value of $65,000, were converted at the note holders’ option. In conjunction with the conversion, 137 shares of Common Stock were issued.

As a result of the open conversion period, the carrying amount of the 2041 Notes was classified in current liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013. The excess of the amount of cash payable, if converted, over the carrying amount of the 2041 Notes was classified as temporary equity as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013. Upon closure of a conversion period, all 2041 Notes not converted are reclassified back to noncurrent liabilities and the temporary equity is reclassified to permanent equity.

81

Fair Value of Notes

As of June 29, 2014, the face values of the 2016 Notes, 2018 Notes, and 2041 Notes were $450.0 million, $450.0 million, and $699.9 million, respectively. As of June 29, 2014, the fair values of the 2016 Notes, 2018 Notes, and 2041 Notes, which includes the debt and equity components, were approximately $556.3 million, $600.8 million, and $1,397.4 million respectively, based on quoted market prices (level 1 inputs within the fair value hierarchy).

Contractual Obligations

The Company’s contractual cash obligations relating to its convertible notes and other long-term debt as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Long-term Debt
	(in thousands)
Payments due by period:
One year*	$	699,935
Two years		450,000
Three years		—
Four years		450,000
Five years		—
Over five years		—
Total		1,599,935
Current portion of long-term debt		699,935
Long-term debt	$	900,000

* As noted above, the conversion period for the 2041 Notes opened as of December 29, 2013, and remains open as of June 29, 2014. As there is the potential for conversion at the option of the holder, the principal balance of the 2041 Notes has been included in the one year payment period. As of August 25, 2014, none of the 2041 Notes had been converted during the conversion period beginning December 29, 2013.

Revolving Credit Facility

On March 12, 2014, the Company entered into a $300 million revolving unsecured credit facility with a syndicate of lenders that matures on March 12, 2019. The facility includes an option, subject to certain requirements, for the Company to request an increase in the facility of up to an additional $200 million, for a potential total commitment of $500 million. Proceeds from the credit facility can be used for general corporate purposes.

Interest on amounts borrowed under the credit facility is, at the Company’s option, based on (i) a base rate, defined as the greatest of (a) prime rate, (b) Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, or (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus a spread of 0.0% to 0.5%, or (ii) LIBOR plus a spread of 0.9% to 1.5%, in each case the applicable spread is determined based on the rating of the Company’s non-credit enhanced, senior unsecured long-term debt. Principal, and any accrued and unpaid interest, is due and payable upon maturity. Additionally, the Company will pay the lenders a quarterly commitment fee that varies based on the Company’s rating described above. The credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants including maintaining a consolidated debt to total capitalization ratio of no more than 0.5 to 1.0 and maintaining unrestricted or unencumbered cash and investments of no less than $1.0 billion. As of June 29, 2014, we had no borrowings outstanding under the credit facility and were in compliance with all financial covenants.

82

Note 14: Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has certain obligations to make future payments under various contracts, some of these are recorded on its balance sheet and some are not. Obligations that are recorded on the Company’s balance sheet include the Company’s capital lease obligations. Obligations that are not recorded on the Company’s balance sheet include contractual relationships for operating leases, purchase obligations, and certain guarantees. The Company’s commitments relating to capital leases and off-balance sheet agreements are included in the tables below. These amounts exclude $258.4 million of liabilities related to uncertain tax benefits because the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the ultimate amount or time of settlement. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Capital Leases

Capital leases reflect building and office equipment leases. The Company’s contractual cash obligations relating to its existing capital leases, including interest, as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Capital Leases
	(in thousands)
Payments due by period:
One year	$	1,857
Two years		1,829
Three years		8,635
Total		12,321
Interest on capital leases		338
Current portion of capital leases		1,681
Long-term portion of capital leases	$	10,302

Operating Leases and Related Guarantees

The Company leases the majority of its administrative, R&D and manufacturing facilities, regional sales/service offices and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Certain of the Company’s facility leases for buildings located at its Fremont, California headquarters and certain other facility leases provide the Company with options to extend the leases for additional periods or to purchase the facilities. Certain of the Company’s facility leases provide for periodic rent increases based on the general rate of inflation. The Company’s rental expense for facilities occupied during fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012 was approximately $12 million, $14 million, and $11 million, respectively.

On December 31, 2013, the Company extinguished its two operating leases regarding certain improved properties in Livermore, California and its four amended and restated operating leases regarding certain improved properties in Fremont, California and entered into six amended operating leases (the “Operating Leases”) regarding certain improved properties at the Company’s headquarters in Fremont, California and certain other improved properties in Livermore, California.

The Operating Leases have a term of approximately seven years ending on December 31, 2020. The Company may, at its discretion and with 30 days’ notice, elect to purchase the property that is the subject of the Operating Leases for an amount approximating the sum required to pay the amount of the lessor’s investment in the property and any accrued but unpaid rent.

As of June 29, 2014, the Company was required, pursuant to the terms of the Operating Leases, to maintain cash collateral in an aggregate of approximately $132.5 million in separate interest-bearing accounts and

83

marketable securities collateral in an aggregate of approximately $8.0 million as security for the Company’s obligations under the Operating Leases. These amounts are recorded as restricted cash and investments in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 29, 2014.

During the term of the Operating Leases and when the terms of the Operating Leases expire, the property subject to those Operating Leases may be remarketed. The Company has guaranteed to the lessor that each property will have a certain minimum residual value. The aggregate guarantee made by the Company under the Operating Leases is generally no more than approximately $191.2 million; however, under certain default circumstances, the guarantee with regard to an Operating Lease may be 100% of the lessor’s aggregate investment in the applicable property, which in no case will exceed $220.0 million, in the aggregate.

The Company’s contractual cash obligations with respect to operating leases, excluding the residual value guarantees discussed above, as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Operating Leases
	(in thousands)
Payments due by period:
One year	$	15,109
Two years		11,047
Three years		8,701
Four years		3,029
Five years		2,549
Over five years		5,482
Less: Sublease Income		(675	)
Total	$	45,242

Other Guarantees

The Company has issued certain indemnifications to its lessors for taxes and general liability under some of its agreements. The Company has entered into certain insurance contracts that may limit its exposure to such indemnifications. As of June 29, 2014, the Company had not recorded any liability on its Consolidated Financial Statements in connection with these indemnifications, as it does not believe, based on information available, that it is probable that any amounts will be paid under these guarantees.

Generally, the Company indemnifies, under pre-determined conditions and limitations, its customers for infringement of third-party intellectual property rights by the Company’s products or services. The Company seeks to limit its liability for such indemnity to an amount not to exceed the sales price of the products or services subject to its indemnification obligations. The Company does not believe, based on information available, that it is probable that any material amounts will be paid under these guarantees.

The Company provides guarantees and standby letters of credit to certain parties as required for certain transactions initiated during the ordinary course of business. As of June 29, 2014, the maximum potential amount of future payments that we could be required to make under these arrangements and letters of credit was $20.6 million. We do not believe, based on historical experience and information currently available, that it is probable that any amounts will be required to be paid.

Purchase Obligations

Purchase obligations consist of significant contractual obligations either on an annual basis or over multi-year periods related to the Company’s outsourcing activities or other material commitments, including vendor-consigned inventories. The contractual cash obligations and commitments table presented below contains the Company’s minimum obligations at June 29, 2014 under these arrangements and others. For obligations with

84

cancellation provisions, the amounts included in the following table were limited to the non-cancelable portion of the agreement terms or the minimum cancellation fee. Actual expenditures will vary based on the volume of transactions and length of contractual service provided.

The Company’s commitments related to these agreements as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Purchase Obligations
	(in thousands)
Payments due by period:
One year	$	185,450
Two years		8,279
Three years		3,869
Four years		2,585
Five years		2,585
Over five years		2,928
Total	$	205,696

Warranties

The Company provides standard warranties on its systems. The liability amount is based on actual historical warranty spending activity by type of system, customer, and geographic region, modified for any known differences such as the impact of system reliability improvements.

Changes in the Company’s product warranty reserves were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period	$	58,078		$	70,161
Warranties issued during the period		87,922			74,779
Settlements made during the period		(80,280	)		(92,456	)
Changes in liability for pre-existing warranties		3,665			5,594
Balance at end of period	$	69,385		$	58,078

Legal Proceedings

The Company is either a defendant or plaintiff in various actions that have arisen from time to time in the normal course of business, including intellectual property claims. The Company accrues for a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether a loss is reasonably estimable. To the extent there is a reasonable possibility that the losses could exceed the amounts already accrued, the Company believes that the amount of any such additional loss would be immaterial to the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

85

Note 15: Income Taxes

The components of income (loss) before income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
United States	$	78,076	$	(46,392	)	$	(6,950	)
Foreign		645,287		113,050			211,368
	$	723,363	$	66,658		$	204,418

Significant components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to income before income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Federal:
Current	$	31,762		$	(1,096	)	$	5,038
Deferred		10,692			(60,172	)		(1,033	)
	$	42,454		$	(61,268	)	$	4,005
State:
Current	$	3,192		$	3,332		$	1,297
Deferred		(869	)		(6,351	)		336
	$	2,323		$	(3,019	)	$	1,633
Foreign:
Current	$	49,273		$	20,640		$	33,871
Deferred		(2,976	)		(3,574	)		(3,814	)
	$	46,297		$	17,066		$	30,057
Total Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes	$	91,074		$	(47,221	)	$	35,695

86

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes, and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as the tax effect of carryforwards. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Tax carryforwards	$	170,028		$	169,371
Allowances and reserves		126,895			94,720
Equity-based compensation		18,019			19,586
Inventory valuation differences		16,257			22,833
Other		12,065			11,286
Gross deferred tax assets		343,264			317,796
Valuation allowance		(74,439	)		(76,594	)
Net deferred tax assets		268,825			241,202
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible Assets		(87,329	)		(94,836	)
Convertible debt		(117,112	)		(98,482	)
Temporary differences for capital assets		(32,350	)		(41,470	)
Amortization of goodwill		(11,409	)		(9,950	)
Unremitted earnings of a foreign subsidiary		(34,346	)		(2,936	)
Other		(11,017	)		(11,645	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(293,563	)		(259,319	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	(24,738	)	$	(18,117	)

The change in the gross deferred tax assets, gross deferred tax liabilities and valuation allowance between fiscal year 2014 and 2013 is primarily attributable to accrual for future tax liability due to the expected repatriation of foreign earnings and amortization of convertible debt, offset by an increase in deferred tax assets related to allowances and reserves. Realization of the Company’s net deferred tax assets is based upon the weighting of available evidence, including such factors as the recent earnings history and expected future taxable income. The Company believes it is more-likely-than-not that such deferred tax assets will be realized with the exception of $74.4 million primarily related to California and certain foreign deferred tax assets.

The provisions related to the tax accounting for stock-based compensation prohibit the recognition of a deferred tax asset for an excess benefit that has not yet been realized. As a result, the Company will only recognize an excess benefit from stock-based compensation in additional paid-in-capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized after all other tax attributes currently available to us have been utilized. In addition, the Company continued to elect to account for the indirect benefits of stock-based compensation such as the research and development tax credit through the consolidated statement of operations.

At June 29, 2014, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $134.5 million. The majority of these losses will begin to expire in the year 2019, and are subject to limitations on their utilization.

As of June 29, 2014, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $31.9 million. If not utilized, the net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in the year 2015, and are subject to limitations on their utilization. The tax benefits relating to approximately $5.0 million of state net operating loss carryforwards will be credited to additional paid-in-capital when recognized.

87

At June 29, 2014, the Company had federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $107.8 million, of which $17.9 million will begin to expire in fiscal year 2017 and $87.1 million will begin to expire in fiscal year 2030. The remaining balance of $2.8 million of credits may be carried forward indefinitely. The tax benefits relating to approximately $13.0 million of federal tax credit carryforwards will be credited to additional paid-in-capital when recognized.

At June 29, 2014, the Company had state tax credit carryforwards of approximately $212.0 million. Substantially all state tax credit carryforwards may be carried forward indefinitely. The tax benefits relating to approximately $37.0 million of the state tax credit carryforwards will be credited to additional paid-in-capital when recognized.

At June 29, 2014, the Company had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $60.3 million, of which approximately $38.5 million may be carried forward indefinitely and $21.9 million will begin to expire in fiscal year 2015.

A reconciliation of income tax expense provided at the federal statutory rate (35% in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012) to actual income expense is as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Income tax expense computed at federal statutory rate	$	253,177		$	23,332		$	71,546
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		1,884			(13,588	)		(4,895	)
Foreign income taxed at different rates		(164,130	)		(40,255	)		(51,425	)
Tax credits		(15,650	)		(42,593	)		(5,791	)
State valuation allowance, net of federal tax benefit		(1,707	)		11,538			5,862
Equity-based compensation		23,167			20,318			14,123
Acquisition costs		—			—			5,683
Other permanent differences and miscellaneous items		(5,667	)		(5,973	)		592
	$	91,074		$	(47,221	)	$	35,695

Effective fiscal year 2014 through June 2023, the Company obtained a new tax ruling for one of its foreign subsidiaries in Switzerland. In the prior years, the Company had a tax holiday in Switzerland which was effective from fiscal year 2003 through June 2013. The impact of the tax ruling decreased income taxes by approximately $7.4 million, $10.8 million and $22.3 million for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The benefit of the tax ruling on diluted earnings per share was approximately $0.04 in fiscal year 2014, $0.06 in fiscal year 2013 and $0.18 in fiscal year 2012.

Unremitted earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries included in consolidated retained earnings aggregated to approximately $2.9 billion at June 29, 2014. These earnings are indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. If these earnings were remitted to the United States, they would be subject to U.S. and foreign withholding taxes of approximately $697.5 million at current statutory rates. The Company’s federal income tax provision includes U.S. income taxes on certain foreign-based income.

88

As of June 29, 2014, the total gross unrecognized tax benefits were $352.1 million compared to $333.1 million as of June 30, 2013, and $343.8 million as of June 24, 2012. During fiscal year 2014, gross unrecognized tax benefits increased by approximately $19.0 million. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate was $269.4 million, $257.7 million, and $278.2 million as of June 29, 2014, June 30, 2013, and June 24, 2012, respectively. The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits were as follows:

	(in millions)
Balance as of June 26, 2011	$	181.5
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities		(0.2	)
Lapse of statute of limitations		(6.6	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		1.4
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		(4.3	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period		22.3
Tax positions assumed in Novellus transaction		149.7
Balance as of June 24, 2012		343.8
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities		(3.4	)
Lapse of statute of limitations		(51.4	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		11.3
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		(11.3	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period		35.2
Tax positions assumed in Novellus transaction		8.9
Balance as of June 30, 2013		333.1
Lapse of statute of limitations		(16.0	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		6.2
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		(4.2	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period		33.0
Balance as of June 29, 2014	$	352.1

The Company recognizes interest expense and penalties related to the above unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. The Company had accrued $29.5 million, $25.5 million, and $25.2 million, cumulatively, for gross interest and penalties as of June 29, 2014, June 30, 3013, and June 24, 2012, respectively.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has contacted the Company for a limited scope audit of Novellus’ U.S. income tax return for the years 2010, 2011, and 2012. In addition, the Company is also subject to audits by state and foreign tax authorities. The Company is unable to make a reasonable estimate as to when cash settlements, if any, with the relevant taxing authorities will occur.

The Company files U.S. federal, U.S. state, and foreign income tax returns. As of June 29, 2014, tax years 2004-2013 remain subject to examination in the jurisdictions where the Company operates.

The Company is in various stages of the examinations in connection with all of its tax audits worldwide and it is difficult to determine when these examinations will be settled. It is reasonably possible that over the next twelve-month period the Company may experience an increase or decrease in its unrecognized tax benefits. It is not possible to determine either the magnitude or the range of any increase or decrease at this time.

Note 16: Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

There were no significant changes in the goodwill balance during the twelve months ended June 29, 2014. Of the $1.5 billion goodwill balance, $61 million is tax deductible and the remaining balance is not tax deductible due to purchase accounting and applicable foreign law.

89

Intangible Assets

The following table provides the Company’s intangible assets as of June 29, 2014:

	Gross		Accumulated Amortization			Net
	(in thousnds)
Customer relationships	$	615,618	$	(169,162	)	$	446,456
Existing technology		643,922		(224,246	)		419,676
Patents		32,253		(24,407	)		7,846
Other intangible assets		35,270		(35,270	)		—
Intangible assets subject to amortization		1,327,063		(453,085	)		873,978
In process research and development		11,000					11,000
Development rights		9,100					9,100
Intangible assets not subject to amortization		20,100					20,100
Total intangible assets	$	1,347,163	$	(453,085	)	$	894,078

The following table provides details of the Company’s intangible assets as of June 30, 2013:

	Gross		Accumulated Amortization			Net
	(in thousnds)
Customer relationships	$	624,686	$	(103,519	)	$	521,167
Existing technology		653,628		(139,894	)		513,734
Patents		32,053		(22,036	)		10,017
Backlog		10,000		(10,000	)		—
Other intangible assets		35,216		(34,889	)		327
Intangible assets subject to amortization		1,355,583		(310,338	)		1,045,245
In process research and development		20,000					20,000
Development rights		9,100					9,100
Intangible assets not subject to amortization		29,100					29,100
Total intangible assets	$	1,384,683	$	(310,338	)	$	1,074,345

The Company recognized $163.2 million, $177.6 million, and $26.9 million, in intangible asset amortization expense during fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The Company recognized a $4.0 million impairment of in process research and development during fiscal year 2014, due to the cancellation of a project.

The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets, excluding those with indefinite lives, as of June 29, 2014 was as follows:

Fiscal Year	Amount
	(in thousnds)
2014	$	156,719
2015		154,215
2016		152,494
2017		151,398
2018		120,254
Thereafter		138,898
	$	873,978

90

Intangible assets acquired during the 2014 fiscal year were as follows:

	Amount		Weighted- Average Useful Life
	(in thousands)		(Years)
Customer relationships	$	1,800	7
Existing technology		7,228	6
Patents		200	5
Total acquired intangible assets	$	9,228	6

Note 17: Segment, Geographic Information and Major Customers

The Company operates in one reportable business segment: manufacturing and servicing of wafer processing semiconductor manufacturing equipment. The Company’s material operating segments qualify for aggregation due to their customer base and similarities in economic characteristics, nature of products and services, and processes for procurement, manufacturing and distribution.

The Company operates in seven geographic regions: United States, Europe, Japan, Korea, Taiwan, China and Southeast Asia. For geographical reporting, revenue is attributed to the geographic location in which the customers’ facilities are located while long-lived assets are attributed to the geographic locations in which the assets are located.

Revenues and long-lived assets by geographic region were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Revenue:
Korea	$	1,127,406	$	603,821	$	893,549
Taiwan		1,049,214		1,026,548		467,922
Japan		634,131		368,095		308,189
China		623,408		319,282		143,769
United States		622,022		734,324		458,531
Europe		303,730		292,432		244,038
Southeast Asia		247,398		254,414		149,194
	$	4,607,309	$	3,598,916	$	2,665,192

	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	429,548	$	484,273	$	463,156
Europe		89,221		109,934		107,893
Korea		18,776		991		993
Taiwan		4,259		2,953		3,169
China		846		2,291		3,673
Southeast Asia		454		2,788		4,644
Japan		392		680		1,068
	$	543,496	$	603,910	$	584,596

91

In fiscal year 2014, three customers accounted for approximately 23%, 15%, and 14% of total revenues. In fiscal year 2013, three customers accounted for approximately 19%, 15%, and 11% of total revenues. In fiscal year 2012, three customers accounted for approximately 30%, 12%, and 10% of total revenues.

Note 18: Stock Repurchase Program

On April 22, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $250 million of Company Common Stock. The Company completed the repurchase of approximately $202 million available under this share repurchase authorization in the year ended June 29, 2014.

On April 29, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $850 million of Company Common Stock, including the unutilized value from the April 22, 2013 authorization. These repurchases can be conducted on the open market or as private purchases and may include the use of derivative contracts with large financial institutions, in all cases subject to compliance with applicable law. Repurchases will be funded using the Company’s on-shore cash and on-shore cash generation. This repurchase program has no termination date and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

Repurchases under the repurchase program were as follows during the periods indicated:

Period	Total Number  of Shares Repurchased		Total Cost  of Repurchase		Average Price Paid Per Share*		Amount Available Under  Repurchase Program **
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Available balance as of June 30, 2013							$	250,000
Quarter ended September 29, 2013		1,935	$	96,462	$	48.06	$	153,538
Quarter ended December 29, 2013		762	$	39,800	$	52.20	$	113,738
Quarter ended March 30, 2014		930	$	49,414	$	53.13	$	64,324
Authorization of new $850 million - April 2014							$	850,000
Quarter ended June 29, 2014		624	$	35,486	$	56.89	$	830,895

* Average price paid per share excludes accelerated share repurchases for which cost was incurred during the September 2013 quarter, but that did not settle until the December 2013 quarter. See Collared Accelerated Share Repurchases section below for details regarding average price associated with the transaction.

** During the quarter ended June 29, 2014, approximately $16.4 million of repurchases were prior to the new $850 million authorization.

In addition to shares repurchased under Board authorized repurchase program shown above, during the year ended June 29, 2014, the Company acquired 608,695 shares at a total cost of $32.0 million which the Company withheld through net share settlements to cover minimum tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of RSU awards granted under the Company’s equity compensation plans. The shares retained by the Company through these net share settlements are not a part of the Board-authorized repurchase program but instead are authorized under the Company’s equity compensation plans.

As part of its share repurchase program, the Company may from time-to-time enter into structured share repurchase arrangements with financial institutions using general corporate funds. Such arrangements entered into and settled during the year ended June 29, 2014 included the following:

Collared Accelerated Share Repurchases

During the fiscal year ended June 29, 2014, the Company entered into and settled a collared accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) transaction under a master repurchase arrangement. Under the ASR, the Company made an up-front cash payment of $75 million, in exchange for an initial delivery of 1.2 million shares of its Common Stock and a subsequent delivery of 0.3 million shares following the initial hedge period.

92

The number of shares to ultimately be repurchased by the Company is based generally on the volume-weighted average price (“VWAP”) of the Common Stock during the term of the ASR minus a pre-determined discount set at inception of the ASR, subject to collar provisions that provide a minimum and maximum number of shares that the Company could repurchase under the agreements. The minimum and maximum thresholds for the transaction were established based on the average of the VWAP prices for the Common Stock during an initial hedge period. At the conclusion of the ASR, the Company could have receive additional shares based on the VWAP of the Common Stock during the term of the agreement minus the pre-determined fixed discount; however, the total number of shares received under the ASR would not exceed the maximum of 1.7 million shares.

The counterparty designated October 28, 2013 as the termination date, at which time the Company settled the ASR. No additional shares were received at final settlement, which represented a weighted-average share price of approximately $50.40 for the transaction period.

The Company accounted for the ASR as two separate transactions: (a) as shares of Common Stock acquired in a treasury stock transaction recorded on the acquisition date and (b) as a forward contract indexed to the Company’s own Common Stock and classified in stockholders’ equity. As such, the Company accounted for the shares that it received under the ASR as a repurchase of its Common Stock for the purpose of calculating earnings per common share. The Company has determined that the forward contract indexed to the Common Stock met all of the applicable criteria for equity classification in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, and, therefore, the ASR was not accounted for as a derivative instrument. As of June 29, 2014, the aggregate repurchase price of $75 million was reflected as Treasury stock, at cost, in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Note 19: Subsequent Events

On July 2, 2014, the Company sold substantially all of Peter Wolters, a wholly owned subsidiary acquired as part of the Novellus acquisition, with net proceeds on sale of approximately $59 million. The pre-tax gain on sale is estimated at approximately $6 million.

93

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lam Research Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lam Research Corporation as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 29, 2014. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Lam Research Corporation at June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 29, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Lam Research Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 29, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated August 26, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California

August 26, 2014

94

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lam Research Corporation

We have audited Lam Research Corporation internal control over financial reporting as of June 29, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework). Lam Research Corporation management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying [title of management’s report]. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Lam Research Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 29, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2014 consolidated financial statements of Lam Research Corporation and our report dated August 26, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California

August 26, 2014

95

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION
By	/s/ Martin B. Anstice
	Martin B. Anstice
	President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated: August 26, 2014

96

POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES

By signing this Annual Report on Form 10-K below, I hereby appoint each of Martin B. Anstice and Douglas R. Bettinger, jointly and severally, as my attorney-in-fact to sign all amendments to this Form 10-K on my behalf, and to file this Form 10-K (including all exhibits and other related documents) with the Securities and Exchange Commission. I authorize each of my attorneys-in-fact to (1) appoint a substitute attorney-in-fact for himself and (2) perform any actions that he believes are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intention and purpose of this Power of Attorney. I ratify and confirm all lawful actions taken directly or indirectly by my attorneys-in-fact and by any properly appointed substitute attorneys-in-fact.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures	Title	Date
Principal Executive Officer
/s/ Martin B. Anstice       Martin B. Anstice	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director	August 26, 2014
Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer
/s/ Douglas R. Bettinger       Douglas R. Bettinger	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer	August 26, 2014
Other Directors /s/ Stephen G. Newberry       Stephen G. Newberry	Chairman	August 26, 2014
/s/ Eric K. Brandt       Eric K. Brandt	Director	August 26, 2014
/s/ Michael R. Cannon       Michael R. Cannon	Director	August 26, 2014
/s/ Youssef A. El-Mansy       Youssef A. El-Mansy	Director	August 26, 2014
/s/ Christine Heckart       Christine Heckart	Director	August 26, 2014
/s/ Grant M. Inman       Grant M. Inman	Director	August 26, 2014
/s/ Catherine P. Lego       Catherine P. Lego	Director	August 26, 2014
/s/ Krishna Saraswat       Krishna Saraswat	Director	August 26, 2014
/s/ William R. Spivey       William R. Spivey	Director	August 26, 2014
/s/ Abhi Talwalkar       Abhi Talwalkar	Director	August 26, 2014

97

LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

	Additions
Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Costs and Expenses		Write-offs, Net of Recoveries (1)			Balance at End  of Period
	(in thousands)
YEAR ENDED JUNE 29, 2014
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	5,448	$	14	$	(500	)	$	4,962
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2013
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	5,248	$	200	$	—		$	5,448
YEAR ENDED JUNE 24, 2012
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	4,720	$	403	$	125		$	5,248

(1) During fiscal year 2012, write-off, net of recoveries represents $0.1 million of recoveries against previously written-off balances

98

LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 29, 2014

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit	Description
3.1(2)	Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, dated September 7, 1989; as amended by the Agreement and Plan of Merger, Dated February 28, 1990; the Certificate of Amendment dated October 28, 1993; the Certificate of Ownership and Merger dated December 15, 1994; the Certificate of Ownership and Merger dated June 25, 1999 and the Certificate of Amendment effective as of March 7, 2000; and the Certificate of Amendment effective as of November 5, 2009.
3.2(28)	Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended, dated May 17, 2013.
3.3(2)	Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock dated January 27, 1997.
4.1(29)	Indenture (including Form of Notes), dated as of May 11, 2011, by and between Lam Research Corporation, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A, as trustee, with respect to the 2016 Notes
4.2(29)	Indenture (including Form of Notes), dated as of May 11, 2011, by and between Lam Research Corporation, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A, as trustee, with respect to the 2018 Notes
4.3(3)*	Amended and restated 1999 Stock Option Plan.
4.4(19)*	Lam Research Corporation 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.
4.5(6)*	Lam Research Corporation 2004 Executive Incentive Plan, as amended.
4.6(23)*	Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
4.7(10)*	Lam Research Corporation Elective Deferred Compensation Plan.
4.8(10)*	Lam Research Corporation Elective Deferred Compensation Plan II.
4.9(13)	Indenture between Novellus Systems, Inc. as Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee, dated as of May 10, 2011, including the form of 2.625% Senior Convertible Notes due 2041.
4.10(9)	Supplemental Indenture among the Registrant, as Guarantor, Novellus Systems, Inc. as Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee, dated as of June 4, 2012.
10.1(1)*	Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.2(4)*	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (U.S. Agreement) — Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10.3(5)	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement — Outside Directors (U.S. Agreement) — Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.4(5)	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement — Outside Directors (non-U.S. Agreement) — Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.5(7)*	Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.6(7)*	Reformation of Stock Option Agreement.
10.7(8)*	Stock Option Amendment and Special Bonus Agreement.

99

10.8(11)*	Employment Agreement with Stephen G. Newberry, dated November 30, 2011.
10.9(11)*	Employment Agreement with Martin B. Anstice, dated November 30, 2011.
10.10(12)*	Employment Agreement with Timothy M. Archer, dated March 6, 2012.
10.11(9)*	Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.12(14)*	Form of Novellus Directors and Officers Indemnification Agreement.
10.13(15)	Lease Guaranty between Novellus and Phoenix Industrial Investment Partners, L.P. dated January 21, 2003.
10.14(16)	Binding Memorandum of Understanding between Novellus, and Applied Materials, Inc., effective as of September 3, 2004. Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.
10.15(17)*	Novellus Amended Executive Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended.
10.16(18)*	Novellus Accelerated Stock Vesting Retirement Plan Summary.
10.17(20)*	Novellus Systems, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended July 18, 2012.
10.18(23)*	Forms of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under the Novellus 2011 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.19(20)*	Forms of restricted stock unit award agreement under the Novellus 2011 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.20(21)*	Employment Agreement with Douglas R. Bettinger, dated February 25, 2013.
10.21(23)*	Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement — Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.22(22)*	Employment Agreement with Ernest E. Maddock, dated September 7, 2012.
10.23(22)*	Employment Agreement with Richard A. Gottscho, dated September 7, 2012.
10.24(22)*	Form of Change in Control Agreement.
10.25(25)*	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (U.S. Participants) — Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10.26(24)*	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (International Participants) — Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10.27(24)*	Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement (U.S. Participants) — Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10.28(24)*	Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement (International Participants) — Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10.29(24)*	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (U.S. Participants) — Lam Research Corporation (Novellus Systems, Inc.) 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (As Amended)
10.30(24)*	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (International Participants) — Lam Research Corporation (Novellus Systems, Inc.) 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (As Amended)
10.31(24)*	Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement (U.S. Participants) — Lam Research Corporation (Novellus Systems, Inc.) 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (As Amended)
10.32(24)*	Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement (International Participants) — Lam Research Corporation (Novellus Systems, Inc.) 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (As Amended)
10.33(24)	Participation Agreement between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013

100

10.34(24)	Amended and Restated Lease Agreement (1 Portola Avenue Building) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.35(24)	Pledge Agreement (1 Portola Avenue Building) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.36(24)	Amended and Restated Lease Agreement (101 Portola Avenue Building) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.37(24)	Pledge Agreement (101 Portola Avenue Building) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.38(24)	Amended and Restated Lease Agreement (Fremont Building #1) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.39(24)	Pledge Agreement (Fremont Building #1) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.40(24)	Amended and Restated Lease Agreement (Fremont Building #3) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.41(24)	Pledge Agreement (Fremont Building #3) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.42(24)	Amended and Restated Lease Agreement (Fremont Building #3E) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.43(24)	Pledge Agreement (Fremont Building #3E) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.44(24)	Amended and Restated Lease Agreement (Fremont Building #4) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.45(24)	Pledge Agreement (Fremont Building #4) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.46(24)	Construction Agency Agreement (Fremont Building #3E) between Lam Research Corporation and BTMU Capital Leasing & Finance, Inc, dated December 31, 2013
10.47(24)*	Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement
10.48(24)*	Form of Amendment to Change in Control Agreement
10.49(25)*	Form of Market-Based Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (U.S. Participants) — Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10.50(25)*	Form of Market-Based Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (International Participants) — Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10.51(25)*	Form of Market-Based Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (U.S. Participants) — Lam Research Corporation (Novellus Systems, Inc.) 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (As Amended)
10.52(25)*	Form of Market-Based Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (International Participants) — Lam Research Corporation (Novellus Systems, Inc.) 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (As Amended)
10.53(26)	Credit Agreement dated March 12, 2014 among Lam Research Corporation and the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, BNP Paribas, Barclays Bank PLC, Citibank, N.A. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as co-documentation agents, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers

101

20.1(27)	Notice of Adjustment of Conversion Rate pursuant to the Indentures dated May 11, 2011, by and between Lam Research Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee with respect to the 0.5% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2016 and the 1.25% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2018, and Notice of Adjustment of Conversion Rate pursuant to the indenture dated May 10, 2011, by and between Novellus Systems Incorporated and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust company, N.A. as Trustee with respect to the 2.625% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2041.
21	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24	Power of Attorney (See Signature page)
31.1	Rule 13a — 14(a) / 15d — 14(a) Certification (Principal Executive Officer)
31.2	Rule 13a — 14(a) / 15d — 14(a) Certification (Principal Financial Officer)
32.1	Section 1350 Certification — (Principal Executive Officer)
32.2	Section 1350 Certification — (Principal Financial Officer)
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

(1) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 3, 1988.

(2) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Amendment No. 2 to its Annual Report on Form 10K/A for the fiscal
year ended June 25, 2000, and Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 10, 2009.

(3) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 29, 2002.

(4) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 24, 2006.

(5) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 25, 2007.

(6) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2010.

(7) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2008.

(8) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 8, 2008.

(9) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2012.

(10) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 26, 2011.

(11) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2011.

(12) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed on March 6, 2012.

(13) Incorporated by reference to Novellus’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 10, 2011 (SEC File No. 000-17157).

102

(14) Incorporated by reference to Novellus’ Current Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2002 (SEC File No. 000-17157).

(15) Incorporated by reference to Novellus’ Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 5, 2003 (SEC File No. 000-17157).

(16) Incorporated by reference to Novellus’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 24, 2004 (SEC File No. 000-17157).

(17) Incorporated by reference to Novellus’ Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 5, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-17157).

(18) Incorporated by reference to Novellus’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 2, 2010 (SEC File No. 000-17157).

(19) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 23, 2012.

(20) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 24, 2012.

(21) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2013.

(22) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 10, 2012.

(23) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013

(24) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 29, 2013

(25) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 18, 2014.

(26) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2014.

(27) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Form 8-K filed on June 10, 2014.

(28) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2013.

(29) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2011.

* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement in which executive officers
of the Company are eligible to participate.

103

EX-21

Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

SUBSIDIARY	STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF OPERATION
Lam Research AG	Austria
Lam Research Management GmbH	Austria
Novellus Systems Export, Inc.	Barbados
IPEC FSC Ltd	Barbados
IPEC International Sales FSC Ltd	Barbados
Novellus Systems, Inc.	California, United States
Novellus Systems International, LLC	California, United States
Angstron Systems, Inc.	California, United States
Gamma Precision Technology	California, United States
Lam Research International Holdings Ltd.	Cayman Islands
Lam Research (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.	China
Lam Research Service Co., Ltd.	China
Novellus Systems Semiconductor Equipment Shanghai Co. Ltd.	China
Novellus Systems International Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.	China
Lam Research International Holding Company	Delaware, United States
Metryx, Inc.	Delaware, United States
Novellus International Holdco, LLC.	Delaware, United States
SpeedFam-IPEC International Services, LLC	Delaware, United States
Tmation Inc.	Delaware, United States
Novellus Development Company, LLC	Delaware, United States
Silfex, Inc.	Delaware, United States
Lam Research SAS	France
Lam Research GmbH	Germany
Lam Research (H.K.) Limited	Hong Kong
Novellus Systems Service (Hong Kong) Limited	Hong Kong
Lam Research Illionois IAG, Inc	Illinois, United States
Lam Research (India) Private Ltd.	India
Lam Research (Ireland) Limited	Ireland
Novellus Systems Ireland Ltd.	Ireland
Lam Research (Israel) Ltd.	Israel
Lam Research Services Ltd.	Israel
GaSonics Israel Ltd.	Israel
Novellus Systems International BV, Israel Branch	Israel
Lam Research S.r.l.	Italy
Novellus Systems Italy SRL (in liquidation)	Italy
Lam Research Co., Ltd.	Japan
Lam Research Luxembourg S.à.r.l.	Luxembourg
SpeedFam IPEC (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.	Malaysia
Lam Research Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.	Malaysia
LAM Research B.V.	Netherlands
Lam Research International B.V.	Netherlands
Peter Wolters International Holding Company B.V.	Netherlands
Novellus Systems International B.V.	Netherlands
Voumard, Inc.	New York, United States
Lam Research Korea Limited	Republic of Korea

SUBSIDIARY	STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF OPERATION
Lam Research Korea LLC YH	Republic of Korea
Novellus Singapore Pte. Ltd., Korea Branch	Republic of Korea
Corus Manufacturing Ltd.	Republic of Korea
Lam Research Singapore Pte Ltd	Singapore
Novellus Systems International BV, Singapore Branch	Singapore
Novellus Singapore Pte. Ltd.	Singapore
Novellus Singapore Holdings Pte. Ltd.	Singapore
Lam Research Holding GmbH	Switzerland
Lam Research International Sàrl	Switzerland
Novellus Systems (Schweiz) Holding GmbH	Switzerland
Voumard Machines Co SARL	Switzerland
Lam Research Co., Ltd.	Taiwan
Lam Research (H.K.) Limited, Taiwan Branch	Taiwan
Novellus Systems Service (Hong Kong) Limited, Taiwan Branch	Taiwan
Lam Research Ltd.	United Kingdom
Metryx, Ltd.	United Kingdom
Lam Research IAG (U.K.) Ltd	United Kingdom
Novellus Systems UK Limited	United Kingdom

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

  1. Registration statement (Form S- 4 No. 333- 30545) of Lam Research Corporation and in the related Prospectus

  2. Registration statement (Form S-4 No. 333- 179267) of Lam Research Corporation and in the related Prospectus

  3. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-66833) pertaining to the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

  4. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333- 72751) pertaining to the Lam Research Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan

  5. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333- 93115) pertaining to the Lam Research Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan

  6. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333- 74500) pertaining to the 1999 Stock Option Plan, As Amended

  7. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333- 84638) pertaining to the Savings Plus Plan, Lam Research 401(K)

  8. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333- 127936) pertaining to the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended, 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended

  9. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333- 138545) pertaining to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

10. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333- 156335) pertaining to the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended

11. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333- 181878) pertaining to the Novellus Systems, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Novellus Plan”) Novellus Systems, Inc. Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) Lam Research Corporation 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (the “ESPP”)

12. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333- 185641) pertaining to the Savings Plus Plan, Lam Research 401(k).

Of our reports dated August 26, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Lam Research Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Lam Research Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10- K) of Lam Research Corporation for the year ended June 29, 2014, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California

August 26, 2014

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER)

I, Martin B. Anstice, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lam Research Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

August 26, 2014

/s/ Martin B. Anstice

Martin B. Anstice

President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER)

I, Douglas R. Bettinger, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lam Research Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

August 26, 2014

/s/ Douglas R. Bettinger

Douglas R. Bettinger

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER)

In connection with the Annual Report of Lam Research Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal period ending June 29, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Martin B. Anstice, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

August 26, 2014

/s/ Martin B. Anstice

Martin B. Anstice

President and Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that Lam Research Corporation specifically incorporates it by reference.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER)

In connection with the Annual Report of Lam Research Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal period ending June 29, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Douglas R. Bettinger, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

August 26, 2014

/s/ Douglas R. Bettinger

Douglas R. Bettinger

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that Lam Research Corporation specifically incorporates it by reference.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Schedule of Contractual Cash Obligations relating to Existing Capital Leases

The Company’s contractual cash obligations relating to its existing capital leases, including interest, as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Capital Leases
	(in thousands)
Payments due by period:
One year	$	1,857
Two years		1,829
Three years		8,635
Total		12,321
Interest on capital leases		338
Current portion of capital leases		1,681
Long-term portion of capital leases	$	10,302

Schedule of Contractual Cash Obligations Relating to Operating Leases

The Company’s contractual cash obligations with respect to operating leases, excluding the residual value guarantees discussed above, as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Operating Leases
	(in thousands)
Payments due by period:
One year	$	15,109
Two years		11,047
Three years		8,701
Four years		3,029
Five years		2,549
Over five years		5,482
Less: Sublease Income		(675	)
Total	$	45,242

Purchase Commitments

The Company’s commitments related to these agreements as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Purchase Obligations
	(in thousands)
Payments due by period:
One year	$	185,450
Two years		8,279
Three years		3,869
Four years		2,585
Five years		2,585
Over five years		2,928
Total	$	205,696

Schedule of Changes in Product Warranty Reserves

Changes in the Company’s product warranty reserves were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period	$	58,078		$	70,161
Warranties issued during the period		87,922			74,779
Settlements made during the period		(80,280	)		(92,456	)
Changes in liability for pre-existing warranties		3,665			5,594
Balance at end of period	$	69,385		$	58,078

XML

Schedule of Inventories (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Inventory [Line Items]
Raw materials	$ 449,623	$ 312,484
Work-in-process	126,564	101,530
Finished goods	164,316	145,303
Total inventories	$ 740,503	$ 559,317

XML

Financial Instruments - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Other than temporary impairment included in net realized gains (losses)	$ 0	$ 3,700,000	$ 1,700,000
Gains realized from sales of investments	1,500,000	1,600,000	1,400,000
Losses realized from sales of investments	(2,000,000)	(1,500,000)	(1,000,000)
Investment classified as short term, contractual maturity period	1 year
Gains (losses) accumulated in Other Comprehensive Income expects to reclassify from Other Comprehensive Income into earnings	100,000
Net derivative asset from master netting agreements	1,592,000	4,929,000
Accounts Receivable | Customer 1
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Percentage of account receivable by customer	15.00%	22.00%
Accounts Receivable | Customer 2
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Percentage of account receivable by customer	13.00%	14.00%
Accounts Receivable | Customer 3
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Percentage of account receivable by customer	12.00%
Accounts Receivable | Customer 4
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Percentage of account receivable by customer	12.00%
Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts | Cash flow hedging
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Potential effect of rights of set-off under master netting agreements for foreign exchange contracts assets	500,000	1,600,000
Potential effect of rights of set-off under master netting agreements for foreign exchange contracts liabilities	500,000	1,600,000
Net derivative asset from master netting agreements	$ 1,100,000	$ 3,300,000
Maximum
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Foreign currency forward contract, expiration period	24 months
Maximum | Majority of Contracts
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Foreign currency forward contract, expiration period	12 months

XML

Schedule of ESPP Weighted-Average Assumptions (Detail) (Employee Stock Purchase Plan)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected life (years)	8 months 5 days	7 months 21 days	8 months 19 days
Expected stock price volatility	30.24%	32.42%	44.22%
Risk-free interest rate	0.07%	0.15%	0.11%
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%

XML

Schedule of Property and Equipment Net (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Manufacturing, engineering and office equipment	$ 612,688	$ 521,047
Computer equipment and software	131,184	120,144
Land	52,784	65,360
Buildings	199,544	249,126
Leasehold improvements	80,569	76,225
Furniture and fixtures	20,026	21,110
Property and equipment, gross	1,096,795	1,053,012
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	(553,299)	(449,102)
Property and equipment, net	$ 543,496	$ 603,910	$ 584,596

XML

Schedule of Contractual Cash Obligations relating to Existing Capital Leases (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014
Capital Leased Assets [Line Items]
One year	$ 1,857
Two years	1,829
Three years	8,635
Total	12,321
Interest on capital leases	338
Current portion of capital leases	1,681
Long-term portion of capital leases	$ 10,302

XML

Schedule of Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value as Reported in Consolidated Balance Sheet (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Cash Equivalents	$ 1,173,551	$ 725,311
Short-Term Investments	1,612,967	1,334,746
Restricted Cash and Investments	140,587	164,885
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets	1,592	4,929
Other Assets	21,758	25,312
Total	2,950,455	2,255,183
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities	923	1,620
Other Non-current Liabilities	6	195
Total Liabilities	929	1,815
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Cash Equivalents	1,168,261	725,311
Short-Term Investments	204,549	155,293
Restricted Cash and Investments	140,587	164,885
Other Assets	21,758	25,312
Total	1,535,155	1,070,801
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Cash Equivalents	5,290
Short-Term Investments	1,408,418	1,179,453
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets	1,592	4,929
Total	1,415,300	1,184,382
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities	923	1,620
Total Liabilities	923	1,620
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Other Non-current Liabilities	6	195
Total Liabilities	$ 6	$ 195

XML

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Schedule of Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Accrued compensation	$	311,054	$	254,795
Warranty reserves		68,324		52,252
Income and other taxes payable		93,934		39,420
Dividends payable		29,240		—
Other		101,744		118,061
	$	604,296	$	464,528

XML

Schedule of Contractual Cash Obligations Relating to Operating Leases (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014
Operating Leased Assets [Line Items]
One year	$ 15,109
Two years	11,047
Three years	8,701
Four years	3,029
Five years	2,549
Over five years	5,482
Less: Sublease Income	(675)
Total	$ 45,242

XML

Schedule of Carrying Value of Convertible Senior Notes and Other Long-Term Debt (Parenthetical) (Detail)	12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014 0.50% Notes due 2016	Jun. 30, 2013 0.50% Notes due 2016	May 31, 2011 0.50% Notes due 2016	Jun. 29, 2014 1.25% Notes due 2018	Jun. 30, 2013 1.25% Notes due 2018	May 31, 2011 1.25% Notes due 2018	Jun. 29, 2014 2.625% Notes due 2041	Jun. 30, 2013 2.625% Notes due 2041	Jun. 24, 2012 2.625% Notes due 2041
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Convertible notes interest rate percentage	0.50%	0.50%	0.50%	1.25%	1.25%	1.25%	2.625%	2.625%	2.625%
Debt instruments maturity date	2016			2018			2041

XML

Schedule of Intangible Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross intangible assets subject to amortization	$ 1,327,063	$ 1,355,583
Total gross intangible assets	1,347,163	1,384,683
Accumulated Amortization	(453,085)	(310,338)
Net intangible assets subject to amortization	873,978	1,045,245
Intangible assets, net	894,078	1,074,345
Intangible assets not subject to amortization	20,100	29,100
In Process Research And Development
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets not subject to amortization	11,000	20,000
Development Rights
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets not subject to amortization	9,100	9,100
Customer Relationships
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross intangible assets subject to amortization	615,618	624,686
Accumulated Amortization	(169,162)	(103,519)
Net intangible assets subject to amortization	446,456	521,167
Existing Technology
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross intangible assets subject to amortization	643,922	653,628
Accumulated Amortization	(224,246)	(139,894)
Net intangible assets subject to amortization	419,676	513,734
Patents
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross intangible assets subject to amortization	32,253	32,053
Accumulated Amortization	(24,407)	(22,036)
Net intangible assets subject to amortization	7,846	10,017
Backlog
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross intangible assets subject to amortization		10,000
Accumulated Amortization		(10,000)
Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross intangible assets subject to amortization	35,270	35,216
Accumulated Amortization	(35,270)	(34,889)
Net intangible assets subject to amortization		$ 327

XML

Schedule of Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Schedule of Accrued Liabilities [Line Items]
Accrued compensation	$ 311,054	$ 254,795
Warranty reserves	68,324	52,252
Income and other taxes payable	93,934	39,420
Dividends payable	29,240
Other	101,744	118,061
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$ 604,296	$ 464,528

XML

Schedule of Contractual Cash Obligations Relating to Convertible Notes and Other Long Term Debt (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014		Jun. 30, 2013
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Current portion of long-term debt	$ 516,600		$ 513,000
Long-term debt	806,900		777,400
Contractual Obligations
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
One year	699,935	[1]
Two years	450,000
Three years
Four years	450,000
Five years
Over five years
Total	1,599,935
Current portion of long-term debt	699,935
Long-term debt	$ 900,000

[1] As noted above, the conversion period for the 2041 Notes opened as of December 29, 2013, and remains open as of June 29, 2014. As there is the potential for conversion at the option of the holder, the principal balance of the 2041 Notes has been included in the one year payment period. As of August 25, 2014, none of the 2041 Notes had been converted during the conversion period beginning December 29, 2013.

XML

Reconciliation of Income Tax Expense Provided at Federal Statutory Rate to Actual Income Expense (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Reconciliation Of Income Taxes [Line Items]
Income tax expense computed at federal statutory rate	$ 253,177	$ 23,332	$ 71,546
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	1,884	(13,588)	(4,895)
Foreign income taxed at different rates	(164,130)	(40,255)	(51,425)
Tax credits	(15,650)	(42,593)	(5,791)
State valuation allowance, net of federal tax benefit	(1,707)	11,538	5,862
Equity-based compensation	23,167	20,318	14,123
Acquisition costs			5,683
Other permanent differences and miscellaneous items	(5,667)	(5,973)	592
Total Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes	$ 91,074	$ (47,221)	$ 35,695

XML

Schedule of Changes in Product Warranty Reserves (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Product Warranty Liability [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 58,078	$ 70,161
Warranties issued during the period	87,922	74,779
Settlements made during the period	(80,280)	(92,456)
Changes in liability for pre-existing warranties	3,665	5,594
Balance at end of period	$ 69,385	$ 58,078

XML

Changes in Balance of Gross Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Schedule of Unrecognized Tax Benefits [Line Items]
Beginning balance	$ 333.1	$ 343.8	$ 181.5
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities		(3.4)	(0.2)
Lapse of statute of limitations	(16.0)	(51.4)	(6.6)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods	6.2	11.3	1.4
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods	(4.2)	(11.3)	(4.3)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period	33.0	35.2	22.3
Tax positions assumed in Novellus transaction		8.9	149.7
Ending balance	$ 352.1	$ 333.1	$ 343.8

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended					12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012	Jun. 29, 2014 Operating Lease Cash Collateral	Jun. 29, 2014 Operating Lease Marketable Securities Collateral	Jun. 29, 2014 Amended	Jun. 29, 2014 Operating Leases	Dec. 31, 2013 Operating Leases Leases	Dec. 31, 2013 Operating Leases Amended And Restated Leases	Dec. 31, 2013 Operating Leases Amended Leases	Jun. 29, 2014 Standby Letters of Credit
Commitments and Contingencies [Line Items]
Liabilities related to uncertain tax benefits	$ 258,400,000
Rental expense	12,000,000	14,000,000	11,000,000
Number of operating leases extinguished								2	4
Number of operating leases										6
Approximate Operating Lease term, years						7 years
Operating Leases expiration date						Dec. 31, 2020
Operating Lease purchase option notification period, days	30 days
Restricted collateral for leasing arrangements	146,492,000	166,536,000		132,500,000	8,000,000
Operating Lease residual value of guarantee, maximum							191,200,000
Maximum percentage of aggregate investment value guaranteed							100.00%
Guarantee Obligation Maximum Exposure							$ 220,000,000				$ 20,600,000

XML

Retirement and Deferred Compensation Plans - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Employee Benefit Plan [Line Items]
Employee 401K contribution	1.00%
Employee 401K contribution	75.00%
Employer contribution matching percentage	50.00%
Maximum employee contributions matched by the Company	6.00%
Defined benefit plan, contribution by employer	$ 10.2	$ 8.7	$ 5.8
Deferred compensation plan maximum distribution period	20 years
Liabilities of Company to plan participants	93.8	79.7
Assets correlated to the deferred compensation obligation	116.7	98.1
Defined benefit obligations	$ 29.0	$ 21.4
Minimum
Employee Benefit Plan [Line Items]
Payment of benefits, duration after opening of a deferral subaccount or upon retirement	3 years

XML

Segment, Geographic Information and Major Customers

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Segment, Geographic Information and Major Customers

Note 17: Segment, Geographic Information and Major Customers

The Company operates in one reportable business segment: manufacturing and servicing of wafer processing semiconductor manufacturing equipment. The Company’s material operating segments qualify for aggregation due to their customer base and similarities in economic characteristics, nature of products and services, and processes for procurement, manufacturing and distribution.

The Company operates in seven geographic regions: United States, Europe, Japan, Korea, Taiwan, China and Southeast Asia. For geographical reporting, revenue is attributed to the geographic location in which the customers’ facilities are located while long-lived assets are attributed to the geographic locations in which the assets are located.

Revenues and long-lived assets by geographic region were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Revenue:
Korea	$	1,127,406	$	603,821	$	893,549
Taiwan		1,049,214		1,026,548		467,922
Japan		634,131		368,095		308,189
China		623,408		319,282		143,769
United States		622,022		734,324		458,531
Europe		303,730		292,432		244,038
Southeast Asia		247,398		254,414		149,194
	$	4,607,309	$	3,598,916	$	2,665,192

	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	429,548	$	484,273	$	463,156
Europe		89,221		109,934		107,893
Korea		18,776		991		993
Taiwan		4,259		2,953		3,169
China		846		2,291		3,673
Southeast Asia		454		2,788		4,644
Japan		392		680		1,068
	$	543,496	$	603,910	$	584,596

In fiscal year 2014, three customers accounted for approximately 23%, 15%, and 14% of total revenues. In fiscal year 2013, three customers accounted for approximately 19%, 15%, and 11% of total revenues. In fiscal year 2012, three customers accounted for approximately 30%, 12%, and 10% of total revenues.

XML

Schedule of Amortized Cost and Fair Value of Cash Equivalents, Short-Term Investments, and Restricted Cash and Investments with Contractual Maturities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Due in one year or less, cost	$ 1,464,736
Due after one year through five years, cost	1,146,839
Due in more than five years, cost	313,353
Cost	2,924,928
Due in one year or less, estimated fair value	1,465,185
Due after one year through five years, estimated fair value	1,149,380
Due in more than five years, estimated fair value	312,540
Estimated Fair Value	$ 2,927,105	$ 2,224,942

XML

Segment, Geographic Information and Major Customers (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Revenues and Long Lived Assets by Geographic Region

Revenues and long-lived assets by geographic region were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Revenue:
Korea	$	1,127,406	$	603,821	$	893,549
Taiwan		1,049,214		1,026,548		467,922
Japan		634,131		368,095		308,189
China		623,408		319,282		143,769
United States		622,022		734,324		458,531
Europe		303,730		292,432		244,038
Southeast Asia		247,398		254,414		149,194
	$	4,607,309	$	3,598,916	$	2,665,192

	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	429,548	$	484,273	$	463,156
Europe		89,221		109,934		107,893
Korea		18,776		991		993
Taiwan		4,259		2,953		3,169
China		846		2,291		3,673
Southeast Asia		454		2,788		4,644
Japan		392		680		1,068
	$	543,496	$	603,910	$	584,596

XML

Schedule of Recognized Interest Cost Relating to Both Contractual Interest Coupon and Amortization of Discount on Liability Component of Notes (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Amortization of interest discount	$ 33,063,000	$ 31,558,000	$ 27,028,000
2016, 2018 and 2041 Senior Notes
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Contractual interest coupon	26,200,000	26,200,000	9,200,000
Amortization of interest discount	33,100,000	31,600,000	27,000,000
Amortization of issuance costs	2,400,000	2,400,000	2,400,000
Total interest cost recognized	$ 61,700,000	$ 60,200,000	$ 38,600,000

XML

Subsequent Events - Additional Information (Detail) (Subsequent Event, USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended
	Jul. 02, 2014
Subsequent Event
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Net proceeds on sale of Industrial Applications Group	$ 59
Estimated pre-tax gain on sale of Industrial Applications Group	$ 6

XML

Equity-Based Compensation Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Summary of Stock Plan Activity

A summary of stock plan transactions is as follows:

	Options Outstanding					Restricted Stock Units Outstanding
	Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Fair Market Value at Grant
June 26, 2011		309,933		$	21.50		2,331,340		$	39.90
Awards assumed in Novellus acquisition		3,932,143		$	25.17		1,291,808		$	35.99
Granted		—		$	—		2,336,283		$	41.23
Exercised		(74,615	)	$	23.70
Canceled		(265,384	)	$	21.71		(120,070	)	$	40.91
Vested restricted stock							(1,507,883	)	$	35.47
June 24, 2012		3,902,077		$	25.14		4,331,478		$	41.01
Granted		288,867		$	42.59		2,563,670		$	38.76
Exercised		(1,546,028	)	$	25.47
Canceled		(73,993	)	$	26.24		(299,079	)	$	39.70
Vested restricted stock							(1,754,273	)	$	42.52
June 30, 2013		2,570,923		$	26.87		4,841,796		$	39.32
Granted		166,455		$	51.76		2,811,602		$	53.21
Exercised		(1,403,019	)	$	24.75
Canceled		(2,473	)	$	30.21		(281,476	)	$	41.16
Vested restricted stock							(1,736,453	)	$	40.39
June 29, 2014		1,331,886		$	32.20		5,635,469		$	45.83

Outstanding and Exercisable Options by Price Range

Outstanding and exercisable options presented by price range at June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Number of Options Outstanding		Weighted- Average Remaining Life (Years)		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Number of Options Exercisable		Weighted- Average Exercise Price
$9.44-$19.05		152,182		4.41	$	13.09		152,182	$	13.09
$21.04-$25.60		201,958		2.86	$	22.46		192,569	$	22.42
$26.87-29.68		476,518		4.21	$	29.26		377,573	$	29.28
$31.45-$35.68		45,906		6.77	$	32.63		19,446	$	33.09
$42.41-$51.76		455,322		6.00	$	45.94		—		—
$9.44-$51.76		1,331,886		4.73	$	32.20		741,770	$	24.28

Recognized Equity Based Compensation Expenses and Benefits

The Company recognized the following equity-based compensation expenses and benefits during the fiscal years noted:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in millions)
Equity-based compensation expense	$	103.7	$	99.3	$	81.6
Income tax benefit recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations related to equity-based compensation	$	16.9	$	17.6	$	12.2
Tax benefit realized from the exercise and vesting of options and RSUs	$	32.0	$	21.6	$	11.8

Schedule of Stock Options Weighted Average Assumptions

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
Expected volatility		35.28	%		36.60	%		38.04	%
Risk-free interest rate		1.39	%		0.81	%		0.55	%
Expected term (years)		4.78			4.79			3.89
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%

Intrinsic Value of Stock Options

The year-end intrinsic value relating to stock options for fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012 is presented below:

	Year Ended
	June 29,		June 30,		June 24,
	2014		2013		2012
	(millions)
Intrinsic value - options outstanding	$	46.3	$	44.9	$	49.9
Intrinsic value - options exercisable	$	31.7	$	36.9	$	30.1
Intrinsic value - options exercised	$	41.4	$	25.4	$	1.3

Schedule of ESPP Weighted-Average Assumptions

ESPP rights were valued using the Black-Scholes model. During fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012 ESPP was valued assuming the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
Expected life (years)		0.68			0.64			0.72
Expected stock price volatility		30.24	%		32.42	%		44.22	%
Risk-free interest rate		0.07	%		0.15	%		0.11	%
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%

XML

Schedule of Fair Value of Derivatives Instruments (Detail) (Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts, USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives, Fair Value	$ 1,592	$ 4,929
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets | Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives, Fair Value	483	4,858
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets | Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives, Fair Value	1,109	71
Accrued Liabilities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Liability Derivatives, Fair Value	923	1,620
Accrued Liabilities | Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Liability Derivatives, Fair Value	805	1,577
Accrued Liabilities | Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Liability Derivatives, Fair Value	$ 118	$ 43

XML

Recognized Equity Based Compensation Expenses and Related Income Tax Benefit (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Equity-based compensation expense	$ 103.7	$ 99.3	$ 81.6
Income tax benefit recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations related to equity-based compensation	16.9	17.6	12.2
Tax benefit realized from the exercise and vesting of options and RSUs	$ 32.0	$ 21.6	$ 11.8

XML

Components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014		Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance as of June 30, 2013	$ (28,693)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications	11,549
Losses (gains) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income	(11,511)
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)	38		5,125	(43,579)
Balance as of June 29, 2014	(28,655)		(28,693)
Accumulated Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance as of June 30, 2013	(17,178)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications	4,976
Losses (gains) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income	(784)
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)	4,192
Balance as of June 29, 2014	(12,986)
Accumulated Unrealized Holding Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance as of June 30, 2013	2,822
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications	8,004
Losses (gains) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income	(10,892)	[1]
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)	(2,888)
Balance as of June 29, 2014	(66)
Accumulated Unrealized Holding Gains (Losses) on Available-For-Sale Investments
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance as of June 30, 2013	(15)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications	1,407
Losses (gains) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income	165	[2]
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)	1,572
Balance as of June 29, 2014	1,557
Accumulated Unrealized Components of Defined Benefit Plans
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance as of June 30, 2013	(14,322)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications	(2,838)
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)	(2,838)
Balance as of June 29, 2014	$ (17,160)

[1] Amount of after tax gains reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into net income located in revenue: $8,009; cost of goods sold: $2,057; and selling, general and administrative expenses: $826.

[2] Amount of loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into net income located in other expense, net

XML

Summary of Investments (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Estimated Fair Value	$ 2,927,105	$ 2,224,942
Municipal Notes And Bonds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	334,329	268,390
Unrealized Gain	1,108	805
Unrealized (Loss)	(4)	(449)
Estimated Fair Value	335,433	268,746
Corporate Notes And Bonds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	1,007,089	861,109
Unrealized Gain	2,034	1,328
Unrealized (Loss)	(335)	(1,945)
Estimated Fair Value	1,008,788	860,492
Short-term Investments
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	1,610,790	1,335,868
Unrealized Gain	3,577	2,718
Unrealized (Loss)	(1,400)	(3,841)
Estimated Fair Value	1,612,967	1,334,745
Cash
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	285,031	438,813
Estimated Fair Value	285,031	438,813
Fixed Income Money Market Funds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	1,168,261	725,311
Estimated Fair Value	1,168,261	725,311
US Treasury and Agencies
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	212,436	155,648
Unrealized Gain	178	18
Unrealized (Loss)	(27)	(373)
Estimated Fair Value	212,587	155,293
Government-Sponsored Enterprises
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	27,666	54,835
Unrealized Gain	41	65
Unrealized (Loss)	(15)	(95)
Estimated Fair Value	27,692	54,805
Foreign Government Bonds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	35,438	24,950
Unrealized Gain	57	47
Unrealized (Loss)	(28)	(25)
Estimated Fair Value	35,467	24,972
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	27,067	27,618
Unrealized Gain	59	29
Unrealized (Loss)	(182)	(282)
Estimated Fair Value	26,944	27,365
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	112,642	108,204
Unrealized Gain	100	426
Unrealized (Loss)	(809)	(672)
Estimated Fair Value	111,933	107,958
Cash And Short Term Investments [Member]
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	3,209,959	2,664,878
Unrealized Gain	3,577	2,718
Unrealized (Loss)	(1,400)	(3,841)
Estimated Fair Value	3,212,136	2,663,755
Publicly Traded Equity Securities
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost		5,610
Unrealized Gain		1,486
Estimated Fair Value		7,096
Private Equity Securities
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost		5,000
Estimated Fair Value		5,000
Mutual Funds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	18,784	16,611
Unrealized Gain	2,974	1,619
Unrealized (Loss)		(14)
Estimated Fair Value	21,758	18,216
Financial Instruments
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	3,228,743	2,692,099
Unrealized Gain	6,551	5,823
Unrealized (Loss)	(1,400)	(3,855)
Estimated Fair Value	3,233,894	2,694,067
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	1,452,677	1,162,473
Estimated Fair Value	1,452,677	1,162,473
Restricted Cash And Investments
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	146,492	166,536
Estimated Fair Value	146,492	166,536
Other Assets
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Cost	18,784	27,222
Unrealized Gain	2,974	3,105
Unrealized (Loss)		(14)
Estimated Fair Value	$ 21,758	$ 30,313

XML

Company and Industry Information

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Company and Industry Information

Note 1: Company and Industry Information

The Company designs, manufactures, markets, refurbishes and services semiconductor processing equipment used in the fabrication of integrated circuits. Semiconductor wafers are subjected to a complex series of process and preparation steps that result in the simultaneous creation of many individual integrated circuits. The Company leverages its expertise in the areas of deposition, etch, and single-wafer clean to develop processing solutions that are designed to benefit its customers through lower defect rates, enhanced yields, faster processing time, and reduced cost.

The Company sells its products and services primarily to companies involved in the production of semiconductors in North America, Europe, Taiwan, Korea, Japan, and other countries in Asia Pacific.

The semiconductor industry is cyclical in nature and has historically experienced periodic downturns and upturns. Today’s leading indicators of changes in customer investment patterns, such as electronics demand, memory pricing, and foundry utilization rates, may not be any more reliable than in prior years. Demand for the Company’s equipment can vary significantly from period to period as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, economic conditions, supply, demand, and prices for semiconductors, customer capacity requirements, and the Company’s ability to develop and market competitive products. For these and other reasons, the Company’s results of operations for fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012 may not necessarily be indicative of future operating results.

XML

Components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Parenthetical) (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income	$ 11,511
Reclassified to Revenue
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income	8,009
Reclassified to cost of goods sold
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income	2,057
Reclassified to selling, general, and administrative
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income	$ 826

XML

Stock Repurchase Program (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Schedule of Repurchases under Repurchase Program

Repurchases under the repurchase program were as follows during the periods indicated:

Period	Total Number  of Shares Repurchased		Total Cost  of Repurchase		Average Price Paid Per Share*		Amount Available Under  Repurchase Program **
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Available balance as of June 30, 2013							$	250,000
Quarter ended September 29, 2013		1,935	$	96,462	$	48.06	$	153,538
Quarter ended December 29, 2013		762	$	39,800	$	52.20	$	113,738
Quarter ended March 30, 2014		930	$	49,414	$	53.13	$	64,324
Authorization of new $850 million - April 2014							$	850,000
Quarter ended June 29, 2014		624	$	35,486	$	56.89	$	830,895

* Average price paid per share excludes accelerated share repurchases for which cost was incurred during the September 2013 quarter, but that did not settle until the December 2013 quarter. See Collared Accelerated Share Repurchases section below for details regarding average price associated with the transaction.

** During the quarter ended June 29, 2014, approximately $16.4 million of repurchases were prior to the new $850 million authorization.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred and title has passed or services have been rendered, the selling price is fixed or determinable, collection of the receivable is reasonably assured, and the Company has received customer acceptance, or is otherwise released from our customer acceptance obligations. If terms of the sale provide for a lapsing customer acceptance period, the Company recognizes revenue upon the expiration of the lapsing acceptance period or customer acceptance, whichever occurs first. If the practices of a customer do not provide for a written acceptance or the terms of sale do not include a lapsing acceptance provision, the Company recognizes revenue when it can be reliably demonstrated that the delivered system meets all of the agreed-to customer specifications. In situations with multiple deliverables, revenue is recognized upon the delivery of the separate elements to the customer and when the Company receives customer acceptance or is otherwise released from its customer acceptance obligations. Revenue from multiple-element arrangements is allocated among the separate elements based on their relative selling prices, provided the elements have value on a stand-alone basis. Our sales arrangements do not include a general right of return. The maximum revenue recognized on a delivered element is limited to the amount that is not contingent upon the delivery of additional items. Revenue related to sales of spare parts and system upgrade kits is generally recognized upon shipment. Revenue related to services is generally recognized upon completion of the services requested by a customer order. Revenue for extended maintenance service contracts with a fixed payment amount is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. When goods or services have been delivered to the customer but all conditions for revenue recognition have not been met, the Company defers revenue recognition until customer acceptance and records the deferred revenue and/or deferred costs of sales in deferred profit on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Inventory Valuation

Inventory Valuation: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using standard costs which approximate actual costs on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company maintains a perpetual inventory system and continuously records the quantity on-hand and standard cost for each product, including purchased components, subassemblies, and finished goods. The Company maintains the integrity of perpetual inventory records through periodic physical counts of quantities on hand. Finished goods are reported as inventories until the point of title transfer to the customer. Transfer of title for shipments to Japanese customers generally occurs at time of customer acceptance.

Standard costs are reassessed as needed but annually at a minimum, and reflect acquisition costs. Acquisition costs are generally based on the most recent vendor contract prices for purchased parts, normalized assembly and test labor utilization levels, methods of manufacturing, and normalized overhead. Manufacturing labor and overhead costs are attributed to individual product standard costs at a level planned to absorb spending at average utilization volumes.

Management evaluates the need to record adjustments for impairment of inventory at least quarterly. The Company’s policy is to assess the valuation of all inventories including manufacturing raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods, and spare parts in each reporting period. Obsolete inventory or inventory in excess of management’s estimated usage requirement is written down to its estimated market value if less than cost. Estimates of market value include, but are not limited to, management’s forecasts related to the Company’s future manufacturing schedules, customer demand, technological and/or market obsolescence, general semiconductor market conditions, possible alternative uses, and ultimate realization of excess inventory. If future customer demand or market conditions are less favorable than the Company’s projections, additional inventory write-downs may be required and would be reflected in cost of sales in the period the revision is made.

Warranty

Warranty: Typically, the sale of semiconductor capital equipment includes providing parts and service warranty to customers as part of the overall price of the system. The Company provides standard warranties for its systems. The Company records a provision for estimated warranty expenses to cost of sales for each system upon revenue recognition. The amount recorded is based on an analysis of historical activity which uses factors such as type of system, customer, geographic region, and any known factors such as tool reliability trends. All actual or estimated parts and labor costs incurred in subsequent periods are charged to those established reserves on a system-by-system basis.

While the Company periodically monitors the performance and cost of warranty activities, if actual costs incurred are different than its estimates, the Company may recognize adjustments to provisions in the period in which those differences arise or are identified. In addition to the provision of standard warranties, the Company offers customer-paid extended warranty services. Revenues for extended maintenance and warranty services with a fixed payment amount are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. Related costs are recorded as incurred.

Equity-based Compensation - Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") and Employee Stock Plans

Equity-based Compensation — Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and Employee Stock Plans: The Company recognizes the fair value of equity-based awards as employee compensation expense. The fair value of the Company’s RSUs, excluding market-based performance RSUs, was calculated based on the fair market value of Company stock at the date of grant. The fair value of the Company’s market-based performance RSUs was calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation model at the date of the grant. The fair value of the Company’s stock options and ESPP awards was estimated using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. This model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including expected stock price volatility and the estimated life of each award. The fair value of equity-based awards is amortized over the vesting period of the award and the Company has elected to use the straight-line method of amortization.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes: Deferred income taxes reflect the net effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as the tax effect of carryforwards. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized. Realization of the Company’s net deferred tax assets is dependent on future taxable income. The Company believes it is more-likely-than-not that such assets will be realized; however, ultimate realization could be negatively impacted by market conditions and other variables not known or anticipated at the time. In the event that the Company determines that it would not be able to realize all or part of its net deferred tax assets, an adjustment would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Likewise, if the Company later determined that it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets would be realized, then the previously provided valuation allowance would be reversed.

The Company recognizes the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. Our policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax credits, benefits, and deductions, and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes, as well as the interest and penalties relating to these uncertain tax positions. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to our tax provision in a subsequent period.

In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained on tax audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires the Company to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. The Company reevaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period such determination is made.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Intangible Assets: The valuation of intangible assets acquired in a business combination requires the use of management estimates including but not limited to estimating future expected cash flows from assets acquired and determining discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. Estimates associated with the accounting for acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available.

Goodwill represents the amount by which the purchase price of a business combination exceeds the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Each component of the Company for which discrete financial information is available and for which segment management regularly reviews the results of operations is considered a reporting unit. All goodwill acquired in a business combination is assigned to one or more reporting units as of the acquisition date. Goodwill is assigned to the Company’s reporting units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. The goodwill assigned to a reporting unit is the difference between the acquisition consideration assigned to the reporting unit on a relative fair value basis and the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities that can be specifically attributed to the reporting unit. The Company tests goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for impairment at least annually. The value intangible assets with estimable useful lives is amortized over their respective estimated useful lives, and the Company reviews for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the intangible asset may not be recoverable and the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

The Company reviews goodwill at least annually for impairment. Should certain events or indicators of impairment occur between annual impairment tests, the Company would perform an impairment test at that date. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, the Company: (1) allocates goodwill to our reporting units to which the acquired goodwill relates; (2) estimates the fair value of its reporting units; and (3) determines the carrying value (book value) of those reporting units. Prior to this allocation of the assets to the reporting units, the Company is required to assess long-lived assets for impairment. Furthermore, if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value, the Company must estimate the fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities of that reporting unit, in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an acquired business. This can require independent valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets such as in-process research and development and developed technology. Only after this process is completed can the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, be determined. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative analysis. The Company does not calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more-likely-than-not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The Company did not record impairments of goodwill during the years ended June 29, 2014, June 30, 2013, or June 24, 2012.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units by using a weighted combination of both a market and an income approach, as this combination is deemed to be the most indicative of our fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants.

Under the market approach, the Company utilizes information regarding the reporting unit as well as publicly available industry information to determine various financial multiples to value our reporting units. Under the income approach, the Company determines fair value based on estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn.

In estimating the fair value of a reporting unit for the purposes of the Company’s annual or periodic analyses, the Company makes estimates and judgments about the future cash flows of its reporting units, including estimated growth rates and assumptions about the economic environment. Although the Company’s cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with the plans and estimates it is using to manage the underlying businesses, there is significant judgment involved in determining the cash flows attributable to a reporting unit. In addition, the Company makes certain judgments about allocating shared assets to the estimated balance sheets of our reporting units. The Company also considers its market capitalization and that of its competitors on the date it performs the analysis. Changes in judgment on these assumptions and estimates could result in a goodwill impairment charge.

As a result, several factors could result in impairment of a material amount of the Company’s goodwill balance in future periods, including, but not limited to: (1) weakening of the global economy, weakness in the semiconductor equipment industry, or failure of the Company to reach its internal forecasts, which could impact the Company’s ability to achieve its forecasted levels of cash flows and reduce the estimated discounted cash flow value of its reporting units; and (2) a decline in the Company’s stock price and resulting market capitalization, if the Company determines that the decline is sustained and indicates a reduction in the fair value of the Company’s reporting units below their carrying value. Further, the value assigned to intangible assets, other than goodwill, is based on estimates and judgments regarding expectations such as the success and life cycle of products and technology acquired. If actual product acceptance differs significantly from the estimates, the Company may be required to record an impairment charge to write down the asset to its realizable value.

Fiscal Year

Fiscal Year: The Company follows a 52/53-week fiscal reporting calendar, and its fiscal year ends on the last Sunday of June each year. The Company’s most recent fiscal years ended on June 29, 2014 and June 24, 2012 and included 52 weeks. The fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 included 53 weeks. The Company’s next fiscal year, ending on June 28, 2015 will include 52 weeks.

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments: Investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered cash equivalents. The Company also invests in certain mutual funds, which include equity and fixed income securities, related to its obligations under its deferred compensation plan, and such investments are classified as trading securities on the consolidated balance sheets. All of the Company’s other short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale at the respective balance sheet dates. The Company accounts for its investment portfolio at fair value. Investments classified as trading securities are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices. Differences between the cost and fair value of trading securities are recognized as “Other income (expense)” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The investments classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices, and difference between the cost and fair value of available-for-sale securities is presented as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities are charged against “Other income (expense)” when a decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary. The Company considers several factors to determine whether a loss is other-than-temporary. These factors include but are not limited to: (i) the extent to which the fair value is less than cost basis, (ii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (iii) the length of time a security is in an unrealized loss position and (iv) the Company’s ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The Company’s ongoing consideration of these factors could result in additional impairment charges in the future, which could adversely affect its results of operation. An other-than-temporary impairment is triggered when there is an intent to sell the security, it is more-likely-than-not that the security will be required to be sold before recovery, or the security is not expected to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Other-than-temporary impairments attributed to credit losses are recognized in the income statement. The specific identification method is used to determine the realized gains and losses on investments.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: The Company evaluates its allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where specific invoices are deemed to be uncollectible, the Company provides a specific allowance for bad debt against the amount due to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount it reasonably believes will be collected. The Company also provides allowances based on its write-off history.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment is stated at cost. Equipment is depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally five years. Software is amortized by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Buildings are depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally twenty-five years. Leasehold improvements are generally amortized by the straight-line method over the shorter of the life of the related asset or the term of the underlying lease. Amortization of capital leases is included with depreciation expense.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (Excluding Goodwill and Intangibles)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (Excluding Goodwill and Intangibles): The Company routinely considers whether indicators of impairment of long-lived assets are present. If such indicators are present, the Company determines whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets is less than their carrying value. If the sum is less, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective fair values. Fair value is determined by discounted future cash flows, appraisals or other methods. If the assets determined to be impaired are to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment charge to the extent the present value of anticipated net cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the asset’s carrying value. The fair value of the asset then becomes the asset’s new carrying value, which the Company depreciates over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value. The Company did not record impairments of long lived assets held for use during fiscal years 2014, 2013, or 2012.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative Financial Instruments: In the normal course of business, the Company’s financial position is routinely subjected to market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The Company’s policy is to mitigate the effect of these exchange rate fluctuations on certain foreign currency denominated business exposures. The Company has a policy that allows the use of derivative financial instruments to hedge foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on forecasted revenue and expenses and net monetary assets or liabilities denominated in various foreign currencies. The Company carries derivative financial instruments (derivatives) on the balance sheet at their fair values. The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. The Company does not believe that it is exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in its interest rate and foreign currency hedges, as counterparties are large, global and well-capitalized financial institutions. The Company’s exposures are in liquid currencies (Japanese yen, Swiss francs, euros, Taiwanese dollars, and Korean won), so there is minimal risk that appropriate derivatives to maintain the Company’s hedging program would not be available in the future.

To hedge foreign currency risks, the Company uses foreign currency exchange forward contracts, where possible and prudent. These forward contracts are valued using standard valuation formulas with assumptions about future foreign currency exchange rates derived from existing exchange rates, interest rates, and other market factors.

The Company considers its most current forecast in determining the level of foreign currency denominated revenue and expenses to hedge as cash flow hedges. The Company combines these forecasts with historical trends to establish the portion of its expected volume to be hedged. The revenue and expenses are hedged and designated as cash flow hedges to protect the Company from exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. If the underlying forecasted transaction does not occur, or it becomes probable that it will not occur, the related hedge gains and losses on the cash flow hedge are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to other income (expense), net on the consolidated statement of operations at that time.

Guarantees

Guarantees: The Company has certain operating leases that contain provisions whereby the properties subject to the operating leases may be remarketed at lease expiration. The Company has guaranteed to the lessor an amount approximating the lessor’s investment in the property. The Company has recorded a liability for certain guaranteed residual values related to these specific operating lease agreements. Also, the Company’s guarantees generally include certain indemnifications to its lessors under operating lease agreements for environmental matters, potential overdraft protection obligations to financial institutions related to one of the Company’s subsidiaries, indemnifications to the Company’s customers for certain infringement of third-party intellectual property rights by its products and services, and the Company’s warranty obligations under sales of its products.

Foreign Currency Translation

Foreign Currency Translation: The Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment, where that local currency is the functional currency, primarily generate and expend cash in their local currency. Billings and receipts for their labor and services are primarily denominated in the local currency, and the workforce is paid in local currency. Accordingly, all balance sheet accounts of these local functional currency subsidiaries are translated at the fiscal period-end exchange rate, and income and expense accounts are translated using average rates in effect for the period, except for costs related to those balance sheet items that are translated using historical exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as cumulative translation adjustments and are a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Translation adjustments are recorded in other income (expense), net, where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency.

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

	Additions
Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Costs and Expenses		Write-offs, Net of Recoveries (1)			Balance at End  of Period
	(in thousands)
YEAR ENDED JUNE 29, 2014
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	5,448	$	14	$	(500	)	$	4,962
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2013
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	5,248	$	200	$	—		$	5,448
YEAR ENDED JUNE 24, 2012
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	4,720	$	403	$	125		$	5,248

(1) During fiscal year 2012, write-off, net of recoveries represents $0.1 million of recoveries against previously written-off balances

XML

Property and Equipment - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation expense	$ 129,100,000	$ 126,500,000	$ 74,000,000
Assets held-for-sale	82,600,000
Gain on sale of a separate buildings and land	83,090,000	0	0
Impairment on buildings and land held for sale	$ 7,100,000	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Assets [Line Items]
Impairments of goodwill	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Impairments of long lived assets held for use	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Equipment | Minimum
Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful life	3 years
Equipment | Maximum
Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful life	5 years
Furniture and Fixtures
Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful life	5 years
Computer Software | Minimum
Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful life	3 years
Computer Software | Maximum
Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful life	5 years
Building
Assets [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful life	25 years

XML

Financial Instruments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Schedule of Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

			Fair Value Measurement at June 29, 2014
	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
	(In thousands)
Assets
Short-Term Investments
Money Market Funds	$	1,168,261	$	1,168,261	$	—	$	—
Municipal Notes and Bonds		335,433		—		335,433		—
US Treasury and Agencies		212,587		212,587		—		—
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		27,692		—		27,692		—
Foreign Government Bonds		35,467		—		35,467		—
Corporate Notes and Bonds		1,008,788		132,549		876,239		—
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		26,944		—		26,944		—
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		111,933		—		111,933		—
Total Short-Term Investments	$	2,927,105	$	1,513,397	$	1,413,708	$	—
Mutual Funds		21,758		21,758		—		—
Derivatives Assets		1,592		—		1,592		—
Total	$	2,950,455	$	1,535,155	$	1,415,300	$	—
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	$	929	$	—	$	923	$	6

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

			Fair Value Measurement at June 30, 2013
	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
	(In thousands)
Assets
Short-Term Investments
Money Market Funds	$	725,311	$	725,311	$	—	$	—
Municipal Notes and Bonds		268,746		—		268,746		—
US Treasury and Agencies		155,293		155,293		—		—
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		54,805		—		54,805		—
Foreign Government Bonds		24,972		—		24,972		—
Corporate Notes and Bonds		860,492		164,885		695,607		—
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		27,365		—		27,365		—
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		107,958		—		107,958		—
Total Short-Term Investments	$	2,224,942	$	1,045,489	$	1,179,453	$	—
Equities		7,096		7,096		—		—
Mutual Funds		18,216		18,216		—		—
Derivatives Assets		4,929		—		4,929		—
Total	$	2,255,183	$	1,070,801	$	1,184,382	$	—
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	$	1,815	$	—	$	1,620	$	195

Schedule of Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value as Reported in Consolidated Balance Sheet

The amounts in the table above are reported in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 29, 2014 as follows:

	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(In thousands)
Reported As:
Cash Equivalents	$	1,173,551	$	1,168,261	$	5,290	$	—
Short-Term Investments		1,612,967		204,549		1,408,418		—
Restricted Cash and Investments		140,587		140,587		—		—
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets		1,592		—		1,592		—
Other Assets		21,758		21,758		—		—
Total	$	2,950,455	$	1,535,155	$	1,415,300	$	—
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities	$	923	$	—	$	923	$	—
Other Non-current Liabilities		6		—		—		6
Total Liabilities	$	929	$	—	$	923	$	6

The amounts in the table above are reported in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2013 as follows:

	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(In thousands)
Reported As:
Cash Equivalents	$	725,311	$	725,311	$	—	$	—
Short-Term Investments		1,334,746		155,293		1,179,453		—
Restricted Cash and Investments		164,885		164,885		—		—
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets		4,929		—		4,929		—
Other Assets		25,312		25,312		—		—
Total	$	2,255,183	$	1,070,801	$	1,184,382	$	—
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities	$	1,620	$	—	$	1,620	$	—
Other Non-current Liabilities		195		—		—		195
Total Liabilities	$	1,815	$	—	$	1,620	$	195

Summary of Investments

The following tables summarize the Company’s investments (in thousands):

	June 29, 2014									June 30, 2013
	Cost		Unrealized Gain		Unrealized (Loss)			Fair Value		Cost		Unrealized Gain		Unrealized (Loss)			Fair Value
Cash	$	285,031	$	—	$	—		$	285,031	$	438,813	$	—	$	—		$	438,813
Fixed Income Money Market Funds		1,168,261		—		—			1,168,261		725,311		—		—			725,311
Municipal Notes and Bonds		334,329		1,108		(4	)		335,433		268,390		805		(449	)		268,746
US Treasury and Agencies		212,436		178		(27	)		212,587		155,648		18		(373	)		155,293
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		27,666		41		(15	)		27,692		54,835		65		(95	)		54,805
Foreign Government Bonds		35,438		57		(28	)		35,467		24,950		47		(25	)		24,972
Corporate Notes and Bonds		1,007,089		2,034		(335	)		1,008,788		861,109		1,328		(1,945	)		860,492
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		27,067		59		(182	)		26,944		27,618		29		(282	)		27,365
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		112,642		100		(809	)		111,933		108,204		426		(672	)		107,958
Total Cash and Short -Term Investments	$	3,209,959	$	3,577	$	(1,400	)	$	3,212,136	$	2,664,878	$	2,718	$	(3,841	)	$	2,663,755
Publicly Traded Equity Securities	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	5,610	$	1,486	$	—		$	7,096
Private Equity Securities		—		—		—			—		5,000		—		—			5,000
Mutual Funds		18,784		2,974		—			21,758		16,611		1,619		(14	)		18,216
Total Financial Instruments	$	3,228,743	$	6,551	$	(1,400	)	$	3,233,894	$	2,692,099	$	5,823	$	(3,855	)	$	2,694,067
As Reported
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$	1,452,677	$	—	$	—		$	1,452,677	$	1,162,473	$	—	$	—		$	1,162,473
Short-Term Investments		1,610,790		3,577		(1,400	)		1,612,967		1,335,868		2,718		(3,841	)		1,334,745
Restricted Cash and Investments		146,492		—		—			146,492		166,536		—		—			166,536
Other Assets		18,784		2,974		—			21,758		27,222		3,105		(14	)		30,313
Total	$	3,228,743	$	6,551	$	(1,400	)	$	3,233,894	$	2,692,099	$	5,823	$	(3,855	)	$	2,694,067

Schedule of Fixed Income Securities in Unrealized Loss Positions

The following is an analysis of the Company’s fixed income securities in unrealized loss positions (in thousands):

	June 29, 2014
	Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months					Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater					Total
	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss
Fixed Income Securities
Municipal Notes and Bonds	$	5,464	$	(4	)	$	—	$	—		$	5,464	$	(4	)
US Treasury and Agencies		57,932		(27	)		—		—			57,932		(27	)
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		10,235		(15	)		—		—			10,235		(15	)
Foregin Government Bonds		14,999		(28	)		—		—			14,999		(28	)
Corporate Notes and Bonds		180,834		(293	)		6,973		(42	)		187,807		(335	)
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		7,993		(87	)		7,656		(95	)		15,649		(182	)
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		71,848		(533	)		25,316		(276	)		97,164		(809	)
Total Fixed Income	$	349,305	$	(987	)	$	39,945	$	(413	)	$	389,250	$	(1,400	)

Schedule of Amortized Cost and Fair Value of Cash Equivalents, Short-Term Investments, and Restricted Cash and Investments with Contractual Maturities

The amortized cost and fair value of cash equivalents, short-term investments, and restricted cash and investments with contractual maturities are as follows:

	Cost		Estimated Fair Value
	(in thousands)
Due in one year or less	$	1,464,736	$	1,465,185
Due after one year through five years		1,146,839		1,149,380
Due in more than five years		313,353		312,540
	$	2,924,928	$	2,927,105

Schedule of Outstanding Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

As of June 29, 2014, the Company had the following outstanding foreign currency forward contracts that were entered into under its cash flow and balance sheet hedge program:

	Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments:				Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:
	(in thousands)
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts
	Buy Contracts		Sell Contracts		Buy Contracts		Sell Contracts
Japanese Yen	$	—	$	98,501	$	—	$	30,342
Swiss Franc		—		—		7,023		—
Euro		93,872		—		543		—
Korean Won		—		—		19,537		—
Taiwan Dollar		—		—		99,601		66,746
	$	93,872	$	98,501	$	126,704	$	97,088

Schedule of Fair Value of Derivatives Instruments

The fair value of derivatives instruments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013 were as follows:

	June 29, 2014								June 30, 2013
	Fair Value of Derivative Instruments								Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
	Asset Derivatives				Liability Derivatives				Asset Derivatives				Liability Derivatives
	Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value
	(in thousands)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts		Prepaid expense and other assets	$	483		Accrued liabilities	$	805		Prepaid expense and other assets	$	4,858		Accrued liabilities	$	1,577
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts		Prepaid expense and other assets		1,109		Accrued liabilities		118		Prepaid expense and other assets		71		Accrued liabilities		43
Total derivatives			$	1,592			$	923			$	4,929			$	1,620

Schedule of Derivative Instruments Designated as Cash Flow Hedges in Statements of Operations

The effect of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, before tax, on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations was as follows:

	Twelve Months Ended June 29, 2014							Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2013
	Effective Portion				Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing			Effective Portion					Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing
Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in or Reclassified into Income	Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI		Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income		Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income			Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI		Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income			Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
	(in thousands)							(in thousands)
Revenue	$	7,939	$	9,027	$	277		$	8,322	$	10,036		$	376
Cost of goods sold		812		2,393		(52	)		2,443		(1,229	)		(271	)
Selling, general, and administrative		318		1,087		(23	)		1,154		(416	)		(130	)
Other income (expense)		—		—		—			—		—			(8	)
	$	9,069	$	12,507	$	202		$	11,919	$	8,391		$	(33	)

The effect of derivative instruments not designated as cash flow hedges on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations was as follows:

		Twelve Months Ended
		June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:	Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income	Gain Recognized in Income		Loss Recognized in Income
		(in thousands)
Foreign Exchange Contracts	Other income (expense)	$	8,205	($	1,585	)

XML

Inventories (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Schedule of Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Raw materials	$	449,623	$	312,484
Work-in-process		126,564		101,530
Finished goods		164,316		145,303
	$	740,503	$	559,317

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Parenthetical) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014
Dividend Per share	$ 0.18

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Schedule of Property and Equipment Net

Property and equipment, net, consist of the following:

	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Manufacturing, engineering and office equipment	$	612,688		$	521,047
Computer equipment and software		131,184			120,144
Land		52,784			65,360
Buildings		199,544			249,126
Leasehold improvements		80,569			76,225
Furniture and fixtures		20,026			21,110
		1,096,795			1,053,012
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(553,299	)		(449,102	)
	$	543,496		$	603,910

XML

Provision Benefit for Income Taxes (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Income Tax [Line Items]
Current	$ 31,762	$ (1,096)	$ 5,038
Deferred	10,692	(60,172)	(1,033)
Federal Income Tax Expense (Benefit), Continuing Operations, Total	42,454	(61,268)	4,005
Current	3,192	3,332	1,297
Deferred	(869)	(6,351)	336
State and Local Income Tax Expense (Benefit), Continuing Operations, Total	2,323	(3,019)	1,633
Current	49,273	20,640	33,871
Deferred	(2,976)	(3,574)	(3,814)
Foreign Income Tax Expense (Benefit), Continuing Operations, Total	46,297	17,066	30,057
Total Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes	$ 91,074	$ (47,221)	$ 35,695

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Income Loss Before Income Taxes

The components of income (loss) before income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
United States	$	78,076	$	(46,392	)	$	(6,950	)
Foreign		645,287		113,050			211,368
	$	723,363	$	66,658		$	204,418

Provision Benefit For Income Taxes

Significant components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to income before income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Federal:
Current	$	31,762		$	(1,096	)	$	5,038
Deferred		10,692			(60,172	)		(1,033	)
	$	42,454		$	(61,268	)	$	4,005
State:
Current	$	3,192		$	3,332		$	1,297
Deferred		(869	)		(6,351	)		336
	$	2,323		$	(3,019	)	$	1,633
Foreign:
Current	$	49,273		$	20,640		$	33,871
Deferred		(2,976	)		(3,574	)		(3,814	)
	$	46,297		$	17,066		$	30,057
Total Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes	$	91,074		$	(47,221	)	$	35,695

Components of Net Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Tax carryforwards	$	170,028		$	169,371
Allowances and reserves		126,895			94,720
Equity-based compensation		18,019			19,586
Inventory valuation differences		16,257			22,833
Other		12,065			11,286
Gross deferred tax assets		343,264			317,796
Valuation allowance		(74,439	)		(76,594	)
Net deferred tax assets		268,825			241,202
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible Assets		(87,329	)		(94,836	)
Convertible debt		(117,112	)		(98,482	)
Temporary differences for capital assets		(32,350	)		(41,470	)
Amortization of goodwill		(11,409	)		(9,950	)
Unremitted earnings of a foreign subsidiary		(34,346	)		(2,936	)
Other		(11,017	)		(11,645	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(293,563	)		(259,319	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	(24,738	)	$	(18,117	)

Reconciliation of Income Tax Expense Provided at Federal Statutory Rate to Actual Income Expense

A reconciliation of income tax expense provided at the federal statutory rate (35% in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012) to actual income expense is as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Income tax expense computed at federal statutory rate	$	253,177		$	23,332		$	71,546
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		1,884			(13,588	)		(4,895	)
Foreign income taxed at different rates		(164,130	)		(40,255	)		(51,425	)
Tax credits		(15,650	)		(42,593	)		(5,791	)
State valuation allowance, net of federal tax benefit		(1,707	)		11,538			5,862
Equity-based compensation		23,167			20,318			14,123
Acquisition costs		—			—			5,683
Other permanent differences and miscellaneous items		(5,667	)		(5,973	)		592
	$	91,074		$	(47,221	)	$	35,695

Changes in Balance of Gross Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits were as follows:

	(in millions)
Balance as of June 26, 2011	$	181.5
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities		(0.2	)
Lapse of statute of limitations		(6.6	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		1.4
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		(4.3	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period		22.3
Tax positions assumed in Novellus transaction		149.7
Balance as of June 24, 2012		343.8
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities		(3.4	)
Lapse of statute of limitations		(51.4	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		11.3
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		(11.3	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period		35.2
Tax positions assumed in Novellus transaction		8.9
Balance as of June 30, 2013		333.1
Lapse of statute of limitations		(16.0	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		6.2
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		(4.2	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period		33.0
Balance as of June 29, 2014	$	352.1

XML

Schedule of Derivative Instruments Designated as Cash Flow Hedges in Statements of Operations (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI (Effective Portion)	$ 9,069	$ 11,919
Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion)	12,507	8,391
Gain (Loss) Recognized (Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)	202	(33)
Located in revenue
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI (Effective Portion)	7,939	8,322
Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion)	9,027	10,036
Gain (Loss) Recognized (Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)	277	376
Cost of Sales
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI (Effective Portion)	812	2,443
Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion)	2,393	(1,229)
Gain (Loss) Recognized (Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)	(52)	(271)
Located in selling, general, and administrative
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI (Effective Portion)	318	1,154
Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion)	1,087	(416)
Gain (Loss) Recognized (Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)	(23)	(130)
Located in other income (expense)
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Gain (Loss) Recognized (Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)		(8)
Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Gain (Loss) Recognized	$ 8,205	$ (1,585)

XML

Schedule of Carrying Value of Convertible Senior Notes and Other Long-Term Debt (Detail) (USD $)	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 29, 2014 0.50% Notes due 2016	Jun. 30, 2013 0.50% Notes due 2016	May 31, 2011 0.50% Notes due 2016	Jun. 29, 2014 1.25% Notes due 2018	Jun. 30, 2013 1.25% Notes due 2018	May 31, 2011 1.25% Notes due 2018	Jun. 29, 2014 2.625% Notes due 2041	Jun. 30, 2013 2.625% Notes due 2041	Jun. 24, 2012 2.625% Notes due 2041
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Notes due			$ 450,000,000	$ 450,000,000	$ 450,000,000	$ 450,000,000	$ 450,000,000	$ 450,000,000	$ 699,900,000	$ 699,900,000	$ 700,000,000
Less: Unamortized interest discount			(30,400,000)	(45,700,000)		(62,700,000)	(76,900,000)		(183,300,000)	(186,900,000)
Net carrying amount of Notes			419,600,000	404,300,000		387,300,000	373,100,000		516,600,000	513,000,000
Total long-term debt	1,323,500,000	1,290,400,000
Less: current portion of debt	(516,600,000)	(513,000,000)
Long-term debt	$ 806,900,000	$ 777,400,000

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 1,452,677	$ 1,162,473
Short-term investments	1,612,967	1,334,745
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,962 as of June 29, 2014 and $5,448 as of June 30, 2013	800,616	602,624
Inventories	740,503	559,317
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	176,899	134,670
Total current assets	4,783,662	3,793,829
Property and equipment, net	543,496	603,910
Restricted cash and investments	146,492	166,536
Goodwill	1,466,225	1,452,196
Intangible assets, net	894,078	1,074,345
Other assets	159,353	159,499
Total assets	7,993,306	7,250,315
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Trade accounts payable	223,515	200,254
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	604,296	464,528
Deferred profit	235,923	225,038
Current portion of long-term debt, convertible notes, and capital leases	518,267	514,655
Total current liabilities	1,582,001	1,404,475
Long-term debt, convertible notes, and capital leases	817,202	789,256
Income taxes payable	258,357	246,479
Other long-term liabilities	122,662	134,313
Total liabilities	2,780,222	2,574,523
Commitments and contingencies
Senior convertible notes	183,349	186,920
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, at par value of $0.001 per share; authorized - 5,000 shares, none outstanding	0
Common stock, at par value of $0.001 per share; authorized - 400,000 shares; issued and outstanding - 162,350 shares at June 29, 2014 and 162,873 shares at June 30, 2013	162	163
Additional paid-in capital	5,239,567	5,084,544
Treasury stock, at cost, 92,867 shares at June 29, 2014 and 89,205 shares at June 30, 2013	(3,757,076)	(3,539,830)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(28,655)	(28,693)
Retained earnings	3,575,737	2,972,688
Total stockholders' equity	5,029,735	4,488,872
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 7,993,306	$ 7,250,315

XML

Schedule of Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	$ 2,927,105	$ 2,224,942
Derivatives Assets	1,592	4,929
Total	2,950,455	2,255,183
Derivative liabilities	929	1,815
Municipal Notes And Bonds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	335,433	268,746
Corporate Notes And Bonds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	1,008,788	860,492
Money Market Funds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	1,168,261	725,311
US Treasury and Agencies
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	212,587	155,293
Government-Sponsored Enterprises
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	27,692	54,805
Foreign Government Bonds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	35,467	24,972
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	26,944	27,365
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	111,933	107,958
Mutual Funds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	21,758	18,216
Publicly Traded Equity Securities
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value		7,096
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	1,513,397	1,045,489
Total	1,535,155	1,070,801
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Corporate Notes And Bonds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	132,549	164,885
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Money Market Funds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	1,168,261	725,311
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | US Treasury and Agencies
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	212,587	155,293
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Mutual Funds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	21,758	18,216
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Publicly Traded Equity Securities
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value		7,096
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	1,413,708	1,179,453
Derivatives Assets	1,592	4,929
Total	1,415,300	1,184,382
Derivative liabilities	923	1,620
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Municipal Notes And Bonds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	335,433	268,746
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Corporate Notes And Bonds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	876,239	695,607
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Government-Sponsored Enterprises
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	27,692	54,805
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Foreign Government Bonds
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	35,467	24,972
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	26,944	27,365
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value	111,933	107,958
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Derivative liabilities	$ 6	$ 195

XML

Schedule of Repurchases under 2013 Repurchase Program (Parenthetical) (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Mar. 30, 2014	Dec. 29, 2013	Sep. 29, 2013
Stock Repurchase Program [Line Items]
Total Cost of Repurchase	$ 35,486,000	$ 49,414,000	$ 39,800,000	$ 96,462,000
Repurchase Of Equity
Stock Repurchase Program [Line Items]
Total Cost of Repurchase	16,400,000
Authorized repurchase of Company common stock	$ 850,000,000

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$ 632,289	$ 113,879	$ 168,723
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	292,254	304,116	100,825
Deferred income taxes	7,537	(70,155)	42,446
Impairment of long-lived assets	11,632
Impairment of investment		3,711	1,724
Equity-based compensation expense	103,700	99,330	81,559
Income tax benefit on equity-based compensation plans	5,973	(483)	1,510
Excess tax benefit on equity-based compensation plans	(6,065)	539	(2,686)
Amortization of convertible note discount	33,063	31,558	27,028
Gain on sale of real estate	(83,090)	0	0
Other, net	12,669	37,201	11,743
Changes in operating asset and liability accounts:
Accounts receivable, net of allowance	(201,549)	162,634	66,064
Inventories	(190,058)	76,351	73,987
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(9,504)	2,880	43,171
Trade accounts payable	18,704	(58,081)	12,145
Deferred profit	10,886	60,205	(9,236)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	78,608	(43,752)	(119,975)
Net cash provided by operating activities	717,049	719,933	499,028
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures and intangible assets	(145,503)	(160,795)	(107,272)
Cash acquired in (paid for) business acquisition	(30,227)	(9,916)	418,681
Purchases of available-for-sale securities	(1,312,244)	(1,097,956)	(883,429)
Sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities	1,028,278	1,039,551	841,440
Purchase of equity method and other investments			(10,740)
Receipt of loan payments (loans made)	10,000	(10,000)	8,375
Proceeds from sale of assets	156,397	660	2,677
Transfer of restricted cash and investments	28,085	(181)	(6)
Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities	(265,214)	(238,637)	269,726
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Principal payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations	(1,658)	(2,234)	(5,265)
Excess tax benefit on equity-based compensation plans	6,065	(539)	2,686
Treasury stock purchases	(244,859)	(955,661)	(772,663)
Net cash received in settlement of stock repurchase contracts			55,194
Reissuances of treasury stock related to employee stock purchase plan	42,926	31,265	25,525
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	34,791	39,379	1,776
Net cash used for financing activities	(162,735)	(887,790)	(692,747)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	1,104	4,215	(3,387)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	290,204	(402,279)	72,620
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	1,162,473	1,564,752	1,492,132
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	1,452,677	1,162,473	1,564,752
Schedule of noncash transactions
Accrued payables for stock repurchases	3,392		20,853
Supplemental disclosures:
Cash payments for interest	26,489	26,635	8,246
Cash payments for income taxes, net	$ 18,157	$ 7,695	$ 29,113

XML

Stock Repurchase Program - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended				3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014		Mar. 30, 2014		Dec. 29, 2013		Sep. 29, 2013		Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012	Jun. 29, 2014 Maximum	Jun. 29, 2014 Repurchase Of Equity	Jun. 29, 2014 Repurchase Of Equity	Apr. 29, 2014 Repurchase Of Equity Maximum	Apr. 22, 2013 Repurchase Of Equity Maximum	Oct. 28, 2013 Share Repurchase Program Final Settlement	Jun. 29, 2014 Share Repurchase Arrangements	Jun. 29, 2014 Share Repurchase Arrangements Initial delivery	Jun. 29, 2014 Share Repurchase Arrangements Subsequent delivery
Stock Repurchase Program [Line Items]
Authorized repurchase of Company common stock													$ 850,000,000		$ 850,000,000	$ 250,000,000
Common stock repurchased									253,185,000	934,808,000	738,320,000			202,000,000
Net shares of settlements to cover tax withholding obligations									608,695
Amount paid for shares under net share settlements									32,000,000
Treasury stock purchases									244,859,000	955,661,000	772,663,000							75,000,000
Total Number of Shares Repurchased	624,000		930,000		762,000		1,935,000					1,700,000					0		1,200,000	300,000
Treasury stock purchases, weighted average share price	$ 56.89	[1]	$ 53.13	[1]	$ 52.20	[1]	$ 48.06	[1]									$ 50.40
Treasury stock, at cost	$ 75,000,000								$ 75,000,000

[1] Average price paid per share excludes accelerated share repurchases for which cost was incurred during the September 2013 quarter, but that did not settle until the December 2013 quarter. See Collared Accelerated Share Repurchases section below for details regarding average price associated with the transaction.

XML

Schedule of Numerators and Denominators of Basic and Diluted Computations for Net Income Per Share (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Schedule of Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted, by Common Class [Line Items]
Net income	$ 632,289	$ 113,879	$ 168,723
Basic average shares outstanding	164,741	168,932	124,176
Employee stock plans	2,864	2,558	910
Convertible notes	6,898	1,940	147
Diluted average shares outstanding	174,503	173,430	125,233
Net income per share - basic	$ 3.84	$ 0.67	$ 1.36
Net income per share - diluted	$ 3.62	$ 0.66	$ 1.35

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Parenthetical) (Detail) (Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 24, 2012
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Recoveries against previously written-off balances	$ 0.1

XML

Net Income Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Schedule of Numerators and Denominators of Basic and Diluted Computations for Net Income Per Share

The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted computations for net income per share.

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator:
Net income	$	632,289	$	113,879	$	168,723
Denominator:
Basic average shares outstanding		164,741		168,932		124,176
Effect of potential dilutive securities:
Employee stock plans		2,864		2,558		910
Convertible notes		6,898		1,940		147
Diluted average shares outstanding		174,503		173,430		125,233
Net income per share - basic	$	3.84	$	0.67	$	1.36
Net income per share - diluted	$	3.62	$	0.66	$	1.35

Schedule of Potentially Dilutive Securities Excluded from EPS Calculations

The following potentially dilutive securities were excluded:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Number of options and RSUs excluded		78		534		382

XML

Summary of Stock Plan Activity (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Options Outstanding Number of Shares
Beginning balance	2,570,923	3,902,077	309,933
Awards assumed in Novellus acquisition			3,932,143
Granted	166,455	288,867
Exercised	(1,403,019)	(1,546,028)	(74,615)
Canceled	(2,473)	(73,993)	(265,384)
Ending balance	1,331,886	2,570,923	3,902,077
Weighted-Average Exercise Price
Beginning balance	$ 26.87	$ 25.14	$ 21.50
Awards assumed in Novellus acquisition			$ 25.17
Granted	$ 51.76	$ 42.59
Exercised	$ 24.75	$ 25.47	$ 23.70
Canceled	$ 30.21	$ 26.24	$ 21.71
Ending balance	$ 32.20	$ 26.87	$ 25.14
Restricted stock units outstanding number of shares
Beginning balance	4,841,796	4,331,478	2,331,340
Awards assumed in Novellus acquisition			1,291,808
Granted	2,811,602	2,563,670	2,336,283
Canceled	(281,476)	(299,079)	(120,070)
Vested restricted stock	(1,736,453)	(1,754,273)	(1,507,883)
Ending balance	5,635,469	4,841,796	4,331,478
Restricted Stock Units Outstanding Number of Shares Weighted-Average FMV at Grant
Beginning balance	$ 39.32	$ 41.01	$ 39.90
Awards assumed in Novellus acquisition			$ 35.99
Granted	$ 53.21	$ 38.76	$ 41.23
Canceled	$ 41.16	$ 39.70	$ 40.91
Vested restricted stock	$ 40.39	$ 42.52	$ 35.47
Ending balance	$ 45.83	$ 39.32	$ 41.01

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies

Note 14: Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has certain obligations to make future payments under various contracts, some of these are recorded on its balance sheet and some are not. Obligations that are recorded on the Company’s balance sheet include the Company’s capital lease obligations. Obligations that are not recorded on the Company’s balance sheet include contractual relationships for operating leases, purchase obligations, and certain guarantees. The Company’s commitments relating to capital leases and off-balance sheet agreements are included in the tables below. These amounts exclude $258.4 million of liabilities related to uncertain tax benefits because the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the ultimate amount or time of settlement. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Capital Leases

Capital leases reflect building and office equipment leases. The Company’s contractual cash obligations relating to its existing capital leases, including interest, as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Capital Leases
	(in thousands)
Payments due by period:
One year	$	1,857
Two years		1,829
Three years		8,635
Total		12,321
Interest on capital leases		338
Current portion of capital leases		1,681
Long-term portion of capital leases	$	10,302

Operating Leases and Related Guarantees

The Company leases the majority of its administrative, R&D and manufacturing facilities, regional sales/service offices and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Certain of the Company’s facility leases for buildings located at its Fremont, California headquarters and certain other facility leases provide the Company with options to extend the leases for additional periods or to purchase the facilities. Certain of the Company’s facility leases provide for periodic rent increases based on the general rate of inflation. The Company’s rental expense for facilities occupied during fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012 was approximately $12 million, $14 million, and $11 million, respectively.

On December 31, 2013, the Company extinguished its two operating leases regarding certain improved properties in Livermore, California and its four amended and restated operating leases regarding certain improved properties in Fremont, California and entered into six amended operating leases (the “Operating Leases”) regarding certain improved properties at the Company’s headquarters in Fremont, California and certain other improved properties in Livermore, California.

The Operating Leases have a term of approximately seven years ending on December 31, 2020. The Company may, at its discretion and with 30 days’ notice, elect to purchase the property that is the subject of the Operating Leases for an amount approximating the sum required to pay the amount of the lessor’s investment in the property and any accrued but unpaid rent.

As of June 29, 2014, the Company was required, pursuant to the terms of the Operating Leases, to maintain cash collateral in an aggregate of approximately $132.5 million in separate interest-bearing accounts and marketable securities collateral in an aggregate of approximately $8.0 million as security for the Company’s obligations under the Operating Leases. These amounts are recorded as restricted cash and investments in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 29, 2014.

During the term of the Operating Leases and when the terms of the Operating Leases expire, the property subject to those Operating Leases may be remarketed. The Company has guaranteed to the lessor that each property will have a certain minimum residual value. The aggregate guarantee made by the Company under the Operating Leases is generally no more than approximately $191.2 million; however, under certain default circumstances, the guarantee with regard to an Operating Lease may be 100% of the lessor’s aggregate investment in the applicable property, which in no case will exceed $220.0 million, in the aggregate.

The Company’s contractual cash obligations with respect to operating leases, excluding the residual value guarantees discussed above, as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Operating Leases
	(in thousands)
Payments due by period:
One year	$	15,109
Two years		11,047
Three years		8,701
Four years		3,029
Five years		2,549
Over five years		5,482
Less: Sublease Income		(675	)
Total	$	45,242

Other Guarantees

The Company has issued certain indemnifications to its lessors for taxes and general liability under some of its agreements. The Company has entered into certain insurance contracts that may limit its exposure to such indemnifications. As of June 29, 2014, the Company had not recorded any liability on its Consolidated Financial Statements in connection with these indemnifications, as it does not believe, based on information available, that it is probable that any amounts will be paid under these guarantees.

Generally, the Company indemnifies, under pre-determined conditions and limitations, its customers for infringement of third-party intellectual property rights by the Company’s products or services. The Company seeks to limit its liability for such indemnity to an amount not to exceed the sales price of the products or services subject to its indemnification obligations. The Company does not believe, based on information available, that it is probable that any material amounts will be paid under these guarantees.

The Company provides guarantees and standby letters of credit to certain parties as required for certain transactions initiated during the ordinary course of business. As of June 29, 2014, the maximum potential amount of future payments that we could be required to make under these arrangements and letters of credit was $20.6 million. We do not believe, based on historical experience and information currently available, that it is probable that any amounts will be required to be paid.

Purchase Obligations

Purchase obligations consist of significant contractual obligations either on an annual basis or over multi-year periods related to the Company’s outsourcing activities or other material commitments, including vendor-consigned inventories. The contractual cash obligations and commitments table presented below contains the Company’s minimum obligations at June 29, 2014 under these arrangements and others. For obligations with cancellation provisions, the amounts included in the following table were limited to the non-cancelable portion of the agreement terms or the minimum cancellation fee. Actual expenditures will vary based on the volume of transactions and length of contractual service provided.

The Company’s commitments related to these agreements as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Purchase Obligations
	(in thousands)
Payments due by period:
One year	$	185,450
Two years		8,279
Three years		3,869
Four years		2,585
Five years		2,585
Over five years		2,928
Total	$	205,696

Warranties

The Company provides standard warranties on its systems. The liability amount is based on actual historical warranty spending activity by type of system, customer, and geographic region, modified for any known differences such as the impact of system reliability improvements.

Changes in the Company’s product warranty reserves were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period	$	58,078		$	70,161
Warranties issued during the period		87,922			74,779
Settlements made during the period		(80,280	)		(92,456	)
Changes in liability for pre-existing warranties		3,665			5,594
Balance at end of period	$	69,385		$	58,078

Legal Proceedings

The Company is either a defendant or plaintiff in various actions that have arisen from time to time in the normal course of business, including intellectual property claims. The Company accrues for a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether a loss is reasonably estimable. To the extent there is a reasonable possibility that the losses could exceed the amounts already accrued, the Company believes that the amount of any such additional loss would be immaterial to the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

XML

Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax at the end of the period, as well as the activity during the period, were as follows:

	Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment			Accumulated unrealized holding gain (loss) on cash flow hedges			Accumulated unrealized holding gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments			Accumulated unrealized components of defined benefit plans			Total
	(in thousands)
Balance as of June 30, 2013	$	(17,178	)	$	2,822		$	(15	)	$	(14,322	)	$	(28,693	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before relcassifications		4,976			8,004			1,407			(2,838	)		11,549
Losses (gains) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income		(784	)		(10,892	) (1)		165	(2)		—			(11,511	)
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)	$	4,192		$	(2,888	)	$	1,572		$	(2,838	)	$	38
Balance as of June 29, 2014	$	(12,986	)	$	(66	)	$	1,557		$	(17,160	)	$	(28,655	)

(1) Amount of after tax gains reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into net income located in revenue: $8,009; cost of goods sold: $2,057; and selling, general and administrative expenses: $826.

(2) Amount of loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into net income located in other expense, net

Tax Related to Components of Other Comprehensive Income

Tax related to the components of other comprehensive income during the period were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Tax benefit (expense) on change in unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges:
Tax expense on unrealized gains/losses arising during the period	$	(1,065	)	$	(1,312	)	$	—
Tax expense on gains/losses reclassified to earnings		1,615			818			—
		550			(494	)		—
Tax benefit (expense) on change in unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale investments:
Tax benefit (expense) on unrealized gains/losses arising during the period		(735	)		1,428			233
Tax (benefit) expense on gains/losses reclassified to earnings		493			(2,026	)		474
		(242	)		(598	)		707
Tax benefit on change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans		1,895			586			944
Tax benefit (expense) on other comprehensive income(loss)	$	2,203		$	(506	)	$	1,651

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Detail) (Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014		Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at Beginning of Period	$ 5,448		$ 5,248	$ 4,720
Charged to Costs and Expenses	14		200	403
Write-offs, Net of Recoveries	(500)	[1]		125	[1]
Balance at End of Period	$ 4,962		$ 5,448	$ 5,248

[1] During fiscal year 2012, write-off, net of recoveries represents $0.1 million of recoveries against previously written-off balances

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Note 16: Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

There were no significant changes in the goodwill balance during the twelve months ended June 29, 2014. Of the $1.5 billion goodwill balance, $61 million is tax deductible and the remaining balance is not tax deductible due to purchase accounting and applicable foreign law.

Intangible Assets

The following table provides the Company’s intangible assets as of June 29, 2014:

	Gross		Accumulated Amortization			Net
	(in thousnds)
Customer relationships	$	615,618	$	(169,162	)	$	446,456
Existing technology		643,922		(224,246	)		419,676
Patents		32,253		(24,407	)		7,846
Other intangible assets		35,270		(35,270	)		—
Intangible assets subject to amortization		1,327,063		(453,085	)		873,978
In process research and development		11,000					11,000
Development rights		9,100					9,100
Intangible assets not subject to amortization		20,100					20,100
Total intangible assets	$	1,347,163	$	(453,085	)	$	894,078

The following table provides details of the Company’s intangible assets as of June 30, 2013:

	Gross		Accumulated Amortization			Net
	(in thousnds)
Customer relationships	$	624,686	$	(103,519	)	$	521,167
Existing technology		653,628		(139,894	)		513,734
Patents		32,053		(22,036	)		10,017
Backlog		10,000		(10,000	)		—
Other intangible assets		35,216		(34,889	)		327
Intangible assets subject to amortization		1,355,583		(310,338	)		1,045,245
In process research and development		20,000					20,000
Development rights		9,100					9,100
Intangible assets not subject to amortization		29,100					29,100
Total intangible assets	$	1,384,683	$	(310,338	)	$	1,074,345

The Company recognized $163.2 million, $177.6 million, and $26.9 million, in intangible asset amortization expense during fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The Company recognized a $4.0 million impairment of in process research and development during fiscal year 2014, due to the cancellation of a project.

The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets, excluding those with indefinite lives, as of June 29, 2014 was as follows:

Fiscal Year	Amount
	(in thousnds)
2014	$	156,719
2015		154,215
2016		152,494
2017		151,398
2018		120,254
Thereafter		138,898
	$	873,978

Intangible assets acquired during the 2014 fiscal year were as follows:

	Amount		Weighted- Average Useful Life
	(in thousands)		(Years)
Customer relationships	$	1,800	7
Existing technology		7,228	6
Patents		200	5
Total acquired intangible assets	$	9,228	6

XML

Schedule of Stock Options Weighted Average Assumptions (Detail) (Stock Options)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Stock Options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected volatility	35.28%	36.60%	38.04%
Risk-free interest rate	1.39%	0.81%	0.55%
Expected term (years)	4 years 9 months 11 days	4 years 9 months 15 days	3 years 10 months 21 days
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands	Total	Common Stock	Additional Paid-in Capital	Treasury Stock	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	Retained Earnings
Beginning Balance at Jun. 26, 2011	$ 2,469,845	$ 124	$ 1,531,465	$ (1,761,591)	$ 9,761	$ 2,690,086
Beginning Balance (in shares) at Jun. 26, 2011		123,579
Sale of common stock (in shares)		1,513
Sale of common stock	1,768	1	1,767
Purchase of treasury stock (in shares)		(21,946)
Purchase of treasury stock	(738,320)	(22)	158,673	(896,971)
Income tax benefit on equity-based compensation plans	1,510		1,510
Reissuance of treasury stock (in shares)		821
Reissuance of treasury stock	25,526	1	3,899	21,626
Equity-based compensation expense	81,559		81,559
Shares issued as acquisition consideration (in shares)		82,689
Shares issued as acquisition consideration	3,026,988	83	3,026,905
Acquisition of convertible debt	137,783		137,783
Exercise of convertible note	(22)		(22)
Net income	168,723					168,723
Other comprehensive income	(43,579)				(43,579)
Ending Balance at Jun. 24, 2012	5,131,781	187	4,943,539	(2,636,936)	(33,818)	2,858,809
Ending Balance (in shares) at Jun. 24, 2012		186,656
Sale of common stock (in shares)		3,301
Sale of common stock	39,380	3	39,377
Purchase of treasury stock (in shares)		(28,157)
Purchase of treasury stock	(934,808)	(28)		(934,780)
Income tax benefit on equity-based compensation plans	(483)		(483)
Reissuance of treasury stock (in shares)		1,073
Reissuance of treasury stock	31,265	1	(622)	31,886
Equity-based compensation expense	99,310		99,310
Shares issued as acquisition consideration	3,423		3,423
Net income	113,879					113,879
Other comprehensive income	5,125				5,125
Ending Balance at Jun. 30, 2013	4,488,872	163	5,084,544	(3,539,830)	(28,693)	2,972,688
Ending Balance (in shares) at Jun. 30, 2013		162,873
Sale of common stock (in shares)		3,140
Sale of common stock	34,791	3	34,788
Purchase of treasury stock (in shares)		(4,860)
Purchase of treasury stock	(253,185)	(5)		(253,180)
Income tax benefit on equity-based compensation plans	5,973		5,973
Reissuance of treasury stock (in shares)		1,197
Reissuance of treasury stock	42,926	1	6,991	35,934
Equity-based compensation expense	103,700		103,700
Reclassification from temporary to permanent equity	3,571		3,571
Net income	632,289					632,289
Other comprehensive income	38				38
Cash dividends declared ($.18 per common share)	(29,240)					(29,240)
Ending Balance at Jun. 29, 2014	$ 5,029,735	$ 162	$ 5,239,567	$ (3,757,076)	$ (28,655)	$ 3,575,737
Ending Balance (in shares) at Jun. 29, 2014		162,350

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 4,962	$ 5,448
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares authorized	5,000	5,000
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized	400,000	400,000
Common stock, shares issued	162,350	162,873
Common stock, shares outstanding	162,350	162,873
Treasury stock, shares	92,867	89,205

XML

Net Income Per Share

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Net Income Per Share

Note 9: Net Income Per Share

Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the treasury stock method, for dilutive stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and convertible notes. The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted computations for net income per share.

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator:
Net income	$	632,289	$	113,879	$	168,723
Denominator:
Basic average shares outstanding		164,741		168,932		124,176
Effect of potential dilutive securities:
Employee stock plans		2,864		2,558		910
Convertible notes		6,898		1,940		147
Diluted average shares outstanding		174,503		173,430		125,233
Net income per share - basic	$	3.84	$	0.67	$	1.36
Net income per share - diluted	$	3.62	$	0.66	$	1.35

For purposes of computing diluted net income per share, weighted-average common shares do not include potentially dilutive securities that are anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method. The following potentially dilutive securities were excluded:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Number of options and RSUs excluded		78		534		382

Diluted shares outstanding include only the effect of the 2041 Notes. Diluted shares outstanding do not include any effect resulting from warrants, assumed conversion of the notes, or note hedges associated with the Company’s 2016 or 2018 Notes (as described in Note 13) as their impact would have been anti-dilutive.

XML

Revenues and Long Lived Assets by Geographic Region (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 4,607,309	$ 3,598,916	$ 2,665,192
Long-lived assets	543,496	603,910	584,596
South Korea
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenues	1,127,406	603,821	893,549
Long-lived assets	18,776	991	993
Taiwan
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenues	1,049,214	1,026,548	467,922
Long-lived assets	4,259	2,953	3,169
Japan
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenues	634,131	368,095	308,189
Long-lived assets	392	680	1,068
China
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenues	623,408	319,282	143,769
Long-lived assets	846	2,291	3,673
United States
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenues	622,022	734,324	458,531
Long-lived assets	429,548	484,273	463,156
Europe
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenues	303,730	292,432	244,038
Long-lived assets	89,221	109,934	107,893
Southeast Asia
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenues	247,398	254,414	149,194
Long-lived assets	$ 454	$ 2,788	$ 4,644

XML

Intangible Assets Acquired (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired intangible assets subject to amortization	$ 9,228
Weighted- Average Useful Life (years)	6 years
Customer Relationships
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired intangible assets subject to amortization	1,800
Weighted- Average Useful Life (years)	7 years
Existing Technology
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired intangible assets subject to amortization	7,228
Weighted- Average Useful Life (years)	6 years
Patents
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired intangible assets subject to amortization	$ 200
Weighted- Average Useful Life (years)	5 years

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Aug. 20, 2014	Dec. 29, 2013
Document Information [Line Items]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Jun. 29, 2014
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Trading Symbol	LRCX
Entity Registrant Name	LAM RESEARCH CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0000707549
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--06-29
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		162,075,237
Entity Public Float			$ 6,184,276,734

XML

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Note 10: Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax at the end of the period, as well as the activity during the period, were as follows:

	Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment			Accumulated unrealized holding gain (loss) on cash flow hedges			Accumulated unrealized holding gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments			Accumulated unrealized components of defined benefit plans			Total
	(in thousands)
Balance as of June 30, 2013	$	(17,178	)	$	2,822		$	(15	)	$	(14,322	)	$	(28,693	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before relcassifications		4,976			8,004			1,407			(2,838	)		11,549
Losses (gains) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income		(784	)		(10,892	) (1)		165	(2)		—			(11,511	)
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)	$	4,192		$	(2,888	)	$	1,572		$	(2,838	)	$	38
Balance as of June 29, 2014	$	(12,986	)	$	(66	)	$	1,557		$	(17,160	)	$	(28,655	)

(1) Amount of after tax gains reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into net income located in revenue: $8,009; cost of goods sold: $2,057; and selling, general and administrative expenses: $826.

(2) Amount of loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into net income located in other expense, net

Tax related to the components of other comprehensive income during the period were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Tax benefit (expense) on change in unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges:
Tax expense on unrealized gains/losses arising during the period	$	(1,065	)	$	(1,312	)	$	—
Tax expense on gains/losses reclassified to earnings		1,615			818			—
		550			(494	)		—
Tax benefit (expense) on change in unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale investments:
Tax benefit (expense) on unrealized gains/losses arising during the period		(735	)		1,428			233
Tax (benefit) expense on gains/losses reclassified to earnings		493			(2,026	)		474
		(242	)		(598	)		707
Tax benefit on change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans		1,895			586			944
Tax benefit (expense) on other comprehensive income(loss)	$	2,203		$	(506	)	$	1,651

XML

Purchase Commitments (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014
Unrecorded Unconditional Purchase Obligation [Line Items]
One year	$ 185,450
Two years	8,279
Three years	3,869
Four years	2,585
Five years	2,585
Over five years	2,928
Total	$ 205,696

XML

Estimated Future Amortization Expense of Intangible Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
2014	$ 156,719
2015	154,215
2016	152,494
2017	151,398
2018	120,254
Thereafter	138,898
Net intangible assets subject to amortization	$ 873,978	$ 1,045,245

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Revenue	$ 4,607,309	$ 3,598,916	$ 2,665,192
Cost of goods sold	2,599,828	2,195,857	1,581,123
Gross margin	2,007,481	1,403,059	1,084,069
Research and development	716,471	683,688	444,559
Selling, general and administrative	613,341	601,300	401,777
Total operating expenses	1,329,812	1,284,988	846,336
Operating income	677,669	118,071	237,733
Gain on sale of real estate	83,090	0	0
Other expense, net	(37,396)	(51,413)	(33,315)
Income before income taxes	723,363	66,658	204,418
Income tax expense (benefit)	91,074	(47,221)	35,695
Net income	$ 632,289	$ 113,879	$ 168,723
Net income per share:
Basic net income per share	$ 3.84	$ 0.67	$ 1.36
Diluted net income per share	$ 3.62	$ 0.66	$ 1.35
Number of shares used in per share calculations:
Basic	164,741	168,932	124,176
Diluted	174,503	173,430	125,233

XML

Financial Instruments

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Financial Instruments

Note 4: Financial Instruments

Fair Value

The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact, and it considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

A fair value hierarchy has been established that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The level of an asset or liability in the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1: Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities with sufficient volume and frequency of transactions.

Level 2: Valuations based on observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or model-derived valuations techniques for which all significant inputs are observable in the market or can be corroborated by, observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3: Valuations based on unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of fair value of assets or liabilities and based on non-binding, broker-provided price quotes and may not have been corroborated by observable market data.

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

			Fair Value Measurement at June 29, 2014
	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
	(In thousands)
Assets
Short-Term Investments
Money Market Funds	$	1,168,261	$	1,168,261	$	—	$	—
Municipal Notes and Bonds		335,433		—		335,433		—
US Treasury and Agencies		212,587		212,587		—		—
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		27,692		—		27,692		—
Foreign Government Bonds		35,467		—		35,467		—
Corporate Notes and Bonds		1,008,788		132,549		876,239		—
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		26,944		—		26,944		—
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		111,933		—		111,933		—
Total Short-Term Investments	$	2,927,105	$	1,513,397	$	1,413,708	$	—
Mutual Funds		21,758		21,758		—		—
Derivatives Assets		1,592		—		1,592		—
Total	$	2,950,455	$	1,535,155	$	1,415,300	$	—
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	$	929	$	—	$	923	$	6

The amounts in the table above are reported in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 29, 2014 as follows:

	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(In thousands)
Reported As:
Cash Equivalents	$	1,173,551	$	1,168,261	$	5,290	$	—
Short-Term Investments		1,612,967		204,549		1,408,418		—
Restricted Cash and Investments		140,587		140,587		—		—
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets		1,592		—		1,592		—
Other Assets		21,758		21,758		—		—
Total	$	2,950,455	$	1,535,155	$	1,415,300	$	—
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities	$	923	$	—	$	923	$	—
Other Non-current Liabilities		6		—		—		6
Total Liabilities	$	929	$	—	$	923	$	6

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

			Fair Value Measurement at June 30, 2013
	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
	(In thousands)
Assets
Short-Term Investments
Money Market Funds	$	725,311	$	725,311	$	—	$	—
Municipal Notes and Bonds		268,746		—		268,746		—
US Treasury and Agencies		155,293		155,293		—		—
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		54,805		—		54,805		—
Foreign Government Bonds		24,972		—		24,972		—
Corporate Notes and Bonds		860,492		164,885		695,607		—
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		27,365		—		27,365		—
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		107,958		—		107,958		—
Total Short-Term Investments	$	2,224,942	$	1,045,489	$	1,179,453	$	—
Equities		7,096		7,096		—		—
Mutual Funds		18,216		18,216		—		—
Derivatives Assets		4,929		—		4,929		—
Total	$	2,255,183	$	1,070,801	$	1,184,382	$	—
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	$	1,815	$	—	$	1,620	$	195

The amounts in the table above are reported in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2013 as follows:

	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(In thousands)
Reported As:
Cash Equivalents	$	725,311	$	725,311	$	—	$	—
Short-Term Investments		1,334,746		155,293		1,179,453		—
Restricted Cash and Investments		164,885		164,885		—		—
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets		4,929		—		4,929		—
Other Assets		25,312		25,312		—		—
Total	$	2,255,183	$	1,070,801	$	1,184,382	$	—
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities	$	1,620	$	—	$	1,620	$	—
Other Non-current Liabilities		195		—		—		195
Total Liabilities	$	1,815	$	—	$	1,620	$	195

The Company’s primary financial instruments include its cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, restricted cash and investments, long-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, long-term debt and capital leases, and foreign currency related derivatives. The estimated fair value of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates their carrying value due to the short period of time to their maturities. The estimated fair values of capital lease obligations approximate their carrying value as the substantial majority of these obligations have interest rates that adjust to market rates on a periodic basis. Refer to Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the fair value of the Company’s convertible notes.

Investments

The following tables summarize the Company’s investments (in thousands):

	June 29, 2014									June 30, 2013
	Cost		Unrealized Gain		Unrealized (Loss)			Fair Value		Cost		Unrealized Gain		Unrealized (Loss)			Fair Value
Cash	$	285,031	$	—	$	—		$	285,031	$	438,813	$	—	$	—		$	438,813
Fixed Income Money Market Funds		1,168,261		—		—			1,168,261		725,311		—		—			725,311
Municipal Notes and Bonds		334,329		1,108		(4	)		335,433		268,390		805		(449	)		268,746
US Treasury and Agencies		212,436		178		(27	)		212,587		155,648		18		(373	)		155,293
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		27,666		41		(15	)		27,692		54,835		65		(95	)		54,805
Foreign Government Bonds		35,438		57		(28	)		35,467		24,950		47		(25	)		24,972
Corporate Notes and Bonds		1,007,089		2,034		(335	)		1,008,788		861,109		1,328		(1,945	)		860,492
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		27,067		59		(182	)		26,944		27,618		29		(282	)		27,365
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		112,642		100		(809	)		111,933		108,204		426		(672	)		107,958
Total Cash and Short -Term Investments	$	3,209,959	$	3,577	$	(1,400	)	$	3,212,136	$	2,664,878	$	2,718	$	(3,841	)	$	2,663,755
Publicly Traded Equity Securities	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	5,610	$	1,486	$	—		$	7,096
Private Equity Securities		—		—		—			—		5,000		—		—			5,000
Mutual Funds		18,784		2,974		—			21,758		16,611		1,619		(14	)		18,216
Total Financial Instruments	$	3,228,743	$	6,551	$	(1,400	)	$	3,233,894	$	2,692,099	$	5,823	$	(3,855	)	$	2,694,067
As Reported
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$	1,452,677	$	—	$	—		$	1,452,677	$	1,162,473	$	—	$	—		$	1,162,473
Short-Term Investments		1,610,790		3,577		(1,400	)		1,612,967		1,335,868		2,718		(3,841	)		1,334,745
Restricted Cash and Investments		146,492		—		—			146,492		166,536		—		—			166,536
Other Assets		18,784		2,974		—			21,758		27,222		3,105		(14	)		30,313
Total	$	3,228,743	$	6,551	$	(1,400	)	$	3,233,894	$	2,692,099	$	5,823	$	(3,855	)	$	2,694,067

The Company accounts for its investment portfolio at fair value. Realized gains (losses) for investment sales are specifically identified. Management assesses the fair value of investments in debt securities that are not actively traded through consideration of interest rates and their impact on the present value of the cash flows to be received from the investments. The Company also considers whether changes in the credit ratings of the issuer could impact the assessment of fair value. Net realized gains (losses) on investments included other-than-temporary impairment charges of $3.7 million, and $1.7 million in fiscal years 2013, and 2012, respectively. There were no other-than-temporary impairment charges in fiscal year 2014. Additionally, gross realized gains/(losses) from sales of investments were approximately $1.5 million and $(2.0) million in fiscal year 2014, $1.6 million and $(1.5) million in fiscal year 2013, and $1.4 million and $(1.0) million in fiscal year 2012, respectively.

The following is an analysis of the Company’s fixed income securities in unrealized loss positions (in thousands):

	June 29, 2014
	Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months					Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater					Total
	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss
Fixed Income Securities
Municipal Notes and Bonds	$	5,464	$	(4	)	$	—	$	—		$	5,464	$	(4	)
US Treasury and Agencies		57,932		(27	)		—		—			57,932		(27	)
Government-Sponsored Enterprises		10,235		(15	)		—		—			10,235		(15	)
Foregin Government Bonds		14,999		(28	)		—		—			14,999		(28	)
Corporate Notes and Bonds		180,834		(293	)		6,973		(42	)		187,807		(335	)
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential		7,993		(87	)		7,656		(95	)		15,649		(182	)
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial		71,848		(533	)		25,316		(276	)		97,164		(809	)
Total Fixed Income	$	349,305	$	(987	)	$	39,945	$	(413	)	$	389,250	$	(1,400	)

The amortized cost and fair value of cash equivalents, short-term investments, and restricted cash and investments with contractual maturities are as follows:

	Cost		Estimated Fair Value
	(in thousands)
Due in one year or less	$	1,464,736	$	1,465,185
Due after one year through five years		1,146,839		1,149,380
Due in more than five years		313,353		312,540
	$	2,924,928	$	2,927,105

Management has the ability, if necessary, to liquidate any of its cash equivalents and short-term investments in order to meet the Company’s liquidity needs in the next 12 months. Accordingly, those investments with contractual maturities greater than one year from the date of purchase nonetheless are classified as short-term on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging

The Company carries derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”) on its Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair values. The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts with financial institutions with the primary objective of reducing volatility of earnings and cash flows related to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The counterparties to these foreign currency forward contracts are large global financial institutions that the Company believes are creditworthy, and therefore, we do not consider the risk of counterparty nonperformance to be material.

Cash Flow Hedges

The Company’s financial position is routinely subjected to market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on non-US dollar transactions or cash flows, primarily from Japanese yen-denominated revenues and euro-denominated expenses. The Company’s policy is to mitigate the foreign exchange risk arising from the fluctuations in the value of these non-U.S. dollar denominated transactions or cash flows through a foreign currency cash flow hedging program, using foreign currency forward contracts that generally expire within 12 months and no later than 24 months. These foreign currency forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges and are carried on the Company’s balance sheet at fair value with the effective portion of the contracts’ gains or losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently recognized in revenue/expense in the same period the hedged items are recognized.

At inception and at each quarter end, hedges are tested prospectively and retrospectively for effectiveness using regression analysis. Changes in the fair value of foreign currency forward contracts due to changes in time value are excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and are recognized in revenue in the current period. The change in time value related to these contracts was not material for all reported periods. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedge relationship must meet criteria relating both to the derivative instrument and the hedged item. These criteria include identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value or cash flows will be measured. There were no gains or losses during the twelve months ended June 29, 2014 or June 30, 2013 associated with ineffectiveness or forecasted transactions that failed to occur.

To receive hedge accounting treatment, all hedging relationships are formally documented at the inception of the hedge and the hedges must be tested to demonstrate an expectation of providing highly effective offsetting changes to future cash flows on hedged transactions. When derivative instruments are designated and qualify as effective cash flow hedges, the Company recognizes effective changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged exposure is realized. Consequently, with the exception of excluded time value and hedge ineffectiveness recognized, the Company’s results of operations are not subject to fluctuation as a result of changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments. If hedges are not highly effective or if the Company does not believe that the underlying hedged forecasted transactions will occur, the Company may not be able to account for its derivative instruments as cash flow hedges. If this were to occur, future changes in the fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments would be recognized in earnings. Additionally, related amounts previously recorded in “Other Comprehensive Income” would be reclassified to income immediately. At June 29, 2014, the Company had losses of $0.1 million in accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), which it expects to reclassify from Other Comprehensive Income into earnings over the next 12 months.

Balance Sheet Hedges

The Company also enters into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge fluctuations associated with foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities, primarily third party accounts receivables, accounts payables and intercompany receivables and payables. These foreign currency forward contracts are not designated for hedge accounting treatment. Therefore, the change in fair value of these derivatives is recorded as a component of other income (expense) and offsets the change in fair value of the foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, which are also recorded in other income (expense).

As of June 29, 2014, the Company had the following outstanding foreign currency forward contracts that were entered into under its cash flow and balance sheet hedge program:

	Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments:				Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:
	(in thousands)
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts
	Buy Contracts		Sell Contracts		Buy Contracts		Sell Contracts
Japanese Yen	$	—	$	98,501	$	—	$	30,342
Swiss Franc		—		—		7,023		—
Euro		93,872		—		543		—
Korean Won		—		—		19,537		—
Taiwan Dollar		—		—		99,601		66,746
	$	93,872	$	98,501	$	126,704	$	97,088

The fair value of derivatives instruments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013 were as follows:

	June 29, 2014								June 30, 2013
	Fair Value of Derivative Instruments								Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
	Asset Derivatives				Liability Derivatives				Asset Derivatives				Liability Derivatives
	Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value		Balance Sheet Location		Fair Value
	(in thousands)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts		Prepaid expense and other assets	$	483		Accrued liabilities	$	805		Prepaid expense and other assets	$	4,858		Accrued liabilities	$	1,577
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts		Prepaid expense and other assets		1,109		Accrued liabilities		118		Prepaid expense and other assets		71		Accrued liabilities		43
Total derivatives			$	1,592			$	923			$	4,929			$	1,620

Under the master agreements with the respective counterparties to our foreign exchange contracts, subject to applicable requirements, we are allowed to net settle transactions of the same currency with a single net amount payable by one party to the other. However, we have elected to present the derivative assets and derivative liabilities on a gross basis in our balance sheet. As of June 29, 2014, the potential effect of rights of set-off associated with the above foreign exchange contracts would be an offset to both assets and liabilities by $0.5 million, resulting in a net derivative asset of $1.1 million. As of June 30, 2013, the potential effect of rights of set-off associated with the above foreign exchange contracts would be an offset to both assets and liabilities by $1.6 million, resulting in a net derivative asset of $3.3 million. We are not required to pledge, nor are we entitled to receive, cash collateral related to these derivative transactions

The effect of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, before tax, on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations was as follows:

	Twelve Months Ended June 29, 2014							Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2013
	Effective Portion				Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing			Effective Portion					Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing
Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in or Reclassified into Income	Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI		Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income		Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income			Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI		Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income			Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
	(in thousands)							(in thousands)
Revenue	$	7,939	$	9,027	$	277		$	8,322	$	10,036		$	376
Cost of goods sold		812		2,393		(52	)		2,443		(1,229	)		(271	)
Selling, general, and administrative		318		1,087		(23	)		1,154		(416	)		(130	)
Other income (expense)		—		—		—			—		—			(8	)
	$	9,069	$	12,507	$	202		$	11,919	$	8,391		$	(33	)

The effect of derivative instruments not designated as cash flow hedges on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations was as follows:

		Twelve Months Ended
		June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:	Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income	Gain Recognized in Income		Loss Recognized in Income
		(in thousands)
Foreign Exchange Contracts	Other income (expense)	$	8,205	($	1,585	)

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short term investments, restricted cash and investments, trade accounts receivable, and derivative financial instruments used in hedging activities. Cash is placed on deposit in large global financial institutions. Such deposits may be in excess of insured limits. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company’s cash are creditworthy and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these balances.

The Company’s over-all portfolio of available-for-sale securities must maintain an average minimum rating of “AA-” or “Aa3” as rated by Standard and Poor’s or Moody’s Investor Services, respectively. To ensure diversification and minimize concentration, the Company’s policy limits the amount of credit exposure with any one financial institution or commercial issuer.

The Company is exposed to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties on the foreign currency forward contracts that are used to mitigate the effect of exchange rate fluctuations and on contracts related to structured share repurchase agreements. These counterparties are large global financial institutions and, to date, no such counterparty has failed to meet its financial obligations to the Company.

Credit risk evaluations, including trade references, bank references and Dun & Bradstreet ratings, are performed on all new customers and the Company monitors its customers’ financial statements and payment performance. In general, the Company does not require collateral on sales.

As of June 29, 2014, four customers accounted for approximately 15%, 13%, 12% and 12% of accounts receivable. As of June 30, 2013, two customers accounted for approximately 22% and 14% of accounts receivable.

XML

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Note 3: Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB released Accounting Standards Update 2013-11 “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” The new standard requires that an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward or other tax credit carryforward when settlement in this manner is available under the tax law. The Company is required to adopt this standard starting in fiscal year 2015 and is currently in the process of determining the impact, if any, on its financial position.

In April 2014, the FASB released Accounting Standards Update 2014-8 “Presentation of Financial Statements and Property, Plant and Equipment: Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosure of Disposals of Components of an Entity.” The new standard re-defines discontinued operations and requires only those disposals of components of an entity, including classifications as held for sale, that represent a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results to be reported as discontinued operations. In addition, the new standard expands the disclosure requirements of discontinued operations. The Company is required to adopt this standard starting in fiscal year 2015 and is currently in the process of determining the impact, if any, on its financial position.

In May 2014, the FASB released Accounting Standards Update 2014-9 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of the standard is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. The new standard defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing GAAP including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. We are required to adopt this standard starting in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 using either of two methods: (i) retrospective to each prior reporting period presented with the option to elect certain practical expedients as defined within the standard; or (ii) retrospective with the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures as defined per the standard. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of its pending adoption of this standard on its financial position.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Income Taxes

Note 15: Income Taxes

The components of income (loss) before income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
United States	$	78,076	$	(46,392	)	$	(6,950	)
Foreign		645,287		113,050			211,368
	$	723,363	$	66,658		$	204,418

Significant components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to income before income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Federal:
Current	$	31,762		$	(1,096	)	$	5,038
Deferred		10,692			(60,172	)		(1,033	)
	$	42,454		$	(61,268	)	$	4,005
State:
Current	$	3,192		$	3,332		$	1,297
Deferred		(869	)		(6,351	)		336
	$	2,323		$	(3,019	)	$	1,633
Foreign:
Current	$	49,273		$	20,640		$	33,871
Deferred		(2,976	)		(3,574	)		(3,814	)
	$	46,297		$	17,066		$	30,057
Total Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes	$	91,074		$	(47,221	)	$	35,695

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes, and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as the tax effect of carryforwards. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Tax carryforwards	$	170,028		$	169,371
Allowances and reserves		126,895			94,720
Equity-based compensation		18,019			19,586
Inventory valuation differences		16,257			22,833
Other		12,065			11,286
Gross deferred tax assets		343,264			317,796
Valuation allowance		(74,439	)		(76,594	)
Net deferred tax assets		268,825			241,202
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible Assets		(87,329	)		(94,836	)
Convertible debt		(117,112	)		(98,482	)
Temporary differences for capital assets		(32,350	)		(41,470	)
Amortization of goodwill		(11,409	)		(9,950	)
Unremitted earnings of a foreign subsidiary		(34,346	)		(2,936	)
Other		(11,017	)		(11,645	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(293,563	)		(259,319	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	(24,738	)	$	(18,117	)

The change in the gross deferred tax assets, gross deferred tax liabilities and valuation allowance between fiscal year 2014 and 2013 is primarily attributable to accrual for future tax liability due to the expected repatriation of foreign earnings and amortization of convertible debt, offset by an increase in deferred tax assets related to allowances and reserves. Realization of the Company’s net deferred tax assets is based upon the weighting of available evidence, including such factors as the recent earnings history and expected future taxable income. The Company believes it is more-likely-than-not that such deferred tax assets will be realized with the exception of $74.4 million primarily related to California and certain foreign deferred tax assets.

The provisions related to the tax accounting for stock-based compensation prohibit the recognition of a deferred tax asset for an excess benefit that has not yet been realized. As a result, the Company will only recognize an excess benefit from stock-based compensation in additional paid-in-capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized after all other tax attributes currently available to us have been utilized. In addition, the Company continued to elect to account for the indirect benefits of stock-based compensation such as the research and development tax credit through the consolidated statement of operations.

At June 29, 2014, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $134.5 million. The majority of these losses will begin to expire in the year 2019, and are subject to limitations on their utilization.

As of June 29, 2014, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $31.9 million. If not utilized, the net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in the year 2015, and are subject to limitations on their utilization. The tax benefits relating to approximately $5.0 million of state net operating loss carryforwards will be credited to additional paid-in-capital when recognized.

At June 29, 2014, the Company had federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $107.8 million, of which $17.9 million will begin to expire in fiscal year 2017 and $87.1 million will begin to expire in fiscal year 2030. The remaining balance of $2.8 million of credits may be carried forward indefinitely. The tax benefits relating to approximately $13.0 million of federal tax credit carryforwards will be credited to additional paid-in-capital when recognized.

At June 29, 2014, the Company had state tax credit carryforwards of approximately $212.0 million. Substantially all state tax credit carryforwards may be carried forward indefinitely. The tax benefits relating to approximately $37.0 million of the state tax credit carryforwards will be credited to additional paid-in-capital when recognized.

At June 29, 2014, the Company had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $60.3 million, of which approximately $38.5 million may be carried forward indefinitely and $21.9 million will begin to expire in fiscal year 2015.

A reconciliation of income tax expense provided at the federal statutory rate (35% in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012) to actual income expense is as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Income tax expense computed at federal statutory rate	$	253,177		$	23,332		$	71,546
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		1,884			(13,588	)		(4,895	)
Foreign income taxed at different rates		(164,130	)		(40,255	)		(51,425	)
Tax credits		(15,650	)		(42,593	)		(5,791	)
State valuation allowance, net of federal tax benefit		(1,707	)		11,538			5,862
Equity-based compensation		23,167			20,318			14,123
Acquisition costs		—			—			5,683
Other permanent differences and miscellaneous items		(5,667	)		(5,973	)		592
	$	91,074		$	(47,221	)	$	35,695

Effective fiscal year 2014 through June 2023, the Company obtained a new tax ruling for one of its foreign subsidiaries in Switzerland. In the prior years, the Company had a tax holiday in Switzerland which was effective from fiscal year 2003 through June 2013. The impact of the tax ruling decreased income taxes by approximately $7.4 million, $10.8 million and $22.3 million for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The benefit of the tax ruling on diluted earnings per share was approximately $0.04 in fiscal year 2014, $0.06 in fiscal year 2013 and $0.18 in fiscal year 2012.

Unremitted earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries included in consolidated retained earnings aggregated to approximately $2.9 billion at June 29, 2014. These earnings are indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. If these earnings were remitted to the United States, they would be subject to U.S. and foreign withholding taxes of approximately $697.5 million at current statutory rates. The Company’s federal income tax provision includes U.S. income taxes on certain foreign-based income.

As of June 29, 2014, the total gross unrecognized tax benefits were $352.1 million compared to $333.1 million as of June 30, 2013, and $343.8 million as of June 24, 2012. During fiscal year 2014, gross unrecognized tax benefits increased by approximately $19.0 million. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate was $269.4 million, $257.7 million, and $278.2 million as of June 29, 2014, June 30, 2013, and June 24, 2012, respectively. The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits were as follows:

	(in millions)
Balance as of June 26, 2011	$	181.5
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities		(0.2	)
Lapse of statute of limitations		(6.6	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		1.4
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		(4.3	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period		22.3
Tax positions assumed in Novellus transaction		149.7
Balance as of June 24, 2012		343.8
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities		(3.4	)
Lapse of statute of limitations		(51.4	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		11.3
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		(11.3	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period		35.2
Tax positions assumed in Novellus transaction		8.9
Balance as of June 30, 2013		333.1
Lapse of statute of limitations		(16.0	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		6.2
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods		(4.2	)
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period		33.0
Balance as of June 29, 2014	$	352.1

The Company recognizes interest expense and penalties related to the above unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. The Company had accrued $29.5 million, $25.5 million, and $25.2 million, cumulatively, for gross interest and penalties as of June 29, 2014, June 30, 3013, and June 24, 2012, respectively.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has contacted the Company for a limited scope audit of Novellus’ U.S. income tax return for the years 2010, 2011, and 2012. In addition, the Company is also subject to audits by state and foreign tax authorities. The Company is unable to make a reasonable estimate as to when cash settlements, if any, with the relevant taxing authorities will occur.

The Company files U.S. federal, U.S. state, and foreign income tax returns. As of June 29, 2014, tax years 2004-2013 remain subject to examination in the jurisdictions where the Company operates.

The Company is in various stages of the examinations in connection with all of its tax audits worldwide and it is difficult to determine when these examinations will be settled. It is reasonably possible that over the next twelve-month period the Company may experience an increase or decrease in its unrecognized tax benefits. It is not possible to determine either the magnitude or the range of any increase or decrease at this time.

XML

Equity-Based Compensation Plans

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Equity-Based Compensation Plans

Note 11: Equity-Based Compensation Plans

The Company has adopted stock plans that provide for the grant to employees of equity-based awards, including stock options and RSUs, of Lam Research Common Stock. In addition, these plans permit the grant of nonstatutory equity-based awards to consultants and outside directors. An option is a right to purchase the Company’s stock at a set price. An RSU award is an agreement to issue shares of the Company’s stock at the time of vesting. Pursuant to the plans, the equity-based award exercise price is determined by the Board of Directors or its designee, the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price for any option be less than the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant. Equity-based awards granted under the plans vest over a period determined by the Board of Directors or the plan administrator, typically over a period of three years or less. The Company also has an ESPP that allows employees to purchase shares of its Common Stock through payroll deduction at a discounted price. A summary of stock plan transactions is as follows:

	Options Outstanding					Restricted Stock Units Outstanding
	Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Fair Market Value at Grant
June 26, 2011		309,933		$	21.50		2,331,340		$	39.90
Awards assumed in Novellus acquisition		3,932,143		$	25.17		1,291,808		$	35.99
Granted		—		$	—		2,336,283		$	41.23
Exercised		(74,615	)	$	23.70
Canceled		(265,384	)	$	21.71		(120,070	)	$	40.91
Vested restricted stock							(1,507,883	)	$	35.47
June 24, 2012		3,902,077		$	25.14		4,331,478		$	41.01
Granted		288,867		$	42.59		2,563,670		$	38.76
Exercised		(1,546,028	)	$	25.47
Canceled		(73,993	)	$	26.24		(299,079	)	$	39.70
Vested restricted stock							(1,754,273	)	$	42.52
June 30, 2013		2,570,923		$	26.87		4,841,796		$	39.32
Granted		166,455		$	51.76		2,811,602		$	53.21
Exercised		(1,403,019	)	$	24.75
Canceled		(2,473	)	$	30.21		(281,476	)	$	41.16
Vested restricted stock							(1,736,453	)	$	40.39
June 29, 2014		1,331,886		$	32.20		5,635,469		$	45.83

Outstanding and exercisable options presented by price range at June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Number of Options Outstanding		Weighted- Average Remaining Life (Years)		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Number of Options Exercisable		Weighted- Average Exercise Price
$9.44-$19.05		152,182		4.41	$	13.09		152,182	$	13.09
$21.04-$25.60		201,958		2.86	$	22.46		192,569	$	22.42
$26.87-29.68		476,518		4.21	$	29.26		377,573	$	29.28
$31.45-$35.68		45,906		6.77	$	32.63		19,446	$	33.09
$42.41-$51.76		455,322		6.00	$	45.94		—		—
$9.44-$51.76		1,331,886		4.73	$	32.20		741,770	$	24.28

The Lam Research Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, and 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, (collectively the “Stock Plans”) provide for the grant of non-qualified equity-based awards to eligible employees, consultants and advisors, and non-employee directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. As of June 29, 2014 there were a total of 6,967,355 shares subject to options and RSUs issued and outstanding under the Company’s Stock Plans. As of June 29, 2014, there were a total of 9,189,362 shares available for future issuance under the Stock Plans.

The ESPP allows employees to designate a portion of their base compensation to be deducted and used to purchase the Company’s Common Stock at a purchase price per share of the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the first or last day of the applicable purchase period. Typically, each offering period lasts 12 months and comprises three interim purchase dates. The Plan Administrator (the Compensation Committee of the Board) is authorized to set a limit on the number of shares a plan participant can purchase on any single plan exercise date. During fiscal years 2014 and 2013, there was no increase to the number of shares of Lam Research Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 1999 ESPP. During fiscal year 2012 the number of shares of Lam Research Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 1999 ESPP increased by 1.8 million.

During fiscal year 2014, a total of 1,196,629 shares of the Company’s Common Stock were sold to employees under the 1999 ESPP. At June 29, 2014, 8,377,578 shares were available for purchase under the 1999 ESPP.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s stock-based awards, less expected forfeitures, is amortized over the awards’ vesting period on a straight-line basis. The Company recognized the following equity-based compensation expenses and benefits during the fiscal years noted:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in millions)
Equity-based compensation expense	$	103.7	$	99.3	$	81.6
Income tax benefit recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations related to equity-based compensation	$	16.9	$	17.6	$	12.2
Tax benefit realized from the exercise and vesting of options and RSUs	$	32.0	$	21.6	$	11.8

Stock Options

The fair value of the Company’s stock options granted during fiscal years 2014, 2013 and fiscal year 2012, in connection with the acquisition of Novellus, was estimated using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. This model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including expected stock price volatility and the estimated life of each award:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
Expected volatility		35.28	%		36.60	%		38.04	%
Risk-free interest rate		1.39	%		0.81	%		0.55	%
Expected term (years)		4.78			4.79			3.89
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%

The year-end intrinsic value relating to stock options for fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012 is presented below:

	Year Ended
	June 29,		June 30,		June 24,
	2014		2013		2012
	(millions)
Intrinsic value - options outstanding	$	46.3	$	44.9	$	49.9
Intrinsic value - options exercisable	$	31.7	$	36.9	$	30.1
Intrinsic value - options exercised	$	41.4	$	25.4	$	1.3

As of June 29, 2014, there was $4.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options granted and outstanding; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining vesting period of 1.5 years.

Restricted Stock Units

The fair value of the Company’s RSUs was calculated based upon the fair market value of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. As of June 29, 2014, there was $179.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs granted; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining vesting period of 2.0 years.

During the fiscal year 2014, the Company issued RSUs with both a market condition and a service condition (market-based performance RSUs, or “market-based PRSUs”). Based upon the terms of such awards, the number of shares that can be earned over the performance periods is based on our Common Stock price performance compared to the market price performance of the Philadelphia Semiconductor Sector Index (“SOX”), ranging from 0% to 150% of target. The stock price performance or market price performance is measured using the closing price for the 50-trading days prior to the dates the performance period begins and ends. The target number of shares represented by the market-based PRSUs is increased by 2% of target for each 1% that Common Stock price performance exceeds the market price performance of the SOX index. The result of the vesting formula is rounded down to the nearest whole number. Total stockholder return is a measure of stock price appreciation in this performance period. As of June 29, 2014 0.6 million market-based PRSUs were outstanding. These market-based PRSUs generally vest two or three years from the grant date and require continued employment. Stock compensation expense for the market-based PRSUs was $3.8 million for the year ended June 29, 2014. No market-based PRSUs were awarded in earlier periods. The total unrecognized compensation expense and weighted-average remaining life for these awards is included in the preceding disclosure.

ESPP

ESPP rights were valued using the Black-Scholes model. During fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012 ESPP was valued assuming the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
Expected life (years)		0.68			0.64			0.72
Expected stock price volatility		30.24	%		32.42	%		44.22	%
Risk-free interest rate		0.07	%		0.15	%		0.11	%
Dividend yield		0	%		0	%		0	%

As of June 29, 2014, there was $2.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the ESPP that is expected to be recognized over a remaining vesting period of 2 months.

XML

Components of Net Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Deferred tax assets:
Tax carryforwards	$ 170,028	$ 169,371
Allowances and reserves	126,895	94,720
Equity-based compensation	18,019	19,586
Inventory valuation differences	16,257	22,833
Other	12,065	11,286
Gross deferred tax assets	343,264	317,796
Valuation allowance	(74,439)	(76,594)
Net deferred tax assets	268,825	241,202
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible Assets	(87,329)	(94,836)
Amortization of goodwill	(11,409)	(9,950)
Unremitted earnings of a foreign subsidiary	(34,346)	(2,936)
Other	(11,017)	(11,645)
Deferred tax liabilities	(293,563)	(259,319)
Net deferred tax assets	(24,738)	(18,117)
Convertible Debt
Deferred tax liabilities:
Deferred tax liabilities	(117,112)	(98,482)
Temporary differences for capital assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Deferred tax liabilities	$ (32,350)	$ (41,470)

XML

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Note 7: Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Accrued compensation	$	311,054	$	254,795
Warranty reserves		68,324		52,252
Income and other taxes payable		93,934		39,420
Dividends payable		29,240		—
Other		101,744		118,061
	$	604,296	$	464,528

XML

Schedule of Potentially Dilutive Securities Excluded from EPS Calculations (Detail) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Number of options and RSUs excluded	78	534	382

XML

Inventories

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Inventories

Note 5: Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market. Shipments to Japanese customers, to whom title does not transfer until customer acceptance, are classified as inventory and carried at cost until title transfers. Inventories consist of the following:

	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Raw materials	$	449,623	$	312,484
Work-in-process		126,564		101,530
Finished goods		164,316		145,303
	$	740,503	$	559,317

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Property and Equipment

Note 6: Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net, consist of the following:

	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
	(in thousands)
Manufacturing, engineering and office equipment	$	612,688		$	521,047
Computer equipment and software		131,184			120,144
Land		52,784			65,360
Buildings		199,544			249,126
Leasehold improvements		80,569			76,225
Furniture and fixtures		20,026			21,110
		1,096,795			1,053,012
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(553,299	)		(449,102	)
	$	543,496		$	603,910

Depreciation expense, including amortization of capital leases, during fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, was $129.1 million, $126.5 million, and $74.0 million, respectively.

During the fiscal year 2014, the Company sold its interest in property and equipment with a net book value of $82.6 million. These assets consist primarily of buildings and land, resulting in the decrease to those asset categories above. The Company realized a $7.1 million impairment on the sale of an interest in building and associated land and an $83.1 million gain on sale of a separate interest in buildings and land in the Consolidated Statement of Operations in fiscal year 2014. No significant impairment or gain on sale were realized in fiscal years 2013 or 2012.

XML

Other Income (Expense), Net

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Other Income (Expense), Net

Note 8: Other Income (Expense), Net

The significant components of other income (expense), net, were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Interest income	$	12,540		$	14,737		$	12,141
Interest expense		(61,692	)		(60,408	)		(38,962	)
Gains (losses) on deferred compensation plan related assets, net		9,559			9,764			(914	)
Foreign exchange gains (losses), net		1,529			(6,808	)		(397	)
Other, net		668			(8,698	)		(5,183	)
	$	(37,396	)	$	(51,413	)	$	(33,315	)

XML

Equity Based Compensation Plans - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Options and restricted stock units vesting period, years	3 years
Unrecognized compensation expense, stock option	$ 4.7
Stock compensation expense	103.7	99.3	81.6
Existing Stock Plans
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Options and RSUs issued and outstanding under stock plans	6,967,355
Shares available for future issuance under stock plan	9,189,362
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
ESPP purchase price per share as percentage of fair market value	85.00%
Increase in shares available for issuance under ESPP	0	0	1,800,000
Common stock issued to employees	1,196,629
Number of shares available for purchase under ESPP	8,377,578
Weighted average remaining period for recognition, years	2 months
Unrecognized compensation expense	2.4
Stock Options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Weighted average remaining period for recognition, years	1 year 6 months
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Weighted average remaining period for recognition, years	2 years
Unrecognized compensation expense	179.3
Performance Based Restricted Stock Units (PRSU)
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Options and RSUs issued and outstanding under stock plans	600,000
Stock price performance measurement period	50 days
Percentage increase in market-based PRSUs from target	2.00%
Percentage increase in common stock price exceeding market price performance	1.00%
Stock compensation expense	$ 3.8
Performance Based Restricted Stock Units (PRSU) | Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock to be issued, vesting percentage	0.00%
Performance Based Restricted Stock Units (PRSU) | Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock to be issued, vesting percentage	150.00%

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012	Jun. 26, 2011
Income Tax [Line Items]
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	$ 74,439,000	$ 76,594,000
Federal and state tax credit carry forward	107,800,000
U.S. federal statutory tax rate	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
Decreased income taxes due to tax ruling in Switzerland	7,400,000	10,800,000	22,300,000
Benefit of the tax ruling on diluted earnings per share	$ 0.04	$ 0.06	$ 0.18
Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries	2,900,000,000
Withholding taxes on unremitted foreign earning	697,500,000
Unrecognized tax benefits	352,100,000	333,100,000	343,800,000	181,500,000
Increase in unrecognized tax benefits	19,000,000
Unrecognized tax benefits that would impact effective tax rate	269,400,000	257,700,000	278,200,000
Gross interest and penalties, relating to unrecognized tax benefits accrued	29,500,000	25,500,000	25,200,000
Federal
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss carry-forwards	134,500,000
Net operating loss carry-forwards expiration year	2019
State
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss carry-forwards	31,900,000
Net operating loss carry-forwards expiration year	2015
Additional paid-in capital benefit upon recognition of tax carry-forwards	5,000,000
Federal and state tax credit carry forward	212,000,000
Amount of tax benefits relating to the state tax credit carryforwards that will be credited to additional paid-in-capital when recognized
Income Tax [Line Items]
Federal and state tax credit carry forward	37,000,000
Tax Credit Carryforward Expiry Beginning in Fiscal Year 2017
Income Tax [Line Items]
Federal and state tax credit carry forward	17,900,000
Tax Credit Carryforward Expiry Beginning in Fiscal Year 2030
Income Tax [Line Items]
Federal and state tax credit carry forward	87,100,000
Tax Credit Carryforwards with Indefinite Carryforward Period
Income Tax [Line Items]
Federal and state tax credit carry forward	2,800,000
Federal
Income Tax [Line Items]
Additional paid-in capital benefit upon recognition of tax carry-forwards	13,000,000
Non U.S
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss carry-forwards	60,300,000
Non U.S | Net Operating Loss Carryforwards with Indefinite Carryforward Period
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss carry-forwards	38,500,000
Non U.S | Net Operating Loss Carryforwards Expiring Beginning in Fiscal Year 2015
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss carry-forwards	21,900,000
California And Foreign
Income Tax [Line Items]
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	$ 74,400,000

XML

Outstanding and Exercisable Options by Price Range (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, lower limit	$ 9.44
Range of Exercise Prices, upper limit	$ 51.76
Options Outstanding Number of Options Outstanding	1,331,886
Options Outstanding Weighted- Average Remaining Life (Years)	4 years 8 months 23 days
Options Outstanding Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 32.20
Options Exercisable Number of Options Exercisable	741,770
Options Exercisable Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 24.28
Range One
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, lower limit	$ 9.44
Range of Exercise Prices, upper limit	$ 19.05
Options Outstanding Number of Options Outstanding	152,182
Options Outstanding Weighted- Average Remaining Life (Years)	4 years 4 months 28 days
Options Outstanding Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 13.09
Options Exercisable Number of Options Exercisable	152,182
Options Exercisable Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 13.09
Range Two
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, lower limit	$ 21.04
Range of Exercise Prices, upper limit	$ 25.60
Options Outstanding Number of Options Outstanding	201,958
Options Outstanding Weighted- Average Remaining Life (Years)	2 years 10 months 10 days
Options Outstanding Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 22.46
Options Exercisable Number of Options Exercisable	192,569
Options Exercisable Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 22.42
Range Three
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, lower limit	$ 26.87
Range of Exercise Prices, upper limit	$ 29.68
Options Outstanding Number of Options Outstanding	476,518
Options Outstanding Weighted- Average Remaining Life (Years)	4 years 2 months 16 days
Options Outstanding Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 29.26
Options Exercisable Number of Options Exercisable	377,573
Options Exercisable Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 29.28
Range Four
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, lower limit	$ 31.45
Range of Exercise Prices, upper limit	$ 35.68
Options Outstanding Number of Options Outstanding	45,906
Options Outstanding Weighted- Average Remaining Life (Years)	6 years 9 months 7 days
Options Outstanding Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 32.63
Options Exercisable Number of Options Exercisable	19,446
Options Exercisable Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 33.09
Range Five
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, lower limit	$ 42.41
Range of Exercise Prices, upper limit	$ 51.76
Options Outstanding Number of Options Outstanding	455,322
Options Outstanding Weighted- Average Remaining Life (Years)	6 years
Options Outstanding Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 45.94

XML

Tax Related to Components of Other Comprehensive Income (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012	Jun. 26, 2011
Tax benefit (expense) on change in unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges:
Tax expense on unrealized gains/losses arising during the period	$ (1,065)	$ (1,312)
Tax expense on gains/losses reclassified to earnings	1,615	818
Tax benefit (expense) on change on cash flow hedges	550	(494)
Tax benefit (expense) on change in unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale investments:
Tax benefit (expense) on unrealized gains/losses arising during the period	(735)	1,428	233
Tax (benefit) expense on gains/losses reclassified to earnings	493	(2,026)	474
Tax benefit (expense) on change on available-for-sale investments	(242)	(598)	707
Tax benefit on change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans	1,895	586	944
Tax benefit (expense) on other comprehensive income (loss)	$ 2,203	$ (506)	$ 1,651

XML

Segment, Geographic Information and Major Customers - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of reportable business segment	1
Number of geographic regions the company operates	7
Revenues | Customer 1
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Percentage of revenue from major customers	23.00%	19.00%	30.00%
Revenues | Customer 2
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Percentage of revenue from major customers	15.00%	15.00%	12.00%
Revenues | Customer 3
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Percentage of revenue from major customers	14.00%	11.00%	10.00%

XML

Other Income (Expense), Net (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Components of Other Income (Expense), Net

The significant components of other income (expense), net, were as follows:

	Year Ended
	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013			June 24, 2012
	(in thousands)
Interest income	$	12,540		$	14,737		$	12,141
Interest expense		(61,692	)		(60,408	)		(38,962	)
Gains (losses) on deferred compensation plan related assets, net		9,559			9,764			(914	)
Foreign exchange gains (losses), net		1,529			(6,808	)		(397	)
Other, net		668			(8,698	)		(5,183	)
	$	(37,396	)	$	(51,413	)	$	(33,315	)

XML

Schedule of Outstanding Foreign Currency Forward Contracts (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014
Buy Contracts
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments	$ 93,872
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	126,704
Buy Contracts | Swiss Francs
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	7,023
Buy Contracts | Euro
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments	93,872
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	543
Buy Contracts | Korea (South), Won
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	19,537
Buy Contracts | Taiwan Dollar
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	99,601
Sell Contracts
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments	98,501
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	97,088
Sell Contracts | Japanese Yen
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments	98,501
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	30,342
Sell Contracts | Taiwan Dollar
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	$ 66,746

XML

Long Term Debt and Other Borrowings

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Long Term Debt and Other Borrowings

Note 13: Long Term Debt and Other Borrowings

The following table reflects the carrying value of the Company’s convertible notes and other long-term debt as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013:

	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
	(in millions)
0.50% Notes due 2016	$	450.0		$	450.0
Less: Unamortized interest discount		(30.4	)		(45.7	)
Net carrying amount of 0.50% Notes due 2016		419.6			404.3
1.25% Notes due 2018		450.0			450.0
Less: Unamortized interest discount		(62.7	)		(76.9	)
Net carrying amount of 1.25% Notes due 2018		387.3			373.1
2.625% Notes due 2041		699.9			699.9
Less: Unamortized interest discount		(183.3	)		(186.9	)
Net carrying amount of 2.625% Notes due 2041		516.6			513.0
Total debt		1,323.5			1,290.4
Less: current portion of debt		(516.6	)		(513.0	)
Long-term debt	$	806.9		$	777.4

Convertible Senior Notes

In May 2011, the Company issued and sold $450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 0.50% Convertible Senior Notes due May 2016 (the “2016 Notes”) at par. At the same time, the Company issued and sold $450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.25% Convertible Senior Notes due May 2018 (the “2018 Notes”) at par. The 2016 Notes and the 2018 Notes may be converted, under certain circumstances, based on a conversion rate of 15.9128 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes (which represents a conversion price of approximately $62.84 per share of Common Stock). The applicable conversion rate is adjusted in certain circumstances, including the declaration and payment of cash dividends. The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 2016 Notes and the 2018 Notes were $835.5 million. The Company pays cash interest at an annual rate of 0.5% and 1.25%, respectively, on the 2016 Notes and the 2018 Notes, payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year.

In June 2012, with the acquisition of Novellus Systems, Inc., the Company assumed $700.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 2.625% Convertible Senior Notes due May 2041 (the “2041 Notes,” and collectively with the 2016 Notes and the 2018 Notes, the “Notes”). The 2041 Notes may be converted, under certain circumstances, based on a conversion rate of 28.5572 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes (which represents a conversion price of approximately $35.02 per share of Common Stock). The applicable conversion rate is adjusted in certain circumstances, including the declaration and payment of cash dividends. The Company pays cash interest at an annual rate of 2.625%, payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2041 Notes also have a contingent interest payment provision that may require us to pay additional interest based on certain thresholds, beginning with the semi-annual interest payment commencing on May 15, 2021, and upon the occurrence of certain events, as outlined in the indenture governing the 2041 Notes. The maximum amount of the contingent interest will accrue at a rate of 2.1% per annum, excluding any potential impact from dividends deemed payable to holders of the 2041 Notes. The contingent interest payment provision has been identified as an embedded derivative, to be accounted for separately, and is recorded at fair value at the end of each reporting period in other non-current liabilities, with any gains and losses recorded in interest expense, within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company separately accounts for the liability and equity components of the Notes. The initial debt components of the 2016 Notes, the 2018 Notes, and the 2041 Notes were valued at $373.8 million, $345.1 million, and $509.5 million, respectively, based on the present value of the future cash flows using discount rates of 4.29%, 5.27%, and 4.28%, respectively, the Company’s borrowing rate at the date of the issuance or assumption for similar debt instruments without the conversion feature. The carrying values of the equity components of the 2016 Notes, the 2018 Notes, and the 2041 Notes were $76.2 million, $104.9 million, and $328.1 million, respectively as of June 29, 2014. The effective interest rates on the liability components of the 2016 Notes, the 2018 Notes, and the 2041 Notes for the year ended June 29, 2014 were 4.29%, 5.27%, and 4.28% respectively. The following table presents the amount of interest cost recognized relating to both the contractual interest coupon and amortization of the discount on the liability component of the Notes during the years ended June 29, 2014, June 30, 2013, and June 24, 2012.

	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in millions)
Contractual interest coupon	$	26.2	$	26.2	$	9.2
Amortization of interest discount		33.1		31.6		27.0
Amortization of issuance costs		2.4		2.4		2.4
Total interest cost recognized	$	61.7	$	60.2	$	38.6

The remaining bond discount of the 2016 Notes, the 2018 Notes, and the 2041 Notes of $30.4 million, $62.7 million, and $183.3 million, respectively, as of June 29, 2014 will be amortized over their respective remaining lives of approximately 1.9 years, 3.9 years, and 26.9 years. As of June 29, 2014, the if-converted value of the 2016, 2018 and 2041 Notes exceeded the aggregate principal amount by $29 million, $29 million and $638 million, respectively.

2016 Notes

The 2016 Notes may be converted at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding February 15, 2016, at the option of the holder, only under the following circumstances: 1) during the five business-day period after any ten consecutive trading-day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2016 Notes for each day of such measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock and the applicable conversion rate on each such trading day; 2) during any fiscal quarter commencing after the fiscal quarter ending September 25, 2011, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price in effect on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter; or 3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On and after February 15, 2016 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date of May 15, 2016, holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

Upon conversion, a holder will receive the conversion value of the 2016 Notes to be converted equal to the conversion rate multiplied by the volume weighted average price of the Company’s Common Stock during a specified period following the conversion date. The conversion value of each 2016 Note will be paid in: 1) cash equal to the principal amount of the note and 2) to the extent the conversion value exceeds the principal amount of the note, Common Stock (plus cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock). The conversion price will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for accrued interest. Upon a “fundamental change” at any time, as defined, the Company will in some cases increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its 2016 Notes in connection with such fundamental change. In addition, the holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their notes upon a “designated event” at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Concurrently with the issuance of the 2016 Notes, the Company purchased a convertible note hedge and sold warrants. The separate convertible note hedge and warrant transactions are collectively structured to reduce the potential future economic dilution associated with the conversion of the 2016 Notes and to increase the effective conversion price to $71.14 per share. Each of these components is discussed separately below:

Convertible Note Hedge. Counterparties agreed to sell to the Company up to approximately 7.1 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock, which is the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the 2016 Notes in full, at a price of $62.84 per share. The convertible note hedge transaction will be settled in net shares and will terminate upon the earlier of the maturity date of the 2016 Notes or the first day none of the 2016 Notes remains outstanding due to conversion or otherwise. Settlement of the convertible note hedge in net shares, based on the number of shares issued upon conversion of the 2016 Notes, on the expiration date would result in the Company receiving net shares equivalent to the number of shares issuable by the Company upon conversion of the 2016 Notes. Should there be an early unwind of the convertible note hedge transaction, the number of net shares potentially received by the Company will depend upon 1) the then existing overall market conditions, 2) the Company’s stock price, 3) the volatility of the Company’s stock, and 4) the amount of time remaining before expiration of the convertible note hedge. The convertible note hedge transaction cost of $76.2 million has been accounted for as an equity transaction. The Company initially recorded approximately $28.2 million in stockholders’ equity from the net deferred tax asset related to the convertible note hedge at inception of the transaction.

Sold Warrants. The Company received $57.6 million from the same counterparties from the sale of warrants to purchase up to approximately 7.1 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $71.14 per share. The warrants expire on a series of dates between August 15, 2016 and October 21, 2016. At expiration, the Company may, at its option, elect to settle the warrants on a net share basis. As of June 29, 2014, the warrants had not been exercised and remained outstanding. The value of the warrants was initially recorded in equity and continues to be classified as equity.

2018 Notes

The 2018 Notes may be converted at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding February 15, 2018, at the option of the holder only under the following circumstances: 1) during the five business-day period after any ten consecutive trading-day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2018 Notes for each day of such measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock and the applicable conversion rate on each such trading day; 2) during any fiscal quarter commencing after the fiscal quarter ending September 25, 2011, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price in effect on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter; or 3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On and after February 15, 2018 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date of May 15, 2018, holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

Upon conversion, a holder will receive the conversion value of the 2018 Notes to be converted equal to the conversion rate multiplied by the volume weighted average price of the Company’s Common Stock during a specified period following the conversion date. The conversion value of each 2018 Notes will be paid in: 1) cash equal to the principal amount of the note and 2) to the extent the conversion value exceeds the principal amount of the note, Common Stock (plus cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock). The conversion price will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for accrued interest. Upon a “fundamental change” at any time, as defined, the Company will in some cases increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its 2018 Notes in connection with such fundamental change. In addition, the holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their notes upon a “designated event” at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Concurrently with the issuance of the 2018 Notes, the Company purchased a convertible note hedge and sold warrants. The separate convertible note hedge and warrant transactions are collectively structured to reduce the potential future economic dilution associated with the conversion of the 2018 Notes and to increase the effective conversion price to $75.89 per share. Each of these components is discussed separately below:

Convertible Note Hedge. Counterparties agreed to sell to the Company up to approximately 7.1 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock, which is the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the 2018 Notes in full, at a price of $62.84 per share. The convertible note hedge transaction will be settled in net shares and will terminate upon the earlier of the maturity date of the 2018 Notes or the first day none of the 2018 Notes remains outstanding due to conversion or otherwise. Settlement of the convertible note hedge in net shares, based on the number of shares issued upon conversion of the 2018 Notes, on the expiration date would result in the Company receiving net shares equivalent to the number of shares issuable by the Company upon conversion of the 2018 Notes. Should there be an early unwind of the convertible note hedge transaction, the number of net shares potentially received by the Company will depend upon 1) the then existing overall market conditions, 2) the Company’s stock price, 3) the volatility of the Company’s stock, and 4) the amount of time remaining before expiration of the convertible note hedge. The convertible note hedge transaction cost of $104.9 million has been accounted for as an equity transaction. The Company initially recorded approximately $38.8 million in stockholders’ equity from the net deferred tax asset related to the convertible note hedge at inception of the transaction.

Sold Warrants. The Company received $76.3 million from the same counterparties from the sale of warrants to purchase up to approximately 7.1 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $75.89 per share. The warrants expire on a series of dates between August 15, 2018 and October 23, 2018. At expiration, the Company may, at its option, elect to settle the warrants on a net share basis. As of June 29, 2014, the warrants had not been exercised and remained outstanding. The value of the warrants was initially recorded in equity and continues to be classified as equity.

2041 Notes

The 2041 Notes may be converted at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding February 15, 2041, at the option of the holder only under the following circumstances: 1) during the five business-day period after any ten consecutive trading-day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2041 Notes for each day of such measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock and the applicable conversion rate on each such trading day; 2) during any fiscal quarter, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price in effect on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter; or 3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On and after February 15, 2041 until the close of business on the third scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date of May 15, 2041, holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

Upon conversion, a holder will receive the conversion value of the 2041 Notes to be converted equal to the conversion rate multiplied by the volume weighted average price of the Company’s Common Stock during a specified period following the conversion date. The conversion value of each 2041 Note will be paid in: 1) cash equal to the principal amount of the note and 2) to the extent the conversion value exceeds the principal amount of the note, Common Stock (plus cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock). The conversion price will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for accrued interest. Upon a “fundamental change” at any time, as defined, the Company will in some cases increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its 2041 Notes in connection with such fundamental change. In addition, the holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or a portion of their notes upon a “designated event” at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

On or after May 21, 2021, we may redeem all or part of the 2041 Notes for the principal plus any accrued and unpaid interest if the closing price of our Common Stock has been at least 150% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days during any period of 30 consecutive trading days prior to the date on which we provide notice of redemption.

Conversion Period

During the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013, and each consecutive quarter through June 29, 2014, the Company’s Common Stock for 20 or more trading days of the 30 consecutive trading days preceding the quarter end was greater than or equal to 130% of the 2041 Note conversion price. As a result, the 2041 Notes became convertible at the option of the holder anytime during the fiscal quarter ending September 29, 2013 and continue to be convertible through September 28, 2014. However, there have been no conversions of the 2041 Notes as of August 25, 2014.

In connection with the acquisition of Novellus in June 2012, the 2041 Notes could have been converted into the Company’s Common Stock at any time from and after the later of (1) the date that was 30 scheduled trading days immediately prior to the anticipated closing date of the merger and (2) the date on which we delivered to the note holders notice of the merger, until 35 business days after the actual closing date of the merger, or July 24, 2012. During the period ending June 24, 2012, 65 of the 2041 Notes, with a total par value of $65,000, were converted at the note holders’ option. In conjunction with the conversion, 137 shares of Common Stock were issued.

As a result of the open conversion period, the carrying amount of the 2041 Notes was classified in current liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013. The excess of the amount of cash payable, if converted, over the carrying amount of the 2041 Notes was classified as temporary equity as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013. Upon closure of a conversion period, all 2041 Notes not converted are reclassified back to noncurrent liabilities and the temporary equity is reclassified to permanent equity.

Fair Value of Notes

As of June 29, 2014, the face values of the 2016 Notes, 2018 Notes, and 2041 Notes were $450.0 million, $450.0 million, and $699.9 million, respectively. As of June 29, 2014, the fair values of the 2016 Notes, 2018 Notes, and 2041 Notes, which includes the debt and equity components, were approximately $556.3 million, $600.8 million, and $1,397.4 million respectively, based on quoted market prices (level 1 inputs within the fair value hierarchy).

Contractual Obligations

The Company’s contractual cash obligations relating to its convertible notes and other long-term debt as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Long-term Debt
	(in thousands)
Payments due by period:
One year*	$	699,935
Two years		450,000
Three years		—
Four years		450,000
Five years		—
Over five years		—
Total		1,599,935
Current portion of long-term debt		699,935
Long-term debt	$	900,000

* As noted above, the conversion period for the 2041 Notes opened as of December 29, 2013, and remains open as of June 29, 2014. As there is the potential for conversion at the option of the holder, the principal balance of the 2041 Notes has been included in the one year payment period. As of August 25, 2014, none of the 2041 Notes had been converted during the conversion period beginning December 29, 2013.

Revolving Credit Facility

On March 12, 2014, the Company entered into a $300 million revolving unsecured credit facility with a syndicate of lenders that matures on March 12, 2019. The facility includes an option, subject to certain requirements, for the Company to request an increase in the facility of up to an additional $200 million, for a potential total commitment of $500 million. Proceeds from the credit facility can be used for general corporate purposes.

Interest on amounts borrowed under the credit facility is, at the Company’s option, based on (i) a base rate, defined as the greatest of (a) prime rate, (b) Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, or (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus a spread of 0.0% to 0.5%, or (ii) LIBOR plus a spread of 0.9% to 1.5%, in each case the applicable spread is determined based on the rating of the Company’s non-credit enhanced, senior unsecured long-term debt. Principal, and any accrued and unpaid interest, is due and payable upon maturity. Additionally, the Company will pay the lenders a quarterly commitment fee that varies based on the Company’s rating described above. The credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants including maintaining a consolidated debt to total capitalization ratio of no more than 0.5 to 1.0 and maintaining unrestricted or unencumbered cash and investments of no less than $1.0 billion. As of June 29, 2014, we had no borrowings outstanding under the credit facility and were in compliance with all financial covenants.

XML

Stock Repurchase Program

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Stock Repurchase Program

Note 18: Stock Repurchase Program

On April 22, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $250 million of Company Common Stock. The Company completed the repurchase of approximately $202 million available under this share repurchase authorization in the year ended June 29, 2014.

On April 29, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $850 million of Company Common Stock, including the unutilized value from the April 22, 2013 authorization. These repurchases can be conducted on the open market or as private purchases and may include the use of derivative contracts with large financial institutions, in all cases subject to compliance with applicable law. Repurchases will be funded using the Company’s on-shore cash and on-shore cash generation. This repurchase program has no termination date and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

Repurchases under the repurchase program were as follows during the periods indicated:

Period	Total Number  of Shares Repurchased		Total Cost  of Repurchase		Average Price Paid Per Share*		Amount Available Under  Repurchase Program **
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Available balance as of June 30, 2013							$	250,000
Quarter ended September 29, 2013		1,935	$	96,462	$	48.06	$	153,538
Quarter ended December 29, 2013		762	$	39,800	$	52.20	$	113,738
Quarter ended March 30, 2014		930	$	49,414	$	53.13	$	64,324
Authorization of new $850 million - April 2014							$	850,000
Quarter ended June 29, 2014		624	$	35,486	$	56.89	$	830,895

* Average price paid per share excludes accelerated share repurchases for which cost was incurred during the September 2013 quarter, but that did not settle until the December 2013 quarter. See Collared Accelerated Share Repurchases section below for details regarding average price associated with the transaction.

** During the quarter ended June 29, 2014, approximately $16.4 million of repurchases were prior to the new $850 million authorization.

In addition to shares repurchased under Board authorized repurchase program shown above, during the year ended June 29, 2014, the Company acquired 608,695 shares at a total cost of $32.0 million which the Company withheld through net share settlements to cover minimum tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of RSU awards granted under the Company’s equity compensation plans. The shares retained by the Company through these net share settlements are not a part of the Board-authorized repurchase program but instead are authorized under the Company’s equity compensation plans.

As part of its share repurchase program, the Company may from time-to-time enter into structured share repurchase arrangements with financial institutions using general corporate funds. Such arrangements entered into and settled during the year ended June 29, 2014 included the following:

Collared Accelerated Share Repurchases

During the fiscal year ended June 29, 2014, the Company entered into and settled a collared accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) transaction under a master repurchase arrangement. Under the ASR, the Company made an up-front cash payment of $75 million, in exchange for an initial delivery of 1.2 million shares of its Common Stock and a subsequent delivery of 0.3 million shares following the initial hedge period.

The number of shares to ultimately be repurchased by the Company is based generally on the volume-weighted average price (“VWAP”) of the Common Stock during the term of the ASR minus a pre-determined discount set at inception of the ASR, subject to collar provisions that provide a minimum and maximum number of shares that the Company could repurchase under the agreements. The minimum and maximum thresholds for the transaction were established based on the average of the VWAP prices for the Common Stock during an initial hedge period. At the conclusion of the ASR, the Company could have receive additional shares based on the VWAP of the Common Stock during the term of the agreement minus the pre-determined fixed discount; however, the total number of shares received under the ASR would not exceed the maximum of 1.7 million shares.

The counterparty designated October 28, 2013 as the termination date, at which time the Company settled the ASR. No additional shares were received at final settlement, which represented a weighted-average share price of approximately $50.40 for the transaction period.

The Company accounted for the ASR as two separate transactions: (a) as shares of Common Stock acquired in a treasury stock transaction recorded on the acquisition date and (b) as a forward contract indexed to the Company’s own Common Stock and classified in stockholders’ equity. As such, the Company accounted for the shares that it received under the ASR as a repurchase of its Common Stock for the purpose of calculating earnings per common share. The Company has determined that the forward contract indexed to the Common Stock met all of the applicable criteria for equity classification in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, and, therefore, the ASR was not accounted for as a derivative instrument. As of June 29, 2014, the aggregate repurchase price of $75 million was reflected as Treasury stock, at cost, in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

XML

Schedule of Repurchases under 2013 Repurchase Program (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	1 Months Ended		3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 29, 2014		Jun. 29, 2014		Mar. 30, 2014		Dec. 29, 2013		Sep. 29, 2013		Jun. 30, 2013
Stock Repurchase Program [Line Items]
Total Number of Shares Repurchased			624		930		762		1,935
Total Cost of Repurchase			$ 35,486		$ 49,414		$ 39,800		$ 96,462
Average Price Paid Per Share			$ 56.89	[1]	$ 53.13	[1]	$ 52.20	[1]	$ 48.06	[1]
Amount Available Under Repurchase Program	$ 850,000	[2]	$ 830,895	[2]	$ 64,324	[2]	$ 113,738	[2]	$ 153,538	[2]	$ 250,000	[2]

[1] Average price paid per share excludes accelerated share repurchases for which cost was incurred during the September 2013 quarter, but that did not settle until the December 2013 quarter. See Collared Accelerated Share Repurchases section below for details regarding average price associated with the transaction.

[2] During the quarter ended June 29, 2014, approximately $16.4 million of repurchases were prior to the new $850 million authorization.

XML

Schedule of Fixed Income Securities in Unrealized Loss Positions (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 29, 2014
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Fair Value	$ 349,305
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Gross Unrealized Loss	(987)
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater - Fair Value	39,945
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater - Gross Unrealized Loss	(413)
Total - Fair Value	389,250
Total - Gross Unrealized Loss	(1,400)
Municipal Notes And Bonds
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Fair Value	5,464
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Gross Unrealized Loss	(4)
Total - Fair Value	5,464
Total - Gross Unrealized Loss	(4)
Corporate Notes And Bonds
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Fair Value	180,834
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Gross Unrealized Loss	(293)
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater - Fair Value	6,973
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater - Gross Unrealized Loss	(42)
Total - Fair Value	187,807
Total - Gross Unrealized Loss	(335)
US Treasury and Agencies
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Fair Value	57,932
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Gross Unrealized Loss	(27)
Total - Fair Value	57,932
Total - Gross Unrealized Loss	(27)
Government-Sponsored Enterprises
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Fair Value	10,235
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Gross Unrealized Loss	(15)
Total - Fair Value	10,235
Total - Gross Unrealized Loss	(15)
Foreign Government Bonds
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Fair Value	14,999
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Gross Unrealized Loss	(28)
Total - Fair Value	14,999
Total - Gross Unrealized Loss	(28)
Mortgage Backed Securities - Residential
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Fair Value	7,993
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Gross Unrealized Loss	(87)
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater - Fair Value	7,656
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater - Gross Unrealized Loss	(95)
Total - Fair Value	15,649
Total - Gross Unrealized Loss	(182)
Mortgage Backed Securities - Commercial
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Fair Value	71,848
Unrealized Losses Less Than 12 Months - Gross Unrealized Loss	(533)
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater - Fair Value	25,316
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or Greater - Gross Unrealized Loss	(276)
Total - Fair Value	97,164
Total - Gross Unrealized Loss	$ (809)

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Schedule of Intangible Assets

The following table provides the Company’s intangible assets as of June 29, 2014:

	Gross		Accumulated Amortization			Net
	(in thousnds)
Customer relationships	$	615,618	$	(169,162	)	$	446,456
Existing technology		643,922		(224,246	)		419,676
Patents		32,253		(24,407	)		7,846
Other intangible assets		35,270		(35,270	)		—
Intangible assets subject to amortization		1,327,063		(453,085	)		873,978
In process research and development		11,000					11,000
Development rights		9,100					9,100
Intangible assets not subject to amortization		20,100					20,100
Total intangible assets	$	1,347,163	$	(453,085	)	$	894,078

The following table provides details of the Company’s intangible assets as of June 30, 2013:

	Gross		Accumulated Amortization			Net
	(in thousnds)
Customer relationships	$	624,686	$	(103,519	)	$	521,167
Existing technology		653,628		(139,894	)		513,734
Patents		32,053		(22,036	)		10,017
Backlog		10,000		(10,000	)		—
Other intangible assets		35,216		(34,889	)		327
Intangible assets subject to amortization		1,355,583		(310,338	)		1,045,245
In process research and development		20,000					20,000
Development rights		9,100					9,100
Intangible assets not subject to amortization		29,100					29,100
Total intangible assets	$	1,384,683	$	(310,338	)	$	1,074,345

Estimated Future Amortization Expense of Intangible Assets

The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets, excluding those with indefinite lives, as of June 29, 2014 was as follows:

Fiscal Year	Amount
	(in thousnds)
2014	$	156,719
2015		154,215
2016		152,494
2017		151,398
2018		120,254
Thereafter		138,898
	$	873,978

Intangible Assets Acquired

Intangible assets acquired during the 2014 fiscal year were as follows:

	Amount		Weighted- Average Useful Life
	(in thousands)		(Years)
Customer relationships	$	1,800	7
Existing technology		7,228	6
Patents		200	5
Total acquired intangible assets	$	9,228	6

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Net income	$ 632,289	$ 113,879	$ 168,723
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustment	4,192	5,303	(37,332)
Cash flow hedges:
Net unrealized gains (losses) during the period	8,004	10,607	(9,342)
Net losses (gains) reclassified into earnings	(10,892)	(7,573)	8,549
Net change	(2,888)	3,034	(793)
Available-for-sale investments:
Net unrealized gains (losses) during the period	1,407	(3,844)	(204)
Net losses (gains) reclassified into earnings	165	4,137	(849)
Net change	1,572	293	(1,053)
Defined benefit plans, net change in unrealized component	(2,838)	(3,505)	(4,401)
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)	38	5,125	(43,579)
Comprehensive income	$ 632,327	$ 119,004	$ 125,144

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Goodwill	$ 1,466,225,000	$ 1,452,196,000
Tax deductible goodwill	61,000,000
Intangible asset amortization expense	163,200,000	177,600,000	26,900,000
In Process Research And Development
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Impairment of in process research and development	$ 4,000,000

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), requires management to make judgments, estimates, and assumptions that could affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other assumptions we believed to be applicable, and evaluated them on an on-going basis to ensure they remain reasonable under current conditions. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred and title has passed or services have been rendered, the selling price is fixed or determinable, collection of the receivable is reasonably assured, and the Company has received customer acceptance, or is otherwise released from our customer acceptance obligations. If terms of the sale provide for a lapsing customer acceptance period, the Company recognizes revenue upon the expiration of the lapsing acceptance period or customer acceptance, whichever occurs first. If the practices of a customer do not provide for a written acceptance or the terms of sale do not include a lapsing acceptance provision, the Company recognizes revenue when it can be reliably demonstrated that the delivered system meets all of the agreed-to customer specifications. In situations with multiple deliverables, revenue is recognized upon the delivery of the separate elements to the customer and when the Company receives customer acceptance or is otherwise released from its customer acceptance obligations. Revenue from multiple-element arrangements is allocated among the separate elements based on their relative selling prices, provided the elements have value on a stand-alone basis. Our sales arrangements do not include a general right of return. The maximum revenue recognized on a delivered element is limited to the amount that is not contingent upon the delivery of additional items. Revenue related to sales of spare parts and system upgrade kits is generally recognized upon shipment. Revenue related to services is generally recognized upon completion of the services requested by a customer order. Revenue for extended maintenance service contracts with a fixed payment amount is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. When goods or services have been delivered to the customer but all conditions for revenue recognition have not been met, the Company defers revenue recognition until customer acceptance and records the deferred revenue and/or deferred costs of sales in deferred profit on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Inventory Valuation: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using standard costs which approximate actual costs on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company maintains a perpetual inventory system and continuously records the quantity on-hand and standard cost for each product, including purchased components, subassemblies, and finished goods. The Company maintains the integrity of perpetual inventory records through periodic physical counts of quantities on hand. Finished goods are reported as inventories until the point of title transfer to the customer. Transfer of title for shipments to Japanese customers generally occurs at time of customer acceptance.

Standard costs are reassessed as needed but annually at a minimum, and reflect acquisition costs. Acquisition costs are generally based on the most recent vendor contract prices for purchased parts, normalized assembly and test labor utilization levels, methods of manufacturing, and normalized overhead. Manufacturing labor and overhead costs are attributed to individual product standard costs at a level planned to absorb spending at average utilization volumes.

Management evaluates the need to record adjustments for impairment of inventory at least quarterly. The Company’s policy is to assess the valuation of all inventories including manufacturing raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods, and spare parts in each reporting period. Obsolete inventory or inventory in excess of management’s estimated usage requirement is written down to its estimated market value if less than cost. Estimates of market value include, but are not limited to, management’s forecasts related to the Company’s future manufacturing schedules, customer demand, technological and/or market obsolescence, general semiconductor market conditions, possible alternative uses, and ultimate realization of excess inventory. If future customer demand or market conditions are less favorable than the Company’s projections, additional inventory write-downs may be required and would be reflected in cost of sales in the period the revision is made.

Warranty: Typically, the sale of semiconductor capital equipment includes providing parts and service warranty to customers as part of the overall price of the system. The Company provides standard warranties for its systems. The Company records a provision for estimated warranty expenses to cost of sales for each system upon revenue recognition. The amount recorded is based on an analysis of historical activity which uses factors such as type of system, customer, geographic region, and any known factors such as tool reliability trends. All actual or estimated parts and labor costs incurred in subsequent periods are charged to those established reserves on a system-by-system basis.

While the Company periodically monitors the performance and cost of warranty activities, if actual costs incurred are different than its estimates, the Company may recognize adjustments to provisions in the period in which those differences arise or are identified. In addition to the provision of standard warranties, the Company offers customer-paid extended warranty services. Revenues for extended maintenance and warranty services with a fixed payment amount are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. Related costs are recorded as incurred.

Equity-based Compensation — Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and Employee Stock Plans: The Company recognizes the fair value of equity-based awards as employee compensation expense. The fair value of the Company’s RSUs, excluding market-based performance RSUs, was calculated based on the fair market value of Company stock at the date of grant. The fair value of the Company’s market-based performance RSUs was calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation model at the date of the grant. The fair value of the Company’s stock options and ESPP awards was estimated using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. This model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including expected stock price volatility and the estimated life of each award. The fair value of equity-based awards is amortized over the vesting period of the award and the Company has elected to use the straight-line method of amortization.

Income Taxes: Deferred income taxes reflect the net effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as the tax effect of carryforwards. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized. Realization of the Company’s net deferred tax assets is dependent on future taxable income. The Company believes it is more-likely-than-not that such assets will be realized; however, ultimate realization could be negatively impacted by market conditions and other variables not known or anticipated at the time. In the event that the Company determines that it would not be able to realize all or part of its net deferred tax assets, an adjustment would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Likewise, if the Company later determined that it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets would be realized, then the previously provided valuation allowance would be reversed.

The Company recognizes the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. Our policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax credits, benefits, and deductions, and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes, as well as the interest and penalties relating to these uncertain tax positions. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to our tax provision in a subsequent period.

In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained on tax audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires the Company to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. The Company reevaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period such determination is made.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets: The valuation of intangible assets acquired in a business combination requires the use of management estimates including but not limited to estimating future expected cash flows from assets acquired and determining discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. Estimates associated with the accounting for acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available.

Goodwill represents the amount by which the purchase price of a business combination exceeds the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Each component of the Company for which discrete financial information is available and for which segment management regularly reviews the results of operations is considered a reporting unit. All goodwill acquired in a business combination is assigned to one or more reporting units as of the acquisition date. Goodwill is assigned to the Company’s reporting units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. The goodwill assigned to a reporting unit is the difference between the acquisition consideration assigned to the reporting unit on a relative fair value basis and the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities that can be specifically attributed to the reporting unit. The Company tests goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for impairment at least annually. The value intangible assets with estimable useful lives is amortized over their respective estimated useful lives, and the Company reviews for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the intangible asset may not be recoverable and the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

The Company reviews goodwill at least annually for impairment. Should certain events or indicators of impairment occur between annual impairment tests, the Company would perform an impairment test at that date. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, the Company: (1) allocates goodwill to our reporting units to which the acquired goodwill relates; (2) estimates the fair value of its reporting units; and (3) determines the carrying value (book value) of those reporting units. Prior to this allocation of the assets to the reporting units, the Company is required to assess long-lived assets for impairment. Furthermore, if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value, the Company must estimate the fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities of that reporting unit, in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an acquired business. This can require independent valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets such as in-process research and development and developed technology. Only after this process is completed can the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, be determined. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative analysis. The Company does not calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more-likely-than-not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The Company did not record impairments of goodwill during the years ended June 29, 2014, June 30, 2013, or June 24, 2012.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units by using a weighted combination of both a market and an income approach, as this combination is deemed to be the most indicative of our fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants.

Under the market approach, the Company utilizes information regarding the reporting unit as well as publicly available industry information to determine various financial multiples to value our reporting units. Under the income approach, the Company determines fair value based on estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn.

In estimating the fair value of a reporting unit for the purposes of the Company’s annual or periodic analyses, the Company makes estimates and judgments about the future cash flows of its reporting units, including estimated growth rates and assumptions about the economic environment. Although the Company’s cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with the plans and estimates it is using to manage the underlying businesses, there is significant judgment involved in determining the cash flows attributable to a reporting unit. In addition, the Company makes certain judgments about allocating shared assets to the estimated balance sheets of our reporting units. The Company also considers its market capitalization and that of its competitors on the date it performs the analysis. Changes in judgment on these assumptions and estimates could result in a goodwill impairment charge.

As a result, several factors could result in impairment of a material amount of the Company’s goodwill balance in future periods, including, but not limited to: (1) weakening of the global economy, weakness in the semiconductor equipment industry, or failure of the Company to reach its internal forecasts, which could impact the Company’s ability to achieve its forecasted levels of cash flows and reduce the estimated discounted cash flow value of its reporting units; and (2) a decline in the Company’s stock price and resulting market capitalization, if the Company determines that the decline is sustained and indicates a reduction in the fair value of the Company’s reporting units below their carrying value. Further, the value assigned to intangible assets, other than goodwill, is based on estimates and judgments regarding expectations such as the success and life cycle of products and technology acquired. If actual product acceptance differs significantly from the estimates, the Company may be required to record an impairment charge to write down the asset to its realizable value.

Fiscal Year: The Company follows a 52/53-week fiscal reporting calendar, and its fiscal year ends on the last Sunday of June each year. The Company’s most recent fiscal years ended on June 29, 2014 and June 24, 2012 and included 52 weeks. The fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 included 53 weeks. The Company’s next fiscal year, ending on June 28, 2015 will include 52 weeks.

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments: Investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered cash equivalents. The Company also invests in certain mutual funds, which include equity and fixed income securities, related to its obligations under its deferred compensation plan, and such investments are classified as trading securities on the consolidated balance sheets. All of the Company’s other short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale at the respective balance sheet dates. The Company accounts for its investment portfolio at fair value. Investments classified as trading securities are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices. Differences between the cost and fair value of trading securities are recognized as “Other income (expense)” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The investments classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices, and difference between the cost and fair value of available-for-sale securities is presented as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities are charged against “Other income (expense)” when a decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary. The Company considers several factors to determine whether a loss is other-than-temporary. These factors include but are not limited to: (i) the extent to which the fair value is less than cost basis, (ii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (iii) the length of time a security is in an unrealized loss position and (iv) the Company’s ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The Company’s ongoing consideration of these factors could result in additional impairment charges in the future, which could adversely affect its results of operation. An other-than-temporary impairment is triggered when there is an intent to sell the security, it is more-likely-than-not that the security will be required to be sold before recovery, or the security is not expected to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Other-than-temporary impairments attributed to credit losses are recognized in the income statement. The specific identification method is used to determine the realized gains and losses on investments.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: The Company evaluates its allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where specific invoices are deemed to be uncollectible, the Company provides a specific allowance for bad debt against the amount due to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount it reasonably believes will be collected. The Company also provides allowances based on its write-off history.

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment is stated at cost. Equipment is depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally five years. Software is amortized by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Buildings are depreciated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally twenty-five years. Leasehold improvements are generally amortized by the straight-line method over the shorter of the life of the related asset or the term of the underlying lease. Amortization of capital leases is included with depreciation expense.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (Excluding Goodwill and Intangibles): The Company routinely considers whether indicators of impairment of long-lived assets are present. If such indicators are present, the Company determines whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets is less than their carrying value. If the sum is less, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective fair values. Fair value is determined by discounted future cash flows, appraisals or other methods. If the assets determined to be impaired are to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment charge to the extent the present value of anticipated net cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the asset’s carrying value. The fair value of the asset then becomes the asset’s new carrying value, which the Company depreciates over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value. The Company did not record impairments of long lived assets held for use during fiscal years 2014, 2013, or 2012.

Derivative Financial Instruments: In the normal course of business, the Company’s financial position is routinely subjected to market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The Company’s policy is to mitigate the effect of these exchange rate fluctuations on certain foreign currency denominated business exposures. The Company has a policy that allows the use of derivative financial instruments to hedge foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on forecasted revenue and expenses and net monetary assets or liabilities denominated in various foreign currencies. The Company carries derivative financial instruments (derivatives) on the balance sheet at their fair values. The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. The Company does not believe that it is exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in its interest rate and foreign currency hedges, as counterparties are large, global and well-capitalized financial institutions. The Company’s exposures are in liquid currencies (Japanese yen, Swiss francs, euros, Taiwanese dollars, and Korean won), so there is minimal risk that appropriate derivatives to maintain the Company’s hedging program would not be available in the future.

To hedge foreign currency risks, the Company uses foreign currency exchange forward contracts, where possible and prudent. These forward contracts are valued using standard valuation formulas with assumptions about future foreign currency exchange rates derived from existing exchange rates, interest rates, and other market factors.

The Company considers its most current forecast in determining the level of foreign currency denominated revenue and expenses to hedge as cash flow hedges. The Company combines these forecasts with historical trends to establish the portion of its expected volume to be hedged. The revenue and expenses are hedged and designated as cash flow hedges to protect the Company from exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. If the underlying forecasted transaction does not occur, or it becomes probable that it will not occur, the related hedge gains and losses on the cash flow hedge are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to other income (expense), net on the consolidated statement of operations at that time.

Guarantees: The Company has certain operating leases that contain provisions whereby the properties subject to the operating leases may be remarketed at lease expiration. The Company has guaranteed to the lessor an amount approximating the lessor’s investment in the property. The Company has recorded a liability for certain guaranteed residual values related to these specific operating lease agreements. Also, the Company’s guarantees generally include certain indemnifications to its lessors under operating lease agreements for environmental matters, potential overdraft protection obligations to financial institutions related to one of the Company’s subsidiaries, indemnifications to the Company’s customers for certain infringement of third-party intellectual property rights by its products and services, and the Company’s warranty obligations under sales of its products.

Foreign Currency Translation: The Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment, where that local currency is the functional currency, primarily generate and expend cash in their local currency. Billings and receipts for their labor and services are primarily denominated in the local currency, and the workforce is paid in local currency. Accordingly, all balance sheet accounts of these local functional currency subsidiaries are translated at the fiscal period-end exchange rate, and income and expense accounts are translated using average rates in effect for the period, except for costs related to those balance sheet items that are translated using historical exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as cumulative translation adjustments and are a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Translation adjustments are recorded in other income (expense), net, where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency.

XML

Components of Other Income (Expense), Net (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Component Of Other Expense Income Nonoperating [Line Items]
Interest income	$ 12,540	$ 14,737	$ 12,141
Interest expense	(61,692)	(60,408)	(38,962)
Gains (losses) on deferred compensation plan related assets, net	9,559	9,764	(914)
Foreign exchange gains (losses), net	1,529	(6,808)	(397)
Other, net	668	(8,698)	(5,183)
Other income (expense), net	$ (37,396)	$ (51,413)	$ (33,315)

XML

Income Loss Before Income Taxes (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Schedule of Income Before Income Tax [Line Items]
United States	$ 78,076	$ (46,392)	$ (6,950)
Foreign	645,287	113,050	211,368
Income before income taxes	$ 723,363	$ 66,658	$ 204,418

XML

Intrinsic Value of Stock Options (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 24, 2012
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Intrinsic value - options outstanding	$ 46.3	$ 44.9	$ 49.9
Intrinsic value - options exercisable	31.7	36.9	30.1
Intrinsic value - options exercised	$ 41.4	$ 25.4	$ 1.3

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Subsequent Events

Note 19: Subsequent Events

On July 2, 2014, the Company sold substantially all of Peter Wolters, a wholly owned subsidiary acquired as part of the Novellus acquisition, with net proceeds on sale of approximately $59 million. The pre-tax gain on sale is estimated at approximately $6 million.

XML

Long Term Debt and Other Borrowings - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended				0 Months Ended			12 Months Ended		3 Months Ended				12 Months Ended				1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	May 31, 2011	Jun. 29, 2014 D	Mar. 30, 2014 D	Dec. 29, 2013 D	Jun. 30, 2013 D	Mar. 12, 2014 Revolving credit facility	Jun. 29, 2014 Revolving credit facility	Mar. 12, 2014 Revolving credit facility	Jun. 29, 2014 Revolving credit facility Prime Rate	Jun. 29, 2014 Revolving credit facility Federal Funds Rate	Jun. 29, 2014 Minimum	Mar. 30, 2014 Minimum	Dec. 29, 2013 Minimum	Jun. 30, 2013 Minimum	Jun. 29, 2014 Minimum Revolving credit facility	Jun. 29, 2014 Minimum Revolving credit facility London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)	Jun. 29, 2014 Maximum Revolving credit facility	Jun. 29, 2014 Maximum Revolving credit facility London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)	Jun. 24, 2012 2.625% Notes due 2041	May 31, 2011 2.625% Notes due 2041	Jun. 29, 2014 2.625% Notes due 2041 D	Jun. 24, 2012 2.625% Notes due 2041 Note	Jun. 30, 2013 2.625% Notes due 2041	Jun. 29, 2014 2.625% Notes due 2041 On or after May 21, 2021, we may redeem all or part of the 2041 Notes for the principal plus any accrued and unpaid interest D	May 31, 2011 0.50% Notes due 2016	Jun. 29, 2014 0.50% Notes due 2016 D	Jun. 30, 2013 0.50% Notes due 2016	Jun. 29, 2014 0.50% Notes due 2016 Convertible Note Hedge	May 31, 2011 1.25% Notes due 2018	Jun. 29, 2014 1.25% Notes due 2018 D	Jun. 30, 2013 1.25% Notes due 2018	Jun. 29, 2014 1.25% Notes due 2018 Convertible Note Hedge
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Notes due																			$ 700,000,000		$ 699,900,000	$ 700,000,000	$ 699,900,000		$ 450,000,000	$ 450,000,000	$ 450,000,000		$ 450,000,000	$ 450,000,000	$ 450,000,000
Convertible notes interest rate percentage																			2.625%		2.625%	2.625%	2.625%		0.50%	0.50%	0.50%		1.25%	1.25%	1.25%
Initial conversion rate of common stock shares																			28.5572						15.9128				15.9128
Principal amount of convertible debt conversion increments																			1,000		1,000	1,000			1,000				1,000
Convertible Senior Notes conversion price																			$ 35.02			$ 35.02			$ 62.84	$ 62.84				$ 62.84
Net proceeds from the sale of Convertible Senior Notes	835,500,000
Debt instruments maturity date																					2041					2016				2018
Maximum amount of contingent interest rate																					2.10%
Initial carrying value of liability component of convertible notes																				509,500,000					373,800,000				345,100,000
Discount rate used to determine liability fair value																				4.28%					4.29%				5.27%
Carrying value of equity components																					328,100,000					76,200,000				104,900,000
Effective interest rates on the liability component																					4.28%					4.29%				5.27%
Unamortized discount balance																					183,300,000		186,900,000			30,400,000	45,700,000			62,700,000	76,900,000
Remaining life of bond discount, years																					26 years 10 months 24 days					1 year 10 months 24 days				3 years 10 months 24 days
If-converted value in excess of aggregate principal amount																					638,000,000					29,000,000				29,000,000
Percentage of product last reported sale price of common stock																					98.00%					98.00%				98.00%
Number of days on which common stock sale price was greater than or equal to 130% of conversion price, in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter		20	20	20	20																20			20		20				20
Number of consecutive trading days period required		30 days	30 days	30 days	30 days																30 days			30 days		30 days				30 days
Stock price percentage of conversion price											130.00%	130.00%	130.00%	130.00%							130.00%			150.00%		130.00%				130.00%
Percentage of principal amounts being repurchased																					100.00%					100.00%				100.00%
Warrant conversion price																										71.14		71.14		75.89		75.89
Shares issued under warrants																										7,100,000				7,100,000
Cost of convertible bond hedge																										76,200,000				104,900,000
Convertible bond hedge at inception of the transaction on stockholders' equity																										28,200,000				38,800,000
Proceeds from sale of warrants																										57,600,000				76,300,000
Shares of common stock agreed to sell																														7,100,000
Number of Debt converted to shares of common stock																						65
Debt converted, par value																						65,000
Debt converted, number of common shares issued																						137
Fair value of notes																					1,397,400,000					556,300,000				600,800,000
Revolving unsecured credit facility								300,000,000
Credit Facility Maturity Period						Mar. 12, 2019
Additional increase in the facility								200,000,000
Revolving unsecured credit facility maximum borrowing capacity								500,000,000
Debt instrument basis spread on variable rate									0.50%	0.50%					0.90%	0.00%	1.50%	0.50%
Total consolidated indebtedness to capitalization ratio																	50.00%
Consolidated debt to liquidity							1,000,000,000
Credit facility outstanding amount							$ 0

XML

Long Term Debt and Other Borrowings (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Schedule of Carrying Value of Convertible Notes and Other Long-Term Debt

The following table reflects the carrying value of the Company’s convertible notes and other long-term debt as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013:

	June 29, 2014			June 30, 2013
	(in millions)
0.50% Notes due 2016	$	450.0		$	450.0
Less: Unamortized interest discount		(30.4	)		(45.7	)
Net carrying amount of 0.50% Notes due 2016		419.6			404.3
1.25% Notes due 2018		450.0			450.0
Less: Unamortized interest discount		(62.7	)		(76.9	)
Net carrying amount of 1.25% Notes due 2018		387.3			373.1
2.625% Notes due 2041		699.9			699.9
Less: Unamortized interest discount		(183.3	)		(186.9	)
Net carrying amount of 2.625% Notes due 2041		516.6			513.0
Total debt		1,323.5			1,290.4
Less: current portion of debt		(516.6	)		(513.0	)
Long-term debt	$	806.9		$	777.4

Schedule of Recognized Interest Cost Relating to Both Contractual Interest Coupon and Amortization of Discount on Liability Component of Notes

The following table presents the amount of interest cost recognized relating to both the contractual interest coupon and amortization of the discount on the liability component of the Notes during the years ended June 29, 2014, June 30, 2013, and June 24, 2012.

	June 29, 2014		June 30, 2013		June 24, 2012
	(in millions)
Contractual interest coupon	$	26.2	$	26.2	$	9.2
Amortization of interest discount		33.1		31.6		27.0
Amortization of issuance costs		2.4		2.4		2.4
Total interest cost recognized	$	61.7	$	60.2	$	38.6

Schedule of Contractual Cash Obligations Relating to Convertible Notes and Other Long-Term Debt

The Company’s contractual cash obligations relating to its convertible notes and other long-term debt as of June 29, 2014 were as follows:

	Long-term Debt
	(in thousands)
Payments due by period:
One year*	$	699,935
Two years		450,000
Three years		—
Four years		450,000
Five years		—
Over five years		—
Total		1,599,935
Current portion of long-term debt		699,935
Long-term debt	$	900,000

* As noted above, the conversion period for the 2041 Notes opened as of December 29, 2013, and remains open as of June 29, 2014. As there is the potential for conversion at the option of the holder, the principal balance of the 2041 Notes has been included in the one year payment period. As of August 25, 2014, none of the 2041 Notes had been converted during the conversion period beginning December 29, 2013.

XML

Retirement and Deferred Compensation Plans

12 Months Ended

Jun. 29, 2014

Retirement and Deferred Compensation Plans

Note 12: Retirement and Deferred Compensation Plans

Employee Savings and Retirement Plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement savings plan for its full-time employees in the United States. Each participant in the plan may elect to contribute from 1% to 75% of annual eligible earnings to the plan, subject to statutory limitations. The Company makes matching employee contributions in cash to the plan at the rate of 50% of the first 6% of earnings contributed. Employees participating in the 401(k) retirement savings plan are fully vested in the Company matching contributions, and investments are directed by participants. The Company made matching contributions of $10.2 million, $8.7 million, and $5.8 million, in fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Arrangements

The Company has an unfunded, non-qualified deferred compensation plan whereby certain executives may defer a portion of their compensation. Participants earn a return on their deferred compensation based on their allocation of their account balance among measurement funds. The Company controls the investment of these funds and the participants remain general creditors of the Company. Participants are able to elect the payment of benefits on a specified date at least three years after the opening of a deferral subaccount or upon retirement. Distributions are made in the form of lump sum or annual installments over a period of up to 20 years as elected by the participant. If no alternate election has been made, a lump sum payment will be made upon termination of a participant’s employment with the Company. As of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013 the liability of the Company to the plan participants was $93.8 million and $79.7 million, respectively, which was recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013 the Company had investments in the aggregate amount of $116.7 million and $98.1 million, respectively, that correlate to the deferred compensation obligations, which were recorded in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Postretirement Healthcare Plan

The Company maintains a postretirement healthcare plan for certain executive and director retirees. Coverage continues through the duration of the lifetime of the retiree or the retiree’s spouse, whichever is longer. The benefit obligation was $29.0 million and $21.4 million as of June 29, 2014 and June 30, 2013, respectively.